You are on page 1of 860

Parameter Name

MAPPING STATUS

Downlink Quality Threshold in Assigning Better Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Quality Threshold in Assigning Better Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Better Cell Assigning Duration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abis ByPass Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SDCCH Congestion Flow Control Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abis Idle TS Allocate Strategy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abis Idle TS Configure Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCHH Function Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timer of Releasing Abis Timeslot

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Burst Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Control Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Control Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Control Policy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Incoming-to-BSC HO Optimum Layer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Control Policy Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS Initial Access Service Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Starting Point of the Access Control Window

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Control Window Size

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sliding Speed of the Access Control Window

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Address and Control Field Compress

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Additional Reselect Parameter Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR ACS[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR ACS[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR ACS[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Activate L2 Re-establishment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AC Voltage Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AC Voltage Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assignment Procedure in Intra-Cell HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Communication Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support EGPRS Uplink MCS Dynamic Adjust

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Auto Download Active Function Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Auto Download Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Administrative State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Administrative State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Software Version 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Software Version 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AFR Radio Link Timeout

MAPPED

AFR SACCH Multi-Frames

NOT MAPPED

AHR Radio Link Timeout

MAPPED

AHR SACCH Multi-Frames

NOT MAPPED

Aiding Delay Protect Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allocate One PDCH for Signaling Data

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ratio of AMR-HR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allowed Measure Report Missed Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ratio of TCHH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ALPHA

NOT MAPPED

Feed Tri. 0 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Feed Tri. 1 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Feed Tri. 2 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Feed Tri. 3 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Feed Tri. 4 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Feed Tri. 5 TMA Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR BTS PC Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow III Power Control For AMR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Downlink Adaptive Threshold Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Filter Length for DL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL MR. Number Predicted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Qual. Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Qual. Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Filter Length for DL Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Qual Bad Trig Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Qual Bad UpLEVDiff

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho ATCB Adjust Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho ATCB Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho Pathloss Adjust Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho Pathloss Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Ho Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR F-H Traffic Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR H-F Ho ATCB Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR H-F Ho Pathloss Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow AMR H-F Quality-based HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR H-F Ho Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR H-F Traffic Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone 0

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MR. Compensation Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR PC Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR SACCH Downlink Power Upgrade

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR TCH/H Prior Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR TCH/H Prior Cell Load Threshold

MAPPED

AMR Uplink Adaptive Threshold Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Filter Length for UL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL MR. Number Predicted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Qual. Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Qual. Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Filter Length for UL Qual

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL RX_LEV Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPS Antenna Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Power Supply Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Down TRX1 A or B

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abnormal Release Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abnormal Release Statistic Base

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Abnormal Warn Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assigning Better Cell Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assignment Cell Load Judge Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assign to Overlayer RxLev Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Associated RXU Board SN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Associated RXU Board SN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3107

NOT MAPPED

Concentric Circles ATCB HO Allowed

MAPPED

Distance Hysteresis Between Boundaries

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Distance Between Boundaries of Subcells

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Attach-detach Allowed

MAPPED

Antenna Tributary 1 Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Tributary 2 Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Validate Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Validate User Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Validate Password

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Validate Protocol Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Auto Adjust UL TH and Hysteresis [F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Auto Adjust UL TH and Hysteresis [H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Automatic Negotiation Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Work Mode for Auto Download Activation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Bad Quality Disconnection Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Interface Board Bar Code 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Backup Power Saving Method

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Backup Power Saving Policy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Band Indicator of Cell 1900

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Band Indicator of Cell 850

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Band Indicator of Cell 900

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Forbidden time after MAX Times

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Temperature Basis for Compensation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Temperature Basis for Compensation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Capacity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Discharge Depth

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up Down Balance Basic Difference

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Capcity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BCC

MAPPED

BCC

MAPPED

BCC

MAPPED

BCCH FD
Main BCCH Frequency

MAPPED
MAPPED

Frequency Hopping Mode of BCCH TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Current Limiting Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Boost-Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BestEffort-ARP1 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BestEffort-ARP2 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BestEffort-ARP3 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Bep Period

NOT MAPPED

Best TDD Cell Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Better 3G Cell HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Better Cell Handover Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Better Cell HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Better Cell HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up Down Balance Floating Range

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Switchback Policy of Baseband FH Mutual Aid

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Background-ARP1 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Background-ARP2 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Background-ARP3 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Position of Break Point 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Position of Break Point 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BQ HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BQ HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BQ HO Margin

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BQ HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Receive Bandwidth

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Forward Bandwidth

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ring II Wait Time Before Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Broadcast Content

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Broadcast Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CCCH Blocks Reserved for AGCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BS_CV_MAX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transfer BTS/MS Power Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of PAGCH Blocks

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Multi-Frames in a Cycle on the Paging CH

MAPPED

Number of PBCCH Blocks


Number of PRACH Blocks

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BSS Paging Co-ordination

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Adjust Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Description

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Subnet Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MR.Preprocessing

NOT MAPPED

BTS Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Connect BSC BTS Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Ping Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Power-off Lock BCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS PC Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Switch for BTS Supporting SAIC PC Adjust

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transmission Compression Ratio

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ring II Try Rotating Duration Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PTP BVC Identifier

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PTPBVC Identifier

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Cell Reselect Hysteresis Applied to C31 Criterion

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Exceptional Rule for GPRS Reselect Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Call Reestablishment Forbidden

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PWRC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Capacity and Coverage Optimize Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Card Frequency Attribute

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Bar Access

MAPPED

Cell Bar Qualify

MAPPED

Filter Length for SDCCH CV_BEP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH CV_BEP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CCCH Load Indication Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CCCH Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Directed Retry Forbidden Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

1800 Reporting Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

1800 Reporting Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2G NCELL BCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2GBA1 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2G NCELL BCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2GBA2 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell 8PSK Power Attenuation Grade

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

900 Reporting Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

900 Reporting Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Access Bar Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Coverage Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Even Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Even Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Float Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Float Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Inner/Extra Property

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Layer of the cell

MAPPED

Cell Index List

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell SDCCH Channel Maximum

NOT MAPPED

Cell Name

MAPPED

Cell Name List

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Operator Power Group

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Over Coverage DL RxLev Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Over Coverage TA Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Paging Overload Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Power-off Allowed State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Power-off Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2G/3G Cell Reselection Strategy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Rx Quality Worsen Ratio Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Scenario

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Select 3G Cell After Call Release

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Upper Assembled Battery 1 Temp

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lower Assembled Battery1 TEMP Measure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Temperature Compensated Configure Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Weak Coverage DL RxLev Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Weak Coverage TA Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Congestion End Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Configuration Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Board Parameter Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CGI and RAC Plan Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Chain Neighbour Cell Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Combine Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Channel Allocate Strategy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Available Threshold of Channel Failure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Available Threshold of Channel Failure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Active CH Interf. Meas.Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Out-of-Synchronization Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Current Detection Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Current Detection Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Check Times for Off

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Check Times for On

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Channel Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Channel Assign Allow for Insuff Power

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell CI

MAPPED

Cell CI

MAPPED

C/I Estimate Value

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Class11 DTM

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Protocol Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clear Command Delay Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clear Command Time Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CN Fault Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Co-BSC/MSC Adj

NOT MAPPED

Code

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Refrigeration Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Combiner Loss

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Common Access Control Class

MAPPED

Co-MSC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Connect BSC BTS Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Concentric Circles HO Allowed

NOT MAPPED

Min Interval for Consecutive HOs

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interval for Consecutive HO Jud.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Dynamic Shutdown of TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CRC4 Check Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Hysteresis Parameters

MAPPED

Channel Release Resend Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Channel Release Resend Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Offset

MAPPED

CS Data Service PRI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Congestion Start Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CS Voice Service PRI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Control Acknowledge Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH Qual

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Data Service Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Day

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dead Band

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BCCH IUO of Double Frequency Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Group Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Group Cell Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Group Cell Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DC Voltage Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DC Voltage Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of Dynamic Channel Pre-Converted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3111

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Anti-theft Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transport Link Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dest Node Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Destination Main BCCH TRX ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Period of Mute Detect Class2 TRAU Frame

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL UARFCN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diesel Engine Save Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Different Band SDCCH Using Optimize

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Directed Retry

MAPPED

Directly Magnifier BTS Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity Transmitter 16QAM Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity Transmitter 32QAM Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity Transmitter 8PSK Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Four Diversity Receiver

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PwrCtrlDLAdjPeriod

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLAFSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLAFSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLAHSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLAHSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Downlink Dual-Carrier

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III DL Filter Adjust Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLFSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLFSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink GPRS TBF Window Expansion Optimization

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLHSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLHSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interf.of DL Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interf.of DL Qual.Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for DL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Long-term FER Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Long-term FER Target

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Long-term FER Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Threshold Adjust Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLMAXDownStep

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLMAXUpStep

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL MR. Number Predicted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for DL Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Limit for AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Qual. Limit for AMR HR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexLevAdjustFactor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexLevExponentFilterLen

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexLevHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexLevLowthred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexLevSlideWindow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexQualAdjustFactor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexQualExponentFilterLen

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DLRexQualSlideWindow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III DL RexLev Protect Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III DL RexQual Protect Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Establishment Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Download Test Resend Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Download Test Resend Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR DL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Down MDU A

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Down MDU B

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Domain

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Default CS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Default MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink EGPRS2-A Default MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink EGPRS2-A Fixed MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Fixed CS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Fixed MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL PC Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Short Message Downlink Disabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Release Delay of Downlink TBF

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS2 to CS1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS3 to CS2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS4 to CS3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS1 to CS2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS2 to CS3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink TBF Threshold from CS3 to CS4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Double Antenna Gain

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Directed Retry Handover Level Range

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize ABIS Link Failure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Conn Fail[HO access fail]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Conn Fail[OM intervention]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Conn Fail[other]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Conn Fail[radio link fail]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Conn Fail[resource not available]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Equipment Failure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Err Ind[unsolicited DM response]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Err Ind[sequence error]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Err Ind[T200 timeout]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Forced Handover Failure

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Into-BSC Handover Timeout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Intra-BSC Handover Timeout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Intra-Cell Handover Timeout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize No MR for Long Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Out-BSC Handover Timeout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Release Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Optimize Resource Check

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Power Time Interval[T3]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Power Start Time[T1]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Drop Power Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SMCBC DRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max. Duration of DRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dehumidification Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DSCP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Directed Retry Load Access Threshold

NOT MAPPED

DRX Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dummy Bit Randomization Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Duplex Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Multiplex Threshold of Dynamic Channel Conversion

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up DXX Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timer of Releasing Idle Dynamic Channel

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Level of Preempting Dynamic Channel

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Reservation Threshold of Dynamic Channel Conversion

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Dynamic Shutdown of TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dynamic Transmission Div Supported

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1 Port No Connect To BSC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1/T1 Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ec/No Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ec/No Threshold for Layer Of 3G Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ECSC

MAPPED

Number of Satisfactory Measurements

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Total Number of Measurements

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Subcell HO Allowed Flow Control Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EDGE

MAPPED

Edge HO AdjCell Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Edge HO AdjCell Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Algorithm I Edge HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Algorithm II Edge HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Algorithm I Edge HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support 11BIT EGPRS Access

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EGPRS2-A

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EDGE 8PSK Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EDGE GMSK Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Priority of Emergency Call

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow EMLPP

MAPPED

eMLPP Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Fallback Function Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Encryption Algorithm

NOT MAPPED

Heater Shutdown Temperature

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

En Iuo Out Cell General OverLoad Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

User Plane DL Flow Ctrl Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Enhanced Concentric Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Classification HO Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Classification HO Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

En Iuo Out Cell Low Load Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

En Iuo Out Cell Serious OverLoad Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Enhanced TCH Adjust Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IniLev for EnUtoO Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Emergent Call Disable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3101

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ring II Rotating Penalty Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

End Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Exclusive Access

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Exceptional Frame Threshold of Mute Detect Class1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Expected DL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Expected UL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Extended Cell Throughput Enhancement

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Extension Measurement Command

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Extension MR Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Extension MR Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Extension Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Not Send Dummy Message with Extended Uplink TBF

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FACCH Msg Resend Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FACCH Send Notification Msg Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FACCH Send Paging Msg Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRM Factor switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Factory Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Level after HO Fail

MAPPED

Fast Call Setup TCH Usage Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Configure Ring II

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flow Control

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flow Control End Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flow Control Start Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Float-Charging Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDDBA1 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDDBA2 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Reporting Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Reporting Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Downlink Frequency

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS FDD Ec/No Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Multirate Reporting

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Qmin

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Qmin Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD Q Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD REP QUANT

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD RSCP Min.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS FDD RSCP Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Scrambling Code

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Report Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 5

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 6

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FER Threshold 7

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Hopping Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Window Size

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

0.2dB Power Control Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Fire-extinguishing Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Fix Abis Prior Choose Load Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flash Filter Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flex Abis Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Start Flex MAIO Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flex TSC Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flow control switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A5

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A6

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A7

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter A8

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Parameter B

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

MAPPED

FMU Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Forced EFR in Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Force MS to Send Ho Access SWITCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Freq. and BSIC Optimize Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Freq. and BSIC Plan Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Freq. and BSIC Plan Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frame Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FR Use Downlink DTX

MAPPED

Frequency
Frequency 1
Frequency 10
Frequency 11
Frequency 12
Frequency 13
Frequency 14
Frequency 15
Frequency 16
Frequency 17
Frequency 18
Frequency 19
Frequency 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency 20
Frequency 21
Frequency 22
Frequency 23
Frequency 24
Frequency 25
Frequency 26
Frequency 27
Frequency 28
Frequency 29
Frequency 3
Frequency 30
Frequency 31
Frequency 32
Frequency 33
Frequency 34
Frequency 35
Frequency 36
Frequency 37
Frequency 38
Frequency 39
Frequency 4
Frequency 40
Frequency 41
Frequency 42
Frequency 43
Frequency 44
Frequency 45
Frequency 46
Frequency 47
Frequency 48
Frequency 49
Frequency 5
Frequency 50
Frequency 51
Frequency 52
Frequency 53
Frequency 54
Frequency 55
Frequency 56
Frequency 57
Frequency 58
Frequency 59
Frequency 6
Frequency 60
Frequency 61
Frequency 62
Frequency 63
Frequency 64
Frequency 7
Frequency 8
Frequency 9

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Adjust Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Adjust Value

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Band Attribute

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GSM900 Band Traffic Load Share Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Freq Band List

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Reuse Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Scan Result Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Edge HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FR Uplink DTX

MAPPED

F-H ATCB Offset Overlay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F-H Ho Duration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F-H Ho Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F-H Pathloss Offset Overlay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F-H Ho Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F-H Ho Stat. Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GAMMA

NOT MAPPED

Support GBR QoS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VGCS Channel Assign in Channel Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VGCS IM Preemption Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity Transmitter GMSK Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS

MAPPED

GPRS Cell Reselect Hysteresis

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Threshold of HCS Signal Strength

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Penalty Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Temporary Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPS or Glonass

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Grade Access Allow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Group Call Num 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Group Call Num 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Group Release TS Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Geography Scope

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Serving Band Reporting

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GSM-to-TD Cell Reselection Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS SeGW IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Security Gateway IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H-F ATCB Offset Overlay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H-F Ho Duration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H-F Ho Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H-F Pathloss Offset Overlay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H-F Ho Stat. Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Tributary 1 Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Tributary 2 Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HCS HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HCS HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hierarchical Power Para1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hierarchical Power Para2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Highest Priority for Quality First

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Highest Priority User Quality First

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Temp Load Power Off

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

History Record Priority Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support HMC DTM

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Pref. Subcell in HO of Intra-BSC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min DL Level on Candidate Cell

MAPPED

Min UL Level on Candidate Cell

MAPPED

Specify Index of Cell Handover to

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Name of Handover to

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Current HO Control Algorithm

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Direction Forecast Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Direction Forecast Last Times

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Direction Forecast Statistic Times

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Down Trigger Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD 3G Better Cell HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ec/No Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover Scope

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Handover to Overlayer RxLev Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-rat HO Preference

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter UL/OL Subcells HO Penalty Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Boost before HO Enabled or Not

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HO Preference Threshold for 2G Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop TRX Group HSN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop TRX Group Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hop Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Punish Value

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RSCP Threshold for Better 3G Cell HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

FDD 3G Better Cell HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD 3G Better Cell HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Static Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HostType

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-layer HO Threshold

MAPPED

Quick Handover Up Trigger Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Antenna Hopping

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Antenna Hopping

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Highest Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hierarchical Power-off Config. Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Power-off Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Half Rate

MAPPED

HR Use Downlink DTX

MAPPED

Load of UL-OL Cells Rate Select Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HR Uplink DTX

MAPPED

HSN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HSN Modification Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Temperature Critical Point

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Temperature Delta Tout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

High Temperature Shutdown Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hysteresis for On

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA AMR FR Soft Block Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA AMR HR Soft Block Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Assign Waiting Mr Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Call Information Filter

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Set-up Call Soft Block Threshold Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Target CIR Offset of IBCA Set-up Call

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Downlink Path Loss Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Dyn Measure Neighbour Cell Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Urgent HO Waiting Mr Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Flexible TSC Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Forced BTS Synchronization Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA FR/EFR Soft Block Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA HO Waiting Effective Mr Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA HR Soft Block Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA ICDM Initial Level Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA ICDM Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Init. Power Control RexLevDL Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Init. Power Control RexLevUL Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Init. Pwr Ctrl Rx Qual DL Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Init. Pwr Ctrl Rx Qual UL Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA IUO Path Loss Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA MAIO Using Method

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Max. Interference Source Num.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Neighbor Cell Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Pathloss Est of Non. MR Ncell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Target CIR Offset of IBCA New Call

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Natural HO Waiting Mr Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Non Measurement Ncell Stat. Num

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Corrected Factor of IBCA Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Pathloss Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Path Lose Filter Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA RxLev Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Service Cell Pathloss

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Soft Block SAIC Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Soft Block Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Sub-Channel Handover Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA MAIO Target C/I Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IUO IBCA Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA User Dyn Measure Neighbor Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA WAMR FR Soft Block Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ICB Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Intelligent Control Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Idle SDCCH Threshold N1

MAPPED

Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

If CB Shake Hand

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Positive or Minus Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Indication Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ignore Measurement Report Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IMM ASS A IF Creation Timer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Immediate Assignment Optimized

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Move Immediate Assignment Down to BTS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Immediate Assignment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Delay of IMM ASS Retransmit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Transmit Times of IMM ASS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Use IMM ASS Retransmit Parameter

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Pref. of Imme-Assign Allowed

MAPPED

TA Threshold of Imme-Assign Pref

MAPPED

T3122

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3121

NOT MAPPED

Included Angle

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Independent E1 Port 3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Intracell F-H HO Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Intracell F-H HO Stat Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

F2H HO Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

H2F HO Threshold

NOT MAPPED

Power Overload Threshold In Ho. In

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Starting Mode[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Starting Mode[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Starting Mode[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OL Subcell Assignment Optimization

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inner Cell EDGE HO Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO of OL Subcell to UL Subcell

MAPPED

OL Subcell Load Diversity HO Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Step Length of OL Subcell Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inner Cell Serious OverLoad Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude and Longitude Input Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-BSC SDCCH HO ALLowed

MAPPED

Broadcast Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Adjacent Cell Inter-layer HO Hysteresis

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere Band Stat Algorithm Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-cell HO Hysteresis

MAPPED

Penalty Time on Interfere HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Static Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interference HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interf. Priority Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interference Band Threshold 0

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interference Band Threshold 1

MAPPED

Interference Band Threshold 2

MAPPED

Interference Band Threshold 3

MAPPED

Interference Band Threshold 4

MAPPED

Interference Band Threshold 5

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interference Calculation Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-RAT Cell Reselection Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-RAT In BSC Handover Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Incoming BSC Handover at Iur-g

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter-RAT Out BSC Handover Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interference Frequency

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Incoming OL Subcell HO Level TH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T25

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3103A

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Intracell F-H HO Allowed

NOT MAPPED

Intracell HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3103C

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Invalid BSIC Reporting

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Physical IP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Master Clock Server IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Slave Clock Server IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IP Phy Trans Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IP Physical Tran. Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DHEU Heater Control Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Chain Neighbor Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Server Redundancy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Server Redundancy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Config Ring

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Configure Check Thresholds or Not

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EDGE Support in External Neighbour Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Support in External Neighbour Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Main BCCH TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Main Local Group

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NC2 Support in External Neighbour Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Supper BTS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support BTS Local Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DHEU Temperature Control

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Item Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Item Valid

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Value

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Concentric Attribute

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dynamic Channel Conversion Parameter of Concentric Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UO HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UO HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell IUO Type

MAPPED

LAPD Jitter Buffer Algorithm

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS Jitter Buffer Delay

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

K Bias

MAPPED

Cell LAC

MAPPED

Cell LAC

MAPPED

Latitude Decimal Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude Degree Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude Int Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude Minute Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude Second Decimal Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Latitude Second Int Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Layer of The Cell

MAPPED

Layer of the cell

MAPPED

Inter-Layer HO Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Level Report Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Level HO Allowed

NOT MAPPED

Inter-layer HO Hysteresis

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Layer HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Layer HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lower Humidity Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lower Limit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

LNA Threshold1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

LNA Threshold2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load handover Load Accept Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Current Shunt Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Enhanced Load HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Handover Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Handover Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Handover Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO PBGT Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time on Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Value on Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO Step Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO Step Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HO Ratio of Enhanced Load HO Algorithm

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO Bandwidth

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Power-off Allowed State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Load Reselection Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Reselect Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Reselection Receive Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Reselection Start Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Balance Traffic Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Type of Cell Load Calculation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRM Load Threshold switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Decimal Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Degree Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Int Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Minute Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Second Decimal Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Longitude Second Int Part

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Loose Trx SDCCH Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low-level Sublink Resource Preempt Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Lev Sub Res Preempt Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity LNA Bypass Permitted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allocate OL Channel Based on RX Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Temperature StartLoadPower-off Allowed State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Temperature StartLoadPower-off Allowed State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Link Quality Control Mode

NOT MAPPED

Load Shutdown Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Shutdown Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Temperature Critical Point

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lower Temperature Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Long-term FER Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Long-term FER Target

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Long-term FER Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Threshold Adjust Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lvl1 Vswr

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Lvl2 Vswr

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Voltage Shutdown Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ARFCN Coding Scheme

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Derating Active Channel Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Derating Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Derating End Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Derating Range

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Derating Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Interface Board Bar Code 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PTU Main Dev. Tab

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 10

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 11

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 12

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 5

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 6

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 7

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 8

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAIO 9

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IP Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Subnet Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Subnet Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Master Clock Server IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Server IP Address 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Up Adj. PC Value by Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Consecutive HO Times

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Drop Power Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum TRX Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum TRX Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diesel Max Output Power

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Number of PDCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Rate Threshold of PDCHs in a Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Charge Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Charge Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Resend Times of Phy.Info.

NOT MAPPED

Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Retransmissions for Radio Priority 4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 0

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max TA

MAPPED

MAX TA Drop Call Filter

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max TA Drop Call Switch

NOT MAPPED

MAX TA Drop Call Threshold

MAPPED

Maximum Number of Occupied Abis Timeslots

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Up Adj. PC Value by RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Multi-band report

MAPPED

Filter Length for SDCCH MEAN_BEP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH MEAN_BEP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MCC

MAPPED

Cell MCC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MC PRI Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MCPA Optimization Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GSM Multi Carrier BTS Standard

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow MR Command or not

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Measurement Report Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MP/MC List Head Option

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselection Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Ec/No threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Access Level Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Power Level For Directed Retry

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Minimum Recovery Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min RSCP threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MNC

MAPPED

Cell MNC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Month

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Move Speed Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Multiplexing Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MCPPP Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MR. Compensation Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allowed MR Number Lost

MAPPED

MRMissNumber

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sent Freq.of preprocessed MR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Tributary 1 Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Antenna Tributary 2 Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Receive Unit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS Capability Statistic Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MSC Version Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TREESTABLISH

NOT MAPPED

EN Quick PBGT HO ALG When MS Leaves BTS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS MAX Retrans

MAPPED

MSRD MCS Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MSRD PDCH Multiplex Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min DL level on candidate Cell

MAPPED

MS Rx Quality Statistic Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum TX Power for Access PCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MTU

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hierarchical Power Supply Para.<0.1v>

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Multi-Band Report

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Period of Mute Detect Class1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Mute Detect Class2 Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Period of Mute Detect Class2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Access Prohibited Upon One-Way Audio

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Forced Call Release Upon Failed Handover in One-Way Audio

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Quantity of Working TRXs

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of Establish

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of FACCH/Full Rate

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of FACCH/Half Rate

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Use LAPDm N200

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of Release

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of SACCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N200 of SDCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Value of N3101

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Value of N3103

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Value of N3105

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support NACC

NOT MAPPED

Assign Non-AMR User Loose Fre. Reuse TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

N_AVG_I

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TFO Switch

NOT MAPPED

Neighbor 2G Cell 1 Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor 2G Cell 1 Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor 2G Cell 2 Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor 2G Cell 2 Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor 2G Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor 2G Cell Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor Cell Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor Cell Plan Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbour Cell CI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbour Cell LAC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbour Cell MCC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbour Cell MNC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support 64 Neighbour Cells

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support NC2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NCC

MAPPED

NCC

MAPPED

NCC Permitted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NCC Permitted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Neighbor Cell Filter Length MR Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for Ncell RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NCH Occupy Block Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NCH Start Block

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Network Control Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Interval for Emerg. HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Forward Route Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Network Operation Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho ATCB Adjust Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho ATCB Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho Pathloss Adjust Step

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho Pathloss Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Ho Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR F-H Traffic Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR H-F Ho ATCB Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR H-F Ho Pathloss Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Non-AMR H-F Quality-based HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR H-F Ho Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-AMR H-F Traffic Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cons.No Dl Mr.HO Allowed Limit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

No Dl Mr.HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

No Dl Mr.Ul Qual HO Limit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Norminal Capacity{AH}

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow III Power Control For Non-AMR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Non-DRX Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Normal Reselection Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Normal Work TEMP Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Statistical Period of No-traffic

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

No VGCS Call Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for SDCCH NBR_RCVD_BLOCK

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH NBR_RCVD_BLOCK

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NSE Identifier

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NCell Filter Length for SDCCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

NS Latitude

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Normal Temperature Delta Tin

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Normal Temperature Delta Tout

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ny2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Object Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Preempt Switch of Streaming Resource

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OL to UL HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Configure Backup OML

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OML/ESL/EML LAPD Downlink Window Size

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OSP Code

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assign Optimum Layer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Assign-optimum-level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Threshold of Assignment Pref

MAPPED

TRX Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Operate Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Other Frequency

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of Other-RAT Modules

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OtoU HO Received Level Threshold

MAPPED

UL Subcell Assignment Optimization

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T8

NOT MAPPED

T7

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inter BSC Load Information Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Subcell General Overload Threshold

MAPPED

Power Overload Threshold In Ho. Out

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Outgoing OL Subcell HO Level TH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO Allowed

NOT MAPPED

MOD Step LEN of UL Load HO Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Subcell Load Hierarchical HO Periods

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Step Length of UL Subcell Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Subcell Lower Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cannel 0 Digital Control Signal Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cannel 1 Digital Control Signal Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cannel 2 Digital Control Signal Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cannel 3 Digital Control Signal Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Output Power

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Output Power

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Output Power Unit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Subcell Serious Overload Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Inter-RAT Load HO in Connect State

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Over Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Over Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RET ALD Over Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Over Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Over Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RET ALD Over Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Overload Indication Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Derating TEMP Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PA Intelligent Adjust Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Move Packet Assignment Down to BTS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Average Paging Message Number In Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Paging Lifetime

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Paging Message Number In Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Paging Times

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PAN_DEC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PAN_INC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PAN_MAX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Priority of Shut Down TRX

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Patch Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Path Loss of Different Frequency Band

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Pathloss Ho. Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Pb

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PBGT HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PBGT Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PBGT HO Threshold

MAPPED

PBGT Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PC Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PC_MEAS_CHAN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PCU Support PREEMPT_ABIS_LINK Message

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Downlink Multiplex Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Power Saving Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Reforming

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PDCH Uplink Multiplex Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer BSC ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer BSC IP

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer BSC Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer BTS ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Peer IP Address

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Penalty Duration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Penalty Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CfgPenaltyTimer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Protocol Field Compress

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Parameters Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Frame Length

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PACKET SI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Persistence Level 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

16QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Persistence Level 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Persistence Level 3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

32QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Persistence Level 4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX 8PSK Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interval for Sending Cell Paging Package

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of Cell Pagings in One Package

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Paging Package Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transmission Delay of POC Service

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max. GBR for POC Service

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min. GBR for POC Service

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

POC Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Output Reduction Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Output Error Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Port

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Port

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Port Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

2Quater Message Transmission Channel

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Rated Power

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Battery Shunt Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

16QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

32QAM Transmitter Power Reduce Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Type

NOT MAPPED

Emergency Call Preemption Permitted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Route Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Packet Access Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transfer Original MR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Flex Abis Prior Choose Load Thred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell HCS Prior Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Preferential Customized Detection Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of Customized Detection Types

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Subsidiary Customized Detection Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Port Detection Sequence

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Protection Delay for Detection

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Protection Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS High PRI Service PRI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PSI1 Repetition Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support PSI Status Message

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS Low PRI Service PRI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS OtoU HO Receive Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS RACH Min. Access Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS Min.Access Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 0 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 1 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 2 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 2 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 3 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 4 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 5 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 6 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DPSU 7 Configured

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS UtoO HO Receive Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PSU Turning Off Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Penalty Time

MAPPED

Port Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

HDLC Path Index In BTS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power System Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Patch Version

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Forecast Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III Power Control Optimized Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Control Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Deviation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Deviation Indication

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Location Group Power Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Class

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power-off Protect Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Priority Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Finetune

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Power Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Power Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RET ALD Power Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qsearch C Initial

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS Fast Moving HO Allowed

MAPPED

MS Fast-moving Watch Cells

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS Fast-moving Time Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MS Fast-moving Valid Cells

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qsearch I

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for SDCCH Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support QoS Optimize

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qsearch P

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qsearch C

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

QTRU Signal Merge Avoid Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qtru Down Power Inadequate Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qtru Down Power Inadequate Stat Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Multi-Density TRX Power Sharing

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qualified Times for Off

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Qualified Times for On

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Query Classmark after In-BSC HO Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack0 Auxiliary Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack0 Storage Battery Config Permit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack0 Storage Battery Capacity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack0 Storage Battery Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack0 Storage Battery Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack1 Auxiliary Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack1 Storage Battery Config Permit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack1 Storage Battery Capacity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack1 Storage Battery Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack1 Storage Battery Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack2 Auxiliary Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack2 Storage Battery Config Permit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack2 Storage Battery Capacity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack2 Storage Battery Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SubRack2 Storage Battery Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RAC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Route Area

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Routing Area

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Route Area
Route Area
Route Area

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CS RACH Min. Access Level

NOT MAPPED

RACH Busy Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Average RACH Load Timeslot Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

CS Min.Access Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Routing Area Color Code

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow MS to Access to Another Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Random Access Error Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Accessorial Hysteresis of Cell Selection

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Rate

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR Rate Control Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is RATSCCH Function Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Receive Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allow Reassign

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frequency Band of Reassign

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ReceiveQualThrshAMRFR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ReceiveQualThrshAMRHR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_LEV Hysteresis

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_LEV Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_LEV for UO HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_QUAL Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_QUAL for UO HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Region Information

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ReHost Absolute Time


ReHostDelayTime

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ReHost Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Extend Connection Configuration Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Associated Board Function

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cascading Tributary

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Repeat

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Repeated Downlink FACCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Repeated Downlink FACCH Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Repeated SACCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselection Hysteresis

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Normal Cell Reselection Watch Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Normal Cell Reselection Worsen Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Number of Reserved Dynamic Channel

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Reserved TCH Number for PA Turning On

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Reset Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Reserved Channel Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max RC Power Reduction

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Radio Resource Report Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Configure RFU by Slot

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPS or RGPS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Radio Link Timeout

MAPPED

RNC ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Report Downlink VQI Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselection MR Period in Packet Idle Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselection MR Period in Packet Transfer Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Report Speech Quality

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for SDCCH REP_QUANT

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for TCH REP_QUANT

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RscPenaltyTimer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RSCP Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RSCP Threshold for Layer of 3G Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GPRS Reselection Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RSL LAPD Window Size

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Channel Num Reserved for EC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Measure Link Delay Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RTTI PDCH Multiplex Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Route Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Minimum Receiving level for Access

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh Offset for AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Minum Access RXLEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Rx_Level_Drop HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 1 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 10 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 11 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 12 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 2 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 3 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 4 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 5 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 6 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 7 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 8 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interfere HO Qual. Thresh 9 for Non-AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Chain Position

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Chain Position

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Board Position

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RXU Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SAIC Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Control Threshold Adjust for SAIC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Control threshold Adjust for SAIC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Coverage Cell No

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Coverage Cell Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Coverage Cell Load Stat. Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Coverage Cell Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Same Coverage Cell Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SACCH Multi-Frames

NOT MAPPED

Energy Saving Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SCALE_ORDER

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Serving Cell Filter Length MR Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Coding Scheme

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Scrambling Code or Cell Parameter Id

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SDCCHChannelNumber

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Waiting for MR on SDCCH Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Duration for Waiting MR on SDCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Level Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Quality Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Level Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Quality Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SDCCH Dynamic Allocation Allowed

MAPPED

SD Quick HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Shut Down Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Interval for SDCCH Hos

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SdMrCutNum

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time on Fast Moving HO

MAPPED

Penalty on Fast Moving HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Shutdown Temperature

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Shutdown Voltage

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

3G Search PRIO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Send Classmark ENQ Result to MSC Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Send FACCH Notification Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Send FACCH Paging Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Separate Position

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Separate Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Service Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Service Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Service Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diesel Engine Configure Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ENV TEMP CFG Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ENV TEMP CFG Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Environment Humidity Configure Enabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SFP Port No

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Protocol Version Supported by SGSN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sharing Allow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Shutdown TRX Start Time[T2]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

SDCCH HO Allowed

MAPPED

Filter Length for SDCCH Qual

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for SDCCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Server IP Address 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Send Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DRRU Sending Receiving Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DRFU Sending Receiving Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MRRU/GRRU Sending Receiving Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MRFU/GRFU Sending Receiving Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS3900E Sending Receiving Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Special Access Control Class

MAPPED

Speech Version Mode 1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Speech Version Mode 2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty on MS Fast Moving HO

MAPPED

Support SPLIT_PG_CYCLE on CCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support In Inter-RAT Inter-cell PS Handover

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Out Inter-RAT Inter-Cell PS Handover

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Reduced Latency Capability

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RanSharing Support

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Support Normalized Data Configuration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Support SingleRAN Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Is Support SingleRAN Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell Name


Source Cell CI

NO MAPPING REQUIRED
NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Current HO CTRL Algorithm in Source Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell LAC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell MCC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Source Cell MNC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Service Priority Policy

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Service Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Level after BQ HO

MAPPED

Filter Length for TCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for SDCCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Level after TA HO

MAPPED

Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Heater Startup Temperature

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Fallback Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Smart Temperature Control

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Smart Temperature Control

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

EICC Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Stop Send SI 5/5bis/5ter after Encrypt

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Fallback Stop Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Max Subframe Length

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sublink Resources Preemption Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sub Res Preempt Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Cell Broadcast Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support DTM

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Support Enhanced DTM

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

S Value

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Power Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

3ah Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Switch Port

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sync case

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Site Synchronization Method

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Clock Synchronization Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Days of Inter Sync Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Hours of Inter Sync Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Minutes of Inter Sync Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

System Flux Threshold for Load HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 FACCH/F

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 FACCH/H

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 SACCH TCH SAPI3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 SACCH SDCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 SACCH TCH SAPI0

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 SDCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T200 SDCCH SAPI3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T203

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3105

NOT MAPPED

T3115

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3168

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3192

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3212

MAPPED

Filter Length for TA

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA for UO HO Allowed

MAPPED

TA HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Hysteresis

MAPPED

TA HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Threshold

MAPPED

Talker Info Interval

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Filter Length for SDCCH Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TA Threshold

MAPPED

T_AVG_T

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T_AVG_W

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Try Switching Duration Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ring I Try Rotating Duration Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Temperature Compensation Coefficient

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Rate Adjust Allow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Traffic Busy Threshold

MAPPED

DL FER Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Level Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL Quality Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL FER Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Level Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Quality Threshold for TCH Call Drop

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Min Interval for TCH Hos

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TchMrCutNum

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Time Handover Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TCH Time Handover Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Tch Traffic Busy Underlay Threshold

MAPPED

Tch Traffic Busy Overlay Threshold

MAPPED

Mute Detect Class1 Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TC Pool ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD BA1 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDDBA2 Input Tag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD Reporting Offset

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD Cell Reselect Diversity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD Reporting Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Diversity

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

DL UARFAN

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD MI System Information Optimized

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD MI System INFO Broadcasting Prohibit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PS TDD RSCP Quality Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Parameter ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Parameter ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TDD System Information Optimized Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Sync Case

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Coefficient of Temp Compensation

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Template Description

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Temp Of High Temp. Load Power Off

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Temperature Start Load Power Off Temp.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Low Temperature Start Load Poweroff Temp.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Content of Message

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Frame Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Volt Threshold for Off

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Volt Threshold for On

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP1-ARP1 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP1-ARP2 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP1-ARP3 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP2-ARP1 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP2-ARP2 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP2-ARP3 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP3-ARP1 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP3-ARP2 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

THP3-ARP3 Priority Weight

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Level Thresh for Assign BCCH Under TBCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quality Thresh for Assign BCCH Under TBCCH

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TIGHT BCCH HO Valid Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load Threshold for TIGHT BCCH HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TIGHT BCCH HO Watch Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RX_QUAL Threshold for TIGHT BCCH HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TIGHT BCCH Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Tight Trx SDCCH Rxlev Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Duration

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time after AMR TCHF-H HO Fail

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time after BQ HO

MAPPED

Penalty Time after OtoU HO Fail

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Delay Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Quick Handover Punish Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Voltage Adjust Based Timeslots Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time after TA HO

MAPPED

Penalty Time after UtoO HO Fail

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T11

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Tout Limit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timer for Bad Quality DISC Statistic

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselect Temporary Offset

MAPPED

Into-BSC HO REQ Queue Timer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transmission Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

BTS Transmission Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1 Port 0 Set Optical Transmission Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1 Port 1 Set Optical Transmission Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1 Port 2 Set Optical Transmission Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

E1 Port 3 Set Optical Transmission Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Reselection Forbidden Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Load HO Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Transport Resource Mapping switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX Aiding Function Control

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX Number

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Allocation TRX Priority Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TRX Board Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TSC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Idle TS Count

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TSC Plan Enable

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timeslot Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TS Mask

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timeslot Power Reserve

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Time Slot Rate

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Topo Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Busy Channel Num.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Stop Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dyn. Turning Off Cell Start Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Enable Turning Off Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dyn. Turning On Cell Load Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

TX-integer

MAPPED

TX_INT

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Freq. Band

MAPPED

Freq. Band

MAPPED

Cell Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up0 Power Attenuation Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up0 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up1 Power Attenuation Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up1 Tower-Top Amplifier Flag

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Upper Humidity Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UIC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Upper Limit

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

PwrCtrlULAdjPeriod

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULAFSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULAFSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULAHSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULAHSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL BQ HO Last Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL BQ HO Static Time

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timer for UL Data Forward

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III UL Filter Adjust Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULFSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULFSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULHSRexQualHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULHSRexQualLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst3[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst1[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.hyst2[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for UL RX_LEV

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULMAXDownStep

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULMAXUpStep

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL MR. Number Predicted

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Filter Length for UL Qual.

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Limit for AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL Qual. Limit for AMR HR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexLevAdjustFactor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexLevExponentFilterLen

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexLevHighThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexLevLowThred

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexLevSlideWindow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexQualAdjustFactor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexQualExponentFilterLen

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ULRexQualSlideWindow

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III UL RexLev Protect Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

III UL RexQual Protect Factor

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL RX_LEV Lower Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[F]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th3[H]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th1[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

AMR UL Coding Rate adj.th2[WB]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL to OL HO Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Um Interface Crosstalk Optimization Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UmPenaltyTimer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Under Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Under Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RET ALD Under Current Occur Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_A ALD Under Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

ANT_B ALD Under Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

RET ALD Under Current Clear Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up BTS Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dest Father BTS Index

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UPBTS Index type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dest Father Index Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Up BTS Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Dest Father BTS Name

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Update

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Default CS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Default MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Multiplex Threshold of Dynamic Channel Conversion

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink EGPRS2-A Default MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink EGPRS2-A Fixed MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Inactive Period of Extended Uplink TBF

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Fixed CS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Fixed MCS Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interf.of UL Qual. Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Interf.of UL Level Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink Max Length

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

OML/ESL/EML LAPD Uplink Window Size

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UL PC Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Duration of Uplink Received Level Differ

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Smooth Factor of Uplink Received Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Observe Time of UL RX Level Difference

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Short Message Uplink Disabled

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Release Delay of Non-extended Uplink TBF

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS2 to CS1

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS3 to CS2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS4 to CS3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS1 to CS2

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS2 to CS3

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Uplink TBF Threshold from CS3 to CS4

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Cell Urgent Reselection Allowed

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Energy Saving Start Time[HH:MM]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Energy Saving End Time[HH:MM]

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Upper Temperature Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

MaxRetry Time after UtoO Fail

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Penalty Time of UtoO HO

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

UtoO HO Received Level Threshold

MAPPED

UtoO Traffic HO Allowed

MAPPED

Underlay HO Step Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Underlay HO Step Level

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Utran Cell Type

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Vendor Code

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Maximum Number of Channels for VGCS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Channel Allocation Strategy for VGCS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Reserved Number of Channels for VGCS

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VIP Cell

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VLAN ID

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VLAN Priority

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VLAN Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Speech Version

MAPPED

VSWR TRX Unadjusted Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

VSWR TRX Error Threshold

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3109

NOT MAPPED

Wait for REL Indication AMR FR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

T3109 for AMR HR

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Timer of Reserved TCH for EMC

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

IBCA Wait SDCCH Idle Timer

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Heating Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

WE Longitude

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Humidification Equipment

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

End Time of WLA Detection

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

WLA Prompting Recover Period

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Begin Time of WLA Detection

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Working Standard

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Work Mode

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Wait Time before OML Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

Ring I Wait Time Before Switch

NO MAPPING REQUIRED

GUI Value Range

Actual Value Range

Unit

Default Value

0~70

0~70

None

50

0~70

0~70

None

50

10~80

1~8, step:0.1

40

TRUE(Support), FALSE(Not
Support)

TRUE, FALSE

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

IDLETSALLOC_0(Any idle
timeslots under the same site),
IDLETSALLOC_1(Idle timeslots
on same E1 primary link
preferred),
IDLETSALLOC_2(Idle timeslots
on same E1 primary link only),
IDLETSALLOC_3(Idle timeslots
on same 64K primary link only)

IDLETSALLOC_0,
IDLETSALLOC_1,
IDLETSALLOC_2,
IDLETSALLOC_3

None

IDLETSALLOC_0

CLOSE(CLOSE), OPEN(OPEN)

CLOSE, OPEN

None

CLOSE

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

10~3600

10~3600

15

8BIT(8BIT), 11BIT(11BIT)

8BIT, 11BIT

None

8BIT

0~65535

0~65535

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~31

0~31

None

None

OSubcell(Overlaid subcell),
USubcell(Underlaid subcell),
NoPrefer(No preference)

OSubcell, USubcell, NoPrefer

None

Usubcell

0~31

0~31

None

None

ULPRIORITY(Uplink Priority),
NEUTRAL(Neutral Priority),
DLPRIORITY(Downlink Priority)

ULPRIORITY, NEUTRAL,
DLPRIORITY

None

NEUTRAL

0~9

0~9

None

1~10

1~10

None

15~7200

15~7200

120

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

COMPUL0(Compulsory 0),
COMPUL1(Compulsory 1),
FLEX(Flexible)

COMPUL0, COMPUL1, FLEX

None

FLEX

4_75KBIT/S~0 5_15KBIT/S~1
5_90KBIT/S~2 6_70KBIT/S~3
7_40KBIT/S~4 7_95KBIT/S~5
10_2KBIT/S~6 12_2KBIT/S

4_75KBIT/S, 5_15KBIT/S,
5_90KBIT/S, 6_70KBIT/S,
7_40KBIT/S, 7_95KBIT/S,
10_2KBIT/S, 12_2KBIT/S

None

4_75KBIT/S-1&5_15KBIT/S0&5_90KBIT/S-1&6_70KBIT/S0&7_40KBIT/S-1&7_95KBIT/S0&10_2KBIT/S-0&12_2KBIT/S-1

4_75KBIT/S~0 5_15KBIT/S~1
5_90KBIT/S~2 6_70KBIT/S~3
7_40KBIT/S~4 7_95KBIT/S

4_75KBIT/S, 5_15KBIT/S,
5_90KBIT/S, 6_70KBIT/S,
7_40KBIT/S, 7_95KBIT/S

None

4_75KBIT/S-1&5_15KBIT/S0&5_90KBIT/S-1&6_70KBIT/S0&7_40KBIT/S-1&7_95KBIT/S-0

6_60KBIT/S, 8_85KBIT/S,
12_65KBIT/S

0~7

None

6_60KBIT/S-1&8_85KBIT/S1&12_65KBIT/S-1

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

60~300

60~300

180

60~300

60~300

280

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~254

0~254

None

None

0(Not support dynamic


adjustment), 1(According to
downlink quality measurements
reported by MS), 2(According to
uplink quality measurements
reported by BTS)

0, 1, 2

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

COMMON_DLD(Common
Download),
COMMON_DLD, QUICK_DLD1,
QUICK_DLD1(Quick Download
QUICK_DLD2
No Traffic), QUICK_DLD2(Quick
Download Reserve BCCH)

None

None

LOCK(Lock), UNLOCK(Unlock),
SHUTDOWN(Shutdown)

Lock, Unlock, Shutdown

None

UNLOCK

Lock(Lock), Unlock(Unlock),
Shutdown(Shutdown)

Lock, Unlock, Shutdown

None

Unlock

None

1~51 characters

None

None

None

1~51 characters

None

None

4_Times, 8_Times, 12_Times,


16_Times, 20_Times,
24_Times, 28_Times,
32_Times, 36_Times,
40_Times, 44_Times,
48_Times, 52_Times,
56_Times, 60_Times, 64_Times

1920~30720, step:480

ms

64_Times

0~63

0~30240, step:480

ms

48

4_Times, 8_Times, 12_Times,


16_Times, 20_Times,
24_Times, 28_Times,
32_Times, 36_Times,
40_Times, 44_Times,
48_Times, 52_Times,
56_Times, 60_Times, 64_Times

1920~30720, step:480

ms

52_Times

0~63

0~30240, step:480

ms

32

1~60

1~60

min

15

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~100

0~100

per cent

100

0~16

0~16

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

100

0(0.0), 1(0.1), 2(0.2), 3(0.3),


4(0.4), 5(0.5), 6(0.6), 7(0.7),
8(0.8), 9(0.9), 10(1.0)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

None

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED,
ENABLED

None

DISABLED

1~16

2~32, step:2

dB

16

OFF(Not Allowed), ON(Allowed)

OFF, ON

None

ON

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~3

0~3

None

0~7

0~7

None

0~7

0~7

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~7

0~7

None

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

33

0~63

0~63

dB

25

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~255

0~255

dB

0~255

0~255

dB

20

0~255

0~255

dB

0~255

0~255

dB

100

0~7

0~7

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

75

0~255

0~255

dB

0~255

0~255

dB

108

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~7

0~7

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

15

0~32

0~32

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~32

0~32

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~15

480~7200, step:480

ms

0~4

0~4

dB

0~15

0~15

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

ON

0~99

0~99

per cent

55

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~3

0~3

None

0~7

0~7

None

0~7

0~7

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~7

0~7

None

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~63

0~63

dB

18

0~1000

0~1000

SENDPOWER(Send Power),
NOPOWER(No Power)

SENDPOWER, NOPOWER

None

NOPOWER

A(A), B(B), NULL(NULL)

A, B, NULL

None

NULL

0~80

0~80

per cent

50

5~126

5~126

None

100

5~100

5~100

per cent

100

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

0~61

0~61

dB

35

0~23,255

0~23, 255

None

None

0~23

0~23

None

None

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

NO(Close), YES(Open)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~15

0~15

dB

0~15

0~15

dB

SERVER(Server),
CLIENT(Client)

SERVER, CLIENT

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~16 characters

None

None

NO_V(No Validate), PAP_V(PAP


Validate), CHAP_V(CHAP
Validate)

NO_V, PAP_V, CHAP_V

None

NO_V

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED, ENABLED

None

ENABLED

BTSAUTODLDACT(BTS
Software Auto DL and ACT),
TMUAUTOACT(TMU Software
Auto ACT)

BTSAUTODLDACT,
TMUAUTOACT

None

None

0~70

0~70

None

55

None

1~64 characters

None

None

BYTRX(Turn off TRX),


BYPWR(Reduce Backup
Power)

BYTRX, BYPWR

None

BYTRX

BYCOVER(Cover Priority),
BYCAP(Capability Priority),
BYSAVING(Saving Priority)

BYCOVER, BYCAP, BYSAVING

None

BYCOVER

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

1~200

1~200

20

Battery1Temp(Battery 1
Temperature),
Battery2Temp(Battery 2
Temperature)

Battery1Temp, Battery2Temp

None

Battery1Temp

Battery1Temp(Battery 1
Temperature),
Battery2Temp(Battery 2
Temperature)

Battery1Temp, Battery2Temp

None

Battery1Temp

30~1000

30~1000

Ah

50

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~90

0~90

per cent

50

NO_BAT(No Storage Battery),


INSIDE_BAT(Inside Storage
Battery),
OUTSIDE_BAT(Outside Storage
Battery)

NO_BAT, INSIDE_BAT,
OUTSIDE_BAT

None

NO_BAT

0~254

0~254

None

0~5000

0~5000

Ah

36

0~7

0~7

None

None

0~7

0~7

None

None

0~7

0~7

None

None

0~1023
0~1023

0~1023
0~1023

None
None

None
None

NO_Hop(No hop), Hop(Hop)

NO_Hop, Hop

None

None

5~25

5~25

per cent

15

433~576

43.3~57.6 (step: 0.1)

565

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

0~10

0~10

None

0~3

0~3

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

10~254

10~254

None

30

ALL(All), PART(Part)

ALL, PART

None

ALL

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 3(3), 4(4), 5(5),


6(6), NULL(NULL)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, NULL

None

NULL

0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 3(3), 4(4), 5(5),


6(6), NULL(NULL)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, NULL

None

NULL

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

0~127

0~127

dB

69

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

0~1000

0~100000 (step: 100)

kbit/s

None

0~1000

0~100000 (step: 100)

kbit/s

None

MRRU, GRRU, MRFU, GRFU,


BTS3900E

MRRU, GRRU, MRFU, GRFU,


BTS3900E

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

1~80 characters

None

Cell name

2~3600

2~3600

60

0~7

0~7

None

0~15

0~15

None

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~12

0~12

None

2_M_PERIOD(2 Multiframe
Period), 3_M_PERIOD(3
Multiframe Period),
4_M_PERIOD(4 Multiframe
Period), 5_M_PERIOD(5
Multiframe Period),
6_M_PERIOD(6 Multiframe
Period), 7_M_PERIOD(7
Multiframe Period),
8_M_PERIOD(8 Multiframe
Period), 9_M_PERIOD(9
Multiframe Period)

940~4230, step: 470

ms

2_M_PERIOD

1~4
0~12

1~4
0~12

None
None

1
1

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

PEUa, POUc, EIUa

PEUa, POUc, EIUa

None

None

DATU(DATU), GATM(GATM),
DRRU(DRRU), MRRU(MRRU),
MRFU(MRFU), GRFU(GRFU),
GRRU(GRRU),
BTS3900E(BTS3900E)

DATU, GATM, DRRU, MRRU,


MRFU, GRFU, GRRU,
BTS3900E

None

None

CDU(CDU), PCDU(PCDU),
DCDU(DCDU), CDUC(CDUC),
CDUP(CDUP), RCDU(RCDU),
CDUR(CDUR), CDUE(CDUE),
EDU(EDU), PEDU(PEDU),
REDU(REDU), DEDU(DEDU),
EDUC(EDUC), EDUP(EDUP),
EDUR(EDUR), EDUE(EDUE),
DDPM_DDPU(DDPM_DDPU),
DFCU(DFCU), DFCB(DFCB)

CDU, PCDU, DCDU, CDUC,


CDUP, RCDU, CDUR, CDUE,
EDU, PEDU, REDU, DEDU,
EDUC, EDUP, EDUR, EDUE,
DDPM_DDPU, DFCU, DFCB

None

None

PWC(PWC),
EAC_EMUA(EAC_EMUA),
DTMU(DTMU),
DATM_DATU(DATM_DATU),
NFCB(NFCB),
EMU_DEMU(EMU_DEMU),
DPMU(DPMU),
DCBM_DCOM(DCBM_DCOM),
BIE, PWC, EAC, EMUA, MCK,
DHEU(DHEU), ECOM(ECOM),
DTMU, DATM_DATU, NFCB,
MFU(MFU), MPW(MPW),
EMU_DEMU, DPMU,
MCD(MCD), IASU(IASU),
DCBM_DCOM, DHEU, ECOM,
PTU(PTU), TMU(TMU),
MFU, MPW, MCD, IASU, PTU,
PSU_APSU(PSU_APSU),
TMU, PSU, PMU, APMU,
PMU_APMU(PMU_APMU),
3001C_MFU, TEU, TES, PBU,
3001C_MFU(3001C_MFU),
DPBU, RPBU, PPBU, SCU,
TEU(TEU), TES(TES),
MDU, UPEU, UEIU, FMU, FMUA,
PBU(PBU), DPBU(DPBU),
DTCU, GATM, DGPS, USCU,
RPBU(RPBU), PPBU(PPBU),
UBRI, FAN, EMU, PMU, TCU,
SCU(SCU), MDU(MDU),
PSU, UTRP
UPEU(UPEU), UEIU(UEIU),
FMU(FMU), FMUA(FMUA),
DTCU(DTCU), GATM(GATM),
DGPS(DGPS), USCU(USCU),
UBRI(UBRI), FAN(FAN),
EMU(EMU), PMU(PMU),
TCU(TCU), PSU(PSU),
UTRP(UTRP)

None

None

DRRU(DRRU), DRFU(DRFU),
MRRU(MRRU), XRRU(XRRU),
MRFU(MRFU), GRFU(GRFU),
GRRU(GRRU), XRFU(XRFU),
BTS3900E(BTS3900E)

DRRU, DRFU, MRRU, XRRU,


MRFU, GRFU, GRRU, XRFU,
BTS3900E

None

None

TRX(TRX_DEFAULT),
TRX_GPRS(TRX_GPRS),
DRU(TRX_30), PTRX(PTRX),
ETRX(ETRX), RTRX(RTRX),
DTRX(DTRX), RETR(RETR),
DETR(DETR), EETR(EETR),
PETR(PETR), MTR(MTR),
TRU(TRU/DTRU),
QTRU(QTRU)

TRX_30_OR_DRU, TRX_GPRS,
PTRX, ETRX, RTRX, DTRX,
RETR, DETR, EETR, PETR,
MTR, TRU, QTRU

None

None

CDU(CDU), CDUC(CDUC),
CDUP(CDUP), CDUR(CDUR),
CDUE(CDUE), PCDU(PCDU),
RCDU(RCDU), DCDU(DCDU),
EDU(EDU), EDUC(EDUC),
EDUP(EDUP), EDUR(EDUR),
EDUE(EDUE), PEDU(PEDU),
REDU(REDU), DEDU(DEDU),
DDPM_DDPU(DDPM_DDPU),
DFCU(DFCU), DFCB(DFCB)

CDU, CDUC, CDUP, CDUR,


CDUE, PCDU, RCDU, DCDU,
EDU, EDUC, EDUP, EDUR,
EDUE, PEDU, REDU, DEDU,
DDPM_DDPU, DFCU, DFCB

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

None

0~64 characters

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

BSC_Preprocessing(BSC
preprocessing),
BTS_Preprocessing(BTS
preprocessing)

BSC_Preprocessing,
BTS_Preprocessing

None

BTS_Preprocessing

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

ON

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~16

2~32, step:2

dB

16

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

1~250

1~250

None

None

BTS30, BTS312, BTS3001C,


BTS3001CP, BTS3002C,
BTS3012A, BTS3006A,
BTS3012, BTS3006C,
BTS3002E, BTS3012AE,
BTS3012_II, DBS3900_GSM,
BTS3900_GSM,
BTS3900A_GSM, DBS3036,
BTS3036, BTS3036A,
BTS3900B_GSM,
BTS3900E_GSM,
BTS3900L_GSM

BTS30, BTS312, BTS3001C,


BTS3001CP, BTS3002C,
BTS3012A, BTS3006A,
BTS3012, BTS3006C,
BTS3002E, BTS3012AE,
BTS3012_II, DBS3900_GSM,
BTS3900_GSM,
BTS3900A_GSM, DBS3036,
BTS3036, BTS3036A,
BTS3900B_GSM,
BTS3900E_GSM,
BTS3900L_GSM

None

None

BTS3900B_GSM(BTS3900B
GSM),
BTS3900E_GSM(BTS3900E
GSM)

BTS3900B_GSM,
BTS3900E_GSM

None

None

NO_BAT(No Storage Battery),


INSIDE_BAT(Inside Storage
Battery),
OUTSIDE_BAT(Outside Storage
Battery)

NO_BAT, INSIDE_BAT,
OUTSIDE_BAT

None

NO_BAT

10~255

10~255

60

2~65534

2~65534

None

None

2~65534

2~65534

None

None

C31NOTUSE(Not Use c31


standard), C31STANDARD(Use
c31 standard)

C31NOTUSE, C31STANDARD

None

C31STANDARD

0~1

0~1

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

GSM900(GSM900),
DCS1800(DCS1800),
GSM850(GSM850),
PCS1900(PCS1900)

GSM900, DCS1800, GSM850,


PCS1900

None

GSM900

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~255

0~255

15

20~100

20~100

per cent

80

0~100

0~100

per cent

90

0~7

0~42, step: 6

dB

0~7

0~36, Positive infinity, step: 6

dB

0~1023

0~1023

None

None

AUTO(Auto), MANU(Manu)

AUTO, MANU

None

None

0~1023

0~1023

None

None

AUTO(Auto), MANU(Manu)

AUTO, MANU

None

None

0~50

0~50

None

0~7

0~42, step: 6

dB

0~7

0~36, Positive infinity, step: 6

dB

Permit(Permit Cell Access),


NoPermit(Prohibit Cell Access)

Permit, NoPermit

None

Permit

OUTDOOR_CELL(Outdoor
Cell), INDOOR_CELL(Indoor
Cell)

OUTDOOR_CELL,
INDOOR_CELL

None

OUTDOOR_CELL

240~289

24.0~28.9 (step: 0.1)

283

433~576

43.3~57.6 (step: 0.1)

565

240~289

24.0~28.9 (step: 0.1)

268

432~575

43.2~57.5 (step: 0.1)

535

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

0~2047,65535

0~2047, 65535

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

BYNAME(By name), BYID(By


index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

Inner(Inner), Extra(Extra)

Inner, Extra

None

None

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

None

None

0~5000 characters

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

80

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

0~5000 characters

None

None

OP1(Operator 1), OP2(Operator


2), OP3(Operator 3),
OP4(Operator 4), NONE(Not
Shared)

OP1, OP2, OP3, OP4, NONE

None

255

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~63

0~63

None

1~20

1~20

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

350~553

35.0~55.3 (step: 0.1)

430

2G(Preference for 2G Cell),


3G(Preference for 3G Cell)

2G, 3G

None

2G

0~100

0~100

per cent

30

COMMON(COMMON),
MULTIPATH(MULTIPATH),
INDOOR(INDOOR),
HIGHWAY(HIGHWAY)

COMMON, MULTIPATH,
INDOOR, HIGHWAY

None

COMMON

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~1000

0.0~100.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

800

-500~0

-50.0~0.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

-200

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~63

0~63

dB

20

0~63

0~63

None

20~90

20~90

per cent

80

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

AUTO(AUTOPLAN),
NORMAL(NORMAL)

AUTO, NORMAL

None

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_A(
QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_A),
QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_B(
QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_B)

QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_A,
QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_B

None

QUICK_HO_NCELL_TYPE_A

CHAINTORING(ChainToRing),
COMBINECHAINS(CombineCh
ains)

CHAINTORING,
COMBINECHAINS

None

None

CAPABILITY(Capability
preferred), QUALITY(Quality
preferred), PSRELATIVELY(PS
relatively preferred),
PSABSOLUTELY(PS absolutely
preferred)

CAPABILITY, QUALITY,
PSRELATIVELY,
PSABSOLUTELY

None

CAPABILITY

0~100

0~100

per cent

0~100

0~100

per cent

100

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~64

1~64

10

MODE1(Mode 1),
MODE2(Mode 2),
MODE3(Mode 3)

MODE1, MODE2, MODE3

None

MODE2

MODE1(Mode 1),
MODE2(Mode 2),
MODE3(Mode 3)

MODE1, MODE2, MODE3

None

MODE2

5~20

5~20

None

10

5~20

5~20

None

10

FULLTCH(FULLTCH),
HALFTCH(HALFTCH)

FULLTCH, HALFTCH

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~65535

0~65535

None

None

0~65535

0~65535

None

None

0~22

0~22

dB

22

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

HW_DEFINED(Huawei Userdefined), PTP(PTP Protocol)

HW_DEFINED, PTP

None

PTP

INT_CLK(Internal Clock),
TRCBSC_CLK(Trace BSC
Clock), EXTSYN_CLK(External
INT_CLK, TRCBSC_CLK,
Sync clock), IP_TIME(IP Clock),
EXTSYN_CLK, IP_TIME,
IP_TRANSFER(Trace Transport IP_TRANSFER, TRCGPS_CLK,
Clock), TRCGPS_CLK(Trace
UM_CLK, PEER_CLK
GPS Clock), UM_CLK(Um
Clock), PEER_CLK(Peer Clock)

None

None

0~255

0~255

255

0~255

0~255

255

1~60

1~60

30

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~1023

1~1023

None

None

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

0~100

0~10, step:0.1

dB

45

L0_FORBID, L1_FORBID,
L2_FORBID, L3_FORBID,
L4_FORBID, L5_FORBID,
L6_FORBID, L7_FORBID,
L8_FORBID, L9_FORBID

L0_FORBID, L1_FORBID,
L2_FORBID, L3_FORBID,
L4_FORBID, L5_FORBID,
L6_FORBID, L7_FORBID,
L8_FORBID, L9_FORBID

None

L0_FORBID-0&L1_FORBID0&L2_FORBID-0&L3_FORBID0&L4_FORBID-0&L5_FORBID0&L6_FORBID-0&L7_FORBID0&L8_FORBID-0&L9_FORBID-0

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~60

0~60

1~200

1~200

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(Off), ON(On),
NOTSUPPORT(Not Support)

OFF, ON, NOTSUPPORT

None

NOTSUPPORT

0dB, 2dB, 4dB, 6dB, 8dB, 10dB,


12dB, 14dB

0dB, 2dB, 4dB, 6dB, 8dB, 10dB,


12dB, 14dB

dB

6dB

1~255

10~2550, step: 10

ms

10

1~255

1~255

None

0~63

0~126, step: 2

dB

0~7

0~7

None

30~100

30~100

per cent

90

0~7

0~7

None

4BURST(4Burst),
RLC/MAC(RLC/MAC)

4BURST, RLC/MAC

None

4BURST

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

NT14_5K~0 NT12K~1 NT6K~2


T14_4K~3 T9_6K~4 T4_8K~5
T2_4K~6 T1_2K~7
T600_BITS~8 T1200_75

NT14_5K, NT12K, NT6K,


T14_4K, T9_6K, T4_8K, T2_4K,
T1_2K, T600_BITS, T1200_75

None

NT14_5K-0&NT12K-1&NT6K1&T14_4K-0&T9_6K-1&T4_8K1&T2_4K-1&T1_2K0&T600_BITS-0&T1200_75-0

0~31

0~31

None

None

0~30

0~30

degree Celsius

Inner(Inner), Extra(Extra)

Inner, Extra

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

350~556

35.0~55.6 (step: 0.1)

None

580~600

58.0~60.0 (step: 0.1)

580

0~32

0~32

None

500~60000

500~60000

ms

1000

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

BSC, BTS

BSC, BTS

None

None

BTS, BSC, DXX, OTHER

BTS, BSC, DXX, OTHER

None

None

0~3071

0~3071

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

0~16383

0~16383

None

None

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

None

4~32

0.5~4, step: 1/8

bit

4~32

0.5~4, step: 1/8

bit

4~32

0.5~4, step: 1/8

bit

N0(No), YES(Yes)

N0, YES

None

N0

0~255

TCH:480~122400, step:480;
SDCCH:470~119850, step:470

ms

1~30

1~30

dB

14

1~30

1~30

dB

14

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~30

1~30

dB

16

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

0~63

0~63

dB

20

1~10

1~10

None

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~30

1~30

dB

16

0~127

0~127

None

1~30

1~30

dB

18

1~30

1~30

dB

18

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

15

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~63

0~63

dB

35

0~70

0~70

None

40

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

2~255

2~255

None

2~255

2~255

None

2~255

2~255

None

60

2~255

2~255

None

1~30

1~30

dB

1~30

1~30

dB

0~3

0~3

None

0~7

0~7

None

0~7

0~7

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~7

0~7

None

0~63

0~63

dB

10

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~70

0~70

None

60

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~10

0~10

None

0~19

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

0~63

0~63

dB

20

0~63

0~63

dB

20

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~10

0~10

None

0~19

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~100

0~100

None

0~100

0~100

None

55

0~63

0~63

dB

45

0~63

0~63

dB

28

0~300

0~300

ms

140

0~255

0~255

1~255

1~255

None

0~63

0~63

dB

12

0~63

0~63

dB

17

0~63

0~63

dB

25

0~63

0~63

dB

23

0~63

0~63

dB

31

0~63

0~63

dB

63

0~63

0~63

dB

12

0~63

0~63

dB

18

0~255

0~255

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

None

CS1(CS1), CS2(CS2),
CS3(CS3), CS4(CS4)

CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4

None

CS2

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
MCS9(MCS9)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8,
MCS9

None

MCS6

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
DAS5(DAS5), DAS6(DAS6),
DAS7(DAS7), DAS8(DAS8),
DAS9(DAS9), DAS10(DAS10),
DAS11(DAS11), DAS12(DAS12)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS7, MCS8, DAS5, , DAS6,
DAS7, DAS8, DAS9, DAS10,
DAS11, DAS12

None

DAS6

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
DAS5(DAS5), DAS6(DAS6),
DAS7(DAS7), DAS8(DAS8),
DAS9(DAS9), DAS10(DAS10),
DAS11(DAS11),
DAS12(DAS12),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS7, MCS8, DAS5, , DAS6,
DAS7, DAS8, DAS9, DAS10,
DAS11, DAS12, UNFIXED

None

UNFIXED

CS1(CS1), CS2(CS2),
CS3(CS3), CS4(CS4),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4, UNFIXED

None

UNFIXED

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
MCS9(MCS9),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8,
MCS9, UNFIXED

None

UNFIXED

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~5000

0~5000

ms

2400

0~64

0~64

per cent

10

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~255

0~25.5, step:0.1

dB

30

0~128

0~128

dB

72

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

0~1

0~1

None

1~60

1~60

min

10

0~12

0~12

2~10

2~10

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 4(4), 8(8),


16(16), 32(32), 64(64)

0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

0~63

0~63

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

85

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

FULL(FULL), HALF(HALF)

FULL, HALF

None

FULL

10~80

10~80

None

20

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

10~3600

10~3600

20

LEVEL0(Preempt all dynamic


TCHFs), LEVEL1(No preempt of
CCHs), LEVEL2(No preempt of
service TCHF)

LEVEL0, LEVEL1, LEVEL2

None

LEVEL0

0~8

0~8

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NOTSUPPORT(Not Support),
DDIVERSITY(DDIVERSITY),
DPBT(DPBT)

NOTSUPPORT, DDIVERSITY,
DPBT

None

NOTSUPPORT

0~31

0~31

None

None

E1(E1), T1(T1)

E1, T1

None

None

0~49

0~49

dB

0~49

0~49

dB

30

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~255

1~255

1~255

1~255

0~11

0~11

None

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~31

0~31

None

16

0~31

0~31

None

1~15

1~15

None

15

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NoPriority(No Priority),
Priority4(Priority 4),
Priority3(Priority3),
Priority2(Priority 2),
Priority1(Priority 1),
Priority0(Priority 0),
PriorityB(Priority B),
PriorityA(Priority A)

NoPriority, Priority4, Priority3,


Priority2, Priority1, Priority0,
PriorityB, PriorityA

None

Priority4

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

A5/0~0 A5/1~1 A5/2~2 A5/3~3


A5/4~4 A5/5~5 A5/6~6 A5/7

A5/0, A5/1, A5/2, A5/3, A5/4,


A5/5, A5/6, A5/7

None

A5/0-1&A5/1-0&A5/2-0&A5/30&A5/4-0&A5/5-0&A5/6-0&A5/70

-990~400

-99.0~40.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

0~100

0~100

per cent

70

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

ON

1~255

1~255

0~63

0~63

dB

0~100

0~100

per cent

20

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~63

0~63

dB

63

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

500~60000

500~60000

ms

3000

0~255

0~255

year, month, day, hour, min, sec

1970-1-1 00:00:00~2538-12-31
23:59:59

None

None

NoExclusive(NoExclusive),
Exclusive(Exclusive)

NoExclusive, Exclusive

None

NoExclusive

0~100

0~100

per cent

None

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~63

0~63

dB

30

CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)

CLOSE, OPEN

None

CLOSE

EM0(EM0), EM1(EM1)

EM0, EM1

None

EM0

60sec(60sec), 120sec(120sec),
240sec(240sec),
480sec(480sec),
960sec(960sec),
1920sec(1920sec),
3840sec(3840sec),
7680sec(7680sec)

60sec, 120sec, 240sec, 480sec,


960sec, 1920sec, 3840sec,
7680sec

60sec

TYPE1(TYPE1),
TYPE2(TYPE2),
TYPE3(TYPE3)

TYPE1, TYPE2, TYPE3

None

TYPE1

Normal_cell(Normal cell),
DualTS_ExtCell(Double
Timeslot Extension Cell)

Normal_cell, DualTst_ExtCell

None

Normal_cell

SEND(SEND),
NOTSEND(NOTSEND)

SEND, NOTSEND

None

SEND

0~255

0~12750, step: 50

ms

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~100

0~100

per cent

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)

CLOSE, OPEN

None

CLOSE

0~100

0~100

per cent

55

0~100

0~100

per cent

85

432~575

43.2~57.5 (step: 0.1)

535

AUTO(Auto), MANU(Manu)

AUTO, MANU

None

None

AUTO(Auto), MANU(Manu)

AUTO, MANU

None

None

0~7

0~42, step: 6

dB

0~7

0~36, Positive infinity, step: 6

dB

0~1

0~1

None

None

0~16383

0~16383

None

None

0~49

0~49

dB

10

0~3

0~3

None

0~7

-20, -6, -18, -8, -16, -10, -14, -12

dB

0~7

0~7

dB

0~15

Negative infinity, -28~28, step: 4

dB

RSCP(RSCP), EcN0(Ec/N0)

RSCP, EcN0

None

RSCP

0~15

-114~-84, step: 2

dBm

0~63

0~63

None

10

0~511

0~511

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

16

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

32

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

64

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

128

NO_FH(No frequency hopping),


BaseBand_FH(Baseband
frequency hopping), RF_FH(RF NO_FH, BaseBand_FH, RF_FH,
frequency hopping),
Hybrid_FH
Hybrid_FH(Hybrid frequency
hopping)

None

NO_FH

0~32

0~32

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

ENABLE

FIX_16K_ABIS(Fix Abis),
FLEX_ABIS(Flex Abis),
SEMI_ABIS(Semisolid Abis)

FIX_16K_ABIS, FLEX_ABIS,
SEMI_ABIS

None

FIX_16K_ABIS

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~20

0~20

None

10

0~200

0~200

None

0~19

0~19

None

INDOOR(Indoor),
OUTDOOR(Outdoor)

INDOOR, OUTDOOR

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

0~255

0~255

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023

0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None

0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023

0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023
0~1023

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~65535

0~65535

PGSM900(PGSM900),
EGSML25(EGSM<L25>),
EGSM35M(EGSM<35M>),
RGSML25(RGSM<L25>),
GSM900_RGSM39M(GSM900_
PGSM900, EGSML25,
RGSM<39M>),
EGSM35M, RGSML25,
DCS1800(DCS1800),
GSM900_RGSM39M, DCS1800,
PCS1900(PCS1900),
PCS1900, GSM850, EGSM24M,
GSM850(GSM850),
DCS1800_L, DCS1800_H
EGSM24M(EGSM<24M>),
DCS1800_L(DCS1800<L50M>)
,
DCS1800_H(DCS1800<H50M>
)

None

36671

None

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

25

0~1023

0~1023

None

None

LOOSE(Loose), TIGHT(Tight)

LOOSE, TIGHT

None

LOOSE

MainDiversity(MainDiversity),
MaximumMeanValue(Maximum
MeanValue)

MainDiversity,
MaximumMeanValue

None

MaximumMeanValue

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

May_Use(May Use),
Shall_Use(Shall Use),
Shall_NOT_Use(Shall not Use)

May_Use, Shall_Use,
Shall_NOT_Use

None

Shall_Use

0~255

0~255

dB

20

0~600

0~600

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~255

0~255

dB

10

0~600

0~600

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~31

0~31

None

12

NO(Not Support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

4~32

0.5~4, step: 1/8

bit

20

NO(Not support),
SupportAsInnPcu(Support as
built-in PCU),
SupportAsExtPcu(Support as
external Pcu)

NO, SupportAsInnPcu,
SupportAsExtPcu

None

NO

0dB(0dB), 2dB(2dB), 4dB(4dB),


6dB(6dB), 8dB(8dB),
10dB(10dB), 12dB(12dB),
14dB(14dB)

0dB, 2dB, 4dB, 6dB, 8dB, 10dB,


12dB, 14dB

dB

2dB

DB110(-110dB), DB108(108dB), DB106(-106dB),


DB104(-104dB), DB102(102dB), DB100(-100dB),
DB98(-98dB), DB96(-96dB),
DB94(-94dB), DB92(-92dB),
DB90(-90dB), DB88(-88dB),
DB86(-86dB), DB84(-84dB),
DB82(-82dB), DB80(-80dB),
DB78(-78dB), DB76(-76dB),
DB74(-74dB), DB72(-72dB),
DB70(-70dB), DB68(-68dB),
DB66(-66dB), DB64(-64dB),
DB62(-62dB), DB60(-60dB),
DB58(-58dB), DB56(-56dB),
DB54(-54dB), DB52(-52dB),
DB50(-50dB), DB48(-48dB),
nouse(no use)

DB110, DB108, DB106, DB104,


DB102, DB100, DB98, DB96,
DB94, DB92, DB90, DB88, DB86,
DB84, DB82, DB80, DB78, DB76,
DB74, DB72, DB70, DB68, DB66,
DB64, DB62, DB60, DB58, DB56,
DB54, DB52, DB50, DB48, no
use

dB

DB110

10sec(10sec), 20sec(20sec),
30sec(30sec), 40sec(40sec),
50sec(50sec), 60sec(60sec),
70sec(70sec), 80sec(80sec),
90sec(90sec), 100sec(100sec),
110sec(110sec),
120sec(120sec),
130sec(130sec),
140sec(140sec),
150sec(150sec),
160sec(160sec),
170sec(170sec),
180sec(180sec),
190sec(190sec),
200sec(200sec),
210sec(210sec),
220sec(220sec),
230sec(230sec),
240sec(240sec),
250sec(250sec),
260sec(260sec),
270sec(270sec),
280sec(280sec),
290sec(290sec),
300sec(300sec),
310sec(310sec),
320sec(320sec), nouse(no use)

10sec, 20sec, 30sec, 40sec,


50sec, 60sec, 70sec, 80sec,
90sec, 100sec, 110sec, 120sec,
130sec, 140sec, 150sec, 160sec,
170sec, 180sec, 190sec, 200sec,
210sec, 220sec, 230sec, 240sec,
250sec, 260sec, 270sec, 280sec,
290sec, 300sec, 310sec, 320sec,
no use

10sec

0~7

0~7

None

0db(0db), 10db(10db),
20db(20db), 30db(30db),
40db(40db), 50db(50db),
60db(60db), infinity(infinity),
nouse(no use)

0db, 10db, 20db, 30db, 40db,


50db, 60db, infinity, no use

dB

10db

GPS(GPS),
GLONASS(Glonass),
GPSGlonass(GPSGlonass)

GPS, GLONASS, GPSGlonass

None

GPS

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~100000000

0~100000000

None

None

0~100000000

0~100000000

None

None

0~512

0~512

None

LAC_CI(CELL IMME),
PLMN(ALL), LAC(LAC),
CI(CELL)

LAC_CI, PLMN, LAC, CI

None

None

0~3

0~3

None

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

SUPPORT

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

255.255.255.255

0~255

0~255

dB

20

0~600

0~600

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~255

0~255

dB

10

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

dB

NO

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

1~14

1~14

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

SysOpt(System optimization),
OSubcell(Overlaid subcell),
USubcell(Underlaid subcell),
NoPrefer(No preference)

SysOpt, OSubcell, USubcell,


NoPrefer

None

SysOpt

0~63

0~63

dB

10

0~63

0~63

dB

BYCELLNAME(By cell name),


BYCGI(By CGI)

BYCELLNAME, BYCGI

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

HOALGORITHM1(Handover
algorithm I),
HOALGORITHM2(Handover
algorithm II)

HOALGORITHM1,
HOALGORITHM2

None

HOALGORITHM1

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~16

0~16

None

0~16

0~16

None

0~63

0~63

dB

50

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~49

0~49

dB

35

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

FREE(Free), INCELL(Intra-cell),
OUTCELL(Outgoing cell),
OUTST(Outgoing site),
OUTBSC(Outgoing BSC),
OUTSYS(Outgoing system),
SPCELL(Specified cell)

FREE, INCELL, OUTCELL,


OUTST, OUTBSC, OUTSYS,
SPCELL

None

None

0~127

0~127

dB

68

0~61

0~61

dB

32

Pre_2G_Cell(Preference for 2G
cell), Pre_3G_Cell(Preference
for 3G cell),
Pre_2G_CellThres(Preference
2G cell by thresh)

Pre_2G_Cell, Pre_3G_Cell,
Pre_2G_CellThres

None

Pre_2G_CellThres

0~255

0~255

0~63

0~63

None

None

0~63

0~63

None

None

BaseBand_FH(BaseBand FH),
RF_FH(RF FH)

BaseBand_FH, RF_FH

None

None

NO(Not StartUp), YES(StartUp),


NONE(None)

NO, YES, NONE

None

YES

0~63

0~63

dB

25

0~63

0~63

None

0~23

0~23

None

None

NO_FH(No Frequency
Hopping),
BaseBand_FH(Baseband
Frequency Hopping),
RF_FH(RF Frequency Hopping)

NO_FH, BaseBand_FH, RF_FH

None

NO_FH

0~63

0~63

dB

63

0~63

0~63

dB

50

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

10

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

10

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

SINGLEHOST(Single Host),
PRIMHOST(Primary Host),
SLAVEHOST(Slave Host)

SINGLEHOST, PRIMHOST,
SLAVEHOST

None

SINGLEHOST

0~63

0~63

dB

25

0~63

0~63

dB

50

NO_HPANT(No),
YES_HPANT(Yes),
NONE(None)

NO_HPANT, YES_HPANT, NONE

None

NONE

NO_HPANT(No),
YES_HPANT(Yes)

NO_HPANT, YES_HPANT

None

None

1~14

1~14

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

350~556

35.0~55.6 (step: 0.1)

440

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

May_Use(May Use),
Shall_Use(Shall Use),
Shall_NOT_Use(Shall not Use)

May_Use, Shall_Use,
Shall_NOT_Use

None

Shall_Use

0~63

0~63

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

-99~70

-99~70

degree Celsius

40

0~30

0~30

degree Celsius

None

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

ENABLE

1~30

1~30

min

15

0~23

0~23

dB

0~23

0~23

dB

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~20

0~10, Step: 0.5

1~4

TCH:480~1920, step:480;
SDCCH:470~1880, step:470

ms

0~14

0~14

dB

0~14

0~14

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~20

0~10, Step: 0.5

OFF(Not Allowed), ON(Allowed)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(Not Allowed), ON(Allowed)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~23

0~23

dB

10

0~20

0~10, Step: 0.5

0~23

0~23

dB

13

0~31

0~31

dB

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

0~22

0~22

dB

0~22

0~22

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

0(Max. optimized MAIO),


1(Randomization MAIO)

0, 1

None

5~40

5~40

None

20

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~63

0~63

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~20

0~10, Step: 0.5

0~16

0~16

None

0~63

0~63

None

0~50

0~50

dB

15

0~10

0~10

None

0~63

0~63

dB

0~160

0~160

dB

110

0~23

0~23

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(Not Allowed), ON(Allowed)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~63

0~63

None

20

NO(Disabled in OL and UL
subcell), UNDER(Enabled in UL
subcell), INNER( Enabled in OL
subcell), YES(Enabled in OL
and UL subcell)

NO, UNDER, INNER, YES

None

UNDER

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~23

0~23

dB

NO(NO), YES(YES),
NULL(NULL)

NO, YES, NULL

None

NO

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

ENABLE

0~65535

0~65535

None

None

0~63

0~63

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

YES(Yes), NO(No)

YES, NO

None

YES

Positive(Positive), Minus(Minus)

Positive, Minus

None

Positive

0~125

0~125

None

0~32

0~32

None

1000~30000

1000~30000

ms

5000

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(Not Support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~254

0~254

ms

1~5

1~5

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~255

0~255

bit

0~255

0~255

10

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

0~360

0~360

degree

360

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

10

0~39

0~39

None

25

0~39

0~39

None

12

0~50

0~50

0~3

0~3

None

0~3

0~3

None

0~2

0~2

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~255

1~255

10

0~63

0~63

dB

0~100

0~100

per cent

90

Degree(Degree),
D_min_sec(Degree Minute
Second)

Degree, D_min_sec

None

Degree

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

2~3600

2~3600

None

0~127

0~127

dB

67

INTBANI(INTBANI),
INTBANII(INTBANII)

INTBANI, INTBANII

None

INTBANII

0~127

0~127

dB

68

0~255

0~255

15

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

48~115

48~115

None

110

48~115

48~115

None

105

48~115

48~115

None

98

48~115

48~115

None

92

48~115

48~115

None

87

48~115

48~115

None

85

1~31

480~14880, step: 480

ms

20

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~31

0~31

None

0~63

0~63

dB

30

500~60000

500~60000

ms

None

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

255.255.255.255

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

IP_OVER_FE/GE,
IP_OVER_E1

IP_OVER_FE/GE, IP_OVER_E1

None

IP_OVER_FE/GE

IP_OVER_FE/GE(IP_OVER_FE
/GE),
IP_OVER_FE/GE, IP_OVER_E1
IP_OVER_E1(IP_OVER_E1)

None

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

UNSUPPORT(Not Support
Reducy), SUPPORT(Support
Reducy)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

None

UNSUPPORT(Not Support
Reducy), SUPPORT(Support
Reducy)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

YES, NO

None

NO

NO(Not support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(Not support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

NO(Not support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~30

1~30

None

None

TRUE(Support), FALSE(Not
Support)

TRUE, FALSE

None

None

0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

OVERLAID(Overlaid Subcell),
UNDERLAID(Underlaid
Subcell), NONE(None)

OVERLAID, UNDERLAID, NONE

None

NONE

CONVERT0(Only convert at
UL), CONVERT1(Only convert
at OL), CONVERT2(UL first and
convert allowed),
CONVERT3(OL first and
convert allowed)

CONVERT0, CONVERT1,
CONVERT2, CONVERT3

None

CONVERT0

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

10

Normal_cell(Normal Cell),
Concentric_cell(Concentric
Cell), EDB_cell(Enhanced
Double Frequency Cell)

Normal_cell, Concentric_cell,
EDB_cell

None

Normal_cell

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

None

1~255

1~255, (step: 20)

ms

None

0~63

0~63

dB

1~65533,65535

1~65533, 65535

None

None

1~65533,65535

1~65533, 65535

None

None

None

1~5 characters

degree

None

0~90

0~90

degree

None

0~90

0~90

degree

None

0~59

0~59

minute

None

0~9

0~9

second

None

0~59

0~59

second

None

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

None

1, 2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4

None

0~100

0~100

None

NO(Not Support),
YES(Support), NONE(Invalid)

NO, YES, NONE

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~63

0~63

dB

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~99

0~99

None

10

None

1~8 characters

None

None

0~40

0~40

35

40~80

40~80

45

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

0~1000

0~1000

None

100

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~127

-64dB ~ 63dB

None

0~255

0~255

10

0~63

0~63

dB

63

1~255

1~255

10

1~63

1~63

dB

1~16

1~16

None

0~63

0~63

dB

25

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

FORBID(Forbid),
PERMIT(Permit)

FORBID, PERMIT

None

PERMIT

0~63

0~63

None

40

0~100

0~100

per cent

60

0~100

0~100

per cent

85

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NOTSTADYNPDCH(Not count
dynamic PDCH),
DYNPDCHASOCCUPY(Count
dynamic PDCH(Occupy)),
DYNPDCHASIDLE(Count
dynamic PDCH(Idle))

NOTSTADYNPDCH,
DYNPDCHASOCCUPY,
DYNPDCHASIDLE

None

DYNPDCHASIDLE

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

None

1~5 characters

degree

None

0~180

0~180

degree

None

0~180

0~180

degree

None

0~59

0~59

minute

None

0~9

0~9

second

None

0~59

0~59

second

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

ON

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

IR(IR), LA(LA)

IR, LA

None

IR

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

350~556

35.0~55.6 (step: 0.1)

None

-99~70

-99~70

degree Celsius

-99~99

-99~99

degree Celsius

-1

2~255

2~255

None

2~255

2~255

None

2~255

2~255

None

60

2~255

2~255

None

14(1.4), 15(1.5), 16(1.6),


18(1.8), 20(2.0), 22(2.2),
14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28,
24(2.4), 26(2.6), 28(2.8),
30, 33, 36, 88
30(3.0), 33(3.3), 36(3.6), 88(8.8)

None

20

18(1.8), 20(2.0), 22(2.2),


24(2.4), 26(2.6), 28(2.8),
18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 35,
30(3.0), 32(3.2), 35(3.5),
38, 41, 45, 88
38(3.8), 41(4.1), 45(4.5), 88(8.8)

None

30

None

ENABLE

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

CA_MA(CA+MA),
Frequency_List(Frequency List),
OPTIMIZED_CA_MA(Optimized
CA+MA)

CA_MA, Frequency_List,
OPTIMIZED_CA_MA

None

CA_MA

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

hour, min

00:00~23:59

None

None

0~15

0~3, Step:0.2

dB

hour, min

00:00~23:59

None

0:00

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

0~11

0~11

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

255.255.255.255

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

0~32

0~32

dB

1~20

1~20

None

0~20

0~20

dB

10

1~2

1~2

None

1~2

1~2

None

1~1000

100~100000 (step: 100)

125

0~8

0~8

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

30

5C(0.05C), 6C(0.06C),
7C(0.07C), 8C(0.08C),
9C(0.09C), 10C(0.10C),
11C(0.11C), 12C(0.12C),
13C(0.13C), 14C(0.14C),
15C(0.15C), 16C(0.16C),
17C(0.17C), 18C(0.18C),
19C(0.19C), 20C(0.20C),
21C(0.21C), 22C(0.22C),
23C(0.23C), 24C(0.24C),
25C(0.25C), 26C(0.26C),
27C(0.27C), 28C(0.28C),
29C(0.29C), 30C(0.30C),
31C(0.31C), 32C(0.32C),
33C(0.33C), 34C(0.34C),
35C(0.35C), 36C(0.36C),
37C(0.37C), 38C(0.38C),
39C(0.39C), 40C(0.40C),
41C(0.41C), 42C(0.42C),
43C(0.43C), 44C(0.44C),
45C(0.45C), 46C(0.46C),
47C(0.47C), 48C(0.48C),
49C(0.49C), 50C(0.50C),
51C(0.51C), 52C(0.52C),
53C(0.53C), 54C(0.54C),
55C(0.55C), 56C(0.56C),
57C(0.57C), 58C(0.58C),
59C(0.59C), 60C(0.60C),
61C(0.61C), 62C(0.62C),
63C(0.63C), 64C(0.64C),
65C(0.65C), 66C(0.66C),
67C(0.67C), 68C(0.68C),
69C(0.69C), 70C(0.70C),
71C(0.71C), 72C(0.72C),
73C(0.73C), 74C(0.74C),
75C(0.75C), 76C(0.76C),
77C(0.77C), 78C(0.78C),
79C(0.79C), 80C(0.80C),
81C(0.81C), 82C(0.82C),
83C(0.83C), 84C(0.84C),
85C(0.85C), 86C(0.86C),
87C(0.87C), 88C(0.88C),
89C(0.89C), 90C(0.90C),
91C(0.91C), 92C(0.92C),
93C(0.93C), 94C(0.94C),
95C(0.95C), 96C(0.96C),

1C, 2C, 3C, 4C, 5C, 6C, 7C, 8C,


9C, 10C, 11C, 12C, 13C, 14C,
15C, 16C, 17C, 18C, 19C, 20C,
21C, 22C, 23C, 24C, 25C, 26C,
27C, 28C, 29C, 30C, 31C, 32C,
33C, 34C, 35C, 36C, 37C, 38C,
39C, 40C, 41C, 42C, 43C, 44C,
45C, 46C, 47C, 48C, 49C, 50C,
51C, 52C, 53C, 54C, 55C, 56C,
57C, 58C, 59C, 60C, 61C, 62C,
63C, 64C, 65C, 66C, 67C, 68C,
69C, 70C, 71C, 72C, 73C, 74C,
75C, 76C, 77C, 78C, 79C, 80C,
81C, 82C, 83C, 84C, 85C, 86C,
87C, 88C, 89C, 90C, 91C, 92C,
93C, 94C, 95C, 96C, 97C, 98C,
99C

None

15C

5C(0.05C), 7C(0.07C),
10C(0.10C), 12C(0.12C),
15C(0.15C), 18C(0.18C),
20C(0.2C), 22C(0.22C),
25C(0.25C)

5C, 7C, 10C, 12C, 15C, 18C,


20C, 22C, 25C

None

15C

1~255

1~255

None

30

1_Times(1_Times),
2_Times(2_Times),
4_Times(4_Times),
7_Times(7_Times)

1_Times, 2_Times, 4_Times,


7_Times

None

7_Times

1_Times(1_Times),
2_Times(2_Times),
4_Times(4_Times),
7_Times(7_Times)

1_Times, 2_Times, 4_Times,


7_Times

None

7_Times

1_Times(1_Times),
2_Times(2_Times),
4_Times(4_Times),
7_Times(7_Times)

1_Times, 2_Times, 4_Times,


7_Times

None

7_Times

1_Times(1_Times),
2_Times(2_Times),
4_Times(4_Times),
7_Times(7_Times)

1_Times, 2_Times, 4_Times,


7_Times

None

7_Times

0~30

0~30

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~30

0~30

dB

0~255

0~255

None

62

0~31

0~31

None

20

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~255

0~255

None

255

0~32

0~32

None

32

0~32

0~32

dB

0~3

0~3

None

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

None

3 digit

None

None

None

1~3 characters

None

None

4,8

4(Use two bytes to present MC


priority number, 4 classes), 8(Use
four bytes to present MC priority
number, 8 classes)

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

ON, OFF

None

OFF

CLASS0(Class0),
CLASS1(Class1),
CLASS2(Class2)

CLASS0, CLASS1, CLASS2

None

CLASS0

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

EnhMeasReport(Enhanced
Measurement Report),
ComMeasReport(Common
Measurement Report)

EnhMeasReport,
ComMeasReport

None

ComMeasReport

LONG(Long List Head),


SHORT(Short List Head)

LONG, SHORT

None

LONG

0~63

0~63

None

15

0~49

0~49

dB

10

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

16

60~3600

60~3600

60

0~63

0~63

dB

10

None

2~3 digit

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~12

0~12

None

None

0~600

0~600

m/s

35

MODE1_1, MODE2_1,
MODE3_1, MODE4_1,
MODE5_1, MODE6_1,
MODE16K

MODE1_1, MODE2_1,
MODE3_1, MODE4_1,
MODE5_1, MODE6_1,
MODE16K

None

MODE4_1

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

ENABLE

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~31

0~31

None

1~255

1~255

None

NOreport(Do not report),


Twice_ps(Twice every second),
Once_ps(Once every second),
Once_2s(Once every two
second), Once_4s(Once every
four second)

NOreport, Twice_ps, Once_ps,


Once_2s, Once_4s

None

Once_ps

4~30

4~30

dB

4~30

4~30

dB

128~1500

128~1500

None

1500

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

R98_or_below(R98 or below),
R99_or_above(R99 or above)

R98_or_below, R99_or_above

None

R98_or_below

5000~40000

5000~40000

ms

15000

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1_Times(1_Times),
2_Times(2_Times),
4_Times(4_Times),
7_Times(7_Times)

1_Times, 2_Times, 4_Times,


7_Times

None

4_Times

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
MCS9(MCS9)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8,
MCS9

None

MCS5

10~80

10~80

None

40

0~63

0~63

dB

10

0~255

0~255

None

200

0~31

0~31

None

0~1500

0~1500

None

1500

190~240

19.0~24.0, step:0.1

225

REPORT6(Report six),
REPORT1(Report one),
REPORT2(Report two),
REPORT3(Report three)

REPORT6, REPORT1,
REPORT2, REPORT3

None

REPORT6

0~255

0~255

None

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

None

0~10

0~10

None

0~15

0~15

min

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~12

0~12

None

1~3

1~3

None

5~254

5~254

None

34~254

34~254

None

34

29~254

29~254

None

29

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

5~254

5~254

None

5~254

5~254

None

23~254

23~254

None

23

8~30

8~30

None

20

2~5

2~5

None

3~10

3~10

None

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~15

0~15

None

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

0~5047

0~5047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~5047

0~5047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~5047

0~5047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

5048~8047

5048~8047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

0~65535

0~65535

None

None

1~65533,65535

1~65533, 65535

None

None

None

1~3 characters

None

None

None

1~3 characters

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~7

0~7

None

None

0~7

0~7

None

None

SELECTION0_PERM,
SELECTION1_PERM,
SELECTION2_PERM,
SELECTION3_PERM,
SELECTION4_PERM,
SELECTION5_PERM,
SELECTION6_PERM,
SELECTION7_PERM

SELECTION0_PERM,
SELECTION1_PERM,
SELECTION2_PERM,
SELECTION3_PERM,
SELECTION4_PERM,
SELECTION5_PERM,
SELECTION6_PERM,
SELECTION7_PERM

None

SELECTION0_PERM1&SELECTION1_PERM1&SELECTION2_PERM1&SELECTION3_PERM1&SELECTION4_PERM1&SELECTION5_PERM1&SELECTION6_PERM1&SELECTION7_PERM-1

0~255

0~255

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

0~7

0~7

None

0~7

0~7

None

NC0(NC0), NC1(NC1),
NC2(NC2)

NC0, NC1, NC2

None

NC0

0~60

0~60

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

NMOI(Network Operation Mode


I), NMOII(Network Operation
Mode II), NMOIII(Network
Operation Mode III)

NMOI, NMOII, NMOIII

None

NMOII

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~255

0~255

dB

0~255

0~255

dB

30

0~255

0~255

dB

0~255

0~255

dB

95

0~7

0~7

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

85

0~255

0~255

dB

14

0~255

0~255

dB

103

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~7

0~7

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

25

0~64

0~64

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~70

0~70

None

50

1~1000

1~1000

Ah

100

OFF(Not Allowed), ON(Allowed)

OFF, ON

None

ON

NODRX(NODRX),
0.24sec(0.24sec),
0.48sec(0.48sec),
0.72sec(0.72sec),
0.96sec(0.96sec),
1.20sec(1.20sec),
1.44sec(1.44sec),
1.92sec(1.92sec)

NODRX, 0.24sec, 0.48sec,


0.72sec, 0.96sec, 1.20sec,
1.44sec, 1.92sec

0.24sec

FORBID(Forbid),
PERMIT(Permit)

FORBID, PERMIT

None

PERMIT

400~700

40.0~70.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

500

1~255

5~1275, step:5

min

48

10~255

10~255

30

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~65534

0~65534

None

None

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

North_latitude(North latitude),
South_latitude(South latitude)

North_latitude, South_latitude

None

None

0~30

0~30

degree Celsius

0~30

0~30

degree Celsius

16

1~255

1~255

None

10

BTS(BTS), CELL(CELL),
LOC(LOC), BOARD(BOARD),
PORT(PORT)

BTS, CELL, LOC, BOARD, PORT

None

None

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~96

0~96

None

1~16777215

1~16777215

None

None

SysOpt(System optimization),
OSubcell(Overlaid subcell),
USubcell(Underlaid subcell),
NoPrefer(No preference)

SysOpt, OSubcell, USubcell,


NoPrefer

None

SysOpt

0~63

0~63

dB

35

0~255

0~255

bit

63

L0(Level0), L1(Level1),
L2(Level2), L3(Level3),
L4(Level4), L5(Level5),
L6(Level6), L7(Level7)

L0, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7

None

L0

FORBID(Forbid),
RESTORE(Restore)

FORBID, RESTORE

None

None

None

1~200 characters

None

None

0~36

0~36

None

0~63

0~63

dB

20

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

500~60000

500~60000

ms

10000

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

0~50

0~50

15

0~63

0~63

dB

25

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~255

1~255

1~255

1~255

0~63

0~63

dB

0~100

0~100

per cent

50

HIGH(High), LOW(Low)

HIGH, LOW

None

HIGH

HIGH(High), LOW(Low)

HIGH, LOW

None

HIGH

HIGH(High), LOW(Low)

HIGH, LOW

None

HIGH

HIGH(High), LOW(Low)

HIGH, LOW

None

HIGH

10~2000

1.0~200.0 (step: 0.1)

None

300~530

30.0~53.0 (step: 0.1)

dB

None

0_1dB(0.1dB), 0_1W(0.1W)

0.1dB, 0.1W

None

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

90

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

10~3500

10~3500

mA

320

10~3500

10~3500

mA

320

10~3500

10~3500

mA

185

10~3500

10~3500

mA

280

10~3500

10~3500

mA

280

10~3500

10~3500

mA

155

1~255

1~255

15

400~700

40.0~70.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

580

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(Not Support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

NO

10~65535

10~65535

None

180

0~255

0~255

ms

255

10~65535

10~65535

None

220

1~8

1~8

None

Pan_0(0), Pan_1(1), Pan_2(2),


Pan_3(3), Pan_4(4), Pan_5(5),
Pan_6(6), Pan_7(7), 255(not
use)

Pan_0, Pan_1, Pan_2, Pan_3,


Pan_4, Pan_5, Pan_6, Pan_7,
255

None

Pan_1

Pan_0(0), Pan_1(1), Pan_2(2),


Pan_3(3), Pan_4(4), Pan_5(5),
Pan_6(6), Pan_7(7), 255(not
use)

Pan_0, Pan_1, Pan_2, Pan_3,


Pan_4, Pan_5, Pan_6, Pan_7,
255

None

Pan_2

Pan_4(4), Pan_8(8),
Pan_12(12), Pan_16(16),
Pan_20(20), Pan_24(24),
Pan_28(28), Pan_32(32),
255(not use)

Pan_4, Pan_8, Pan_12, Pan_16,


Pan_20, Pan_24, Pan_28,
Pan_32, 255

None

Pan_20

L0(Level0), L1(Level1),
L2(Level2), L3(Level3),
L4(Level4), L5(Level5),
L6(Level6), L7(Level7)

L0, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7

None

L0

0~99

0~99

None

None

0~255

0~25.5, step:0.01

dB

79

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

DB0(0dB), DB2(-2dB), DB4(4dB), DB6(-6dB), DB8(-8dB),


DB10(-10dB), DB12(-12dB),
DB14(-14dB), DB16(-16dB),
DB18(-18dB), DB20(-20dB),
DB22(-22dB), DB24(-24dB),
DB26(-26dB), DB28(-28dB),
DB30(-30dB)

DB0, DB2, DB4, DB6, DB8,


DB10, DB12, DB14, DB16, DB18,
DB20, DB22, DB24, DB26, DB28,
DB30

dB

DB2

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~127

0~127

dB

68

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

1~15

TCH:480~7200, step:480;
SDCCH:470~7050, step:470

ms

BCCH(BCCH), PDCH(PDCH)

BCCH, PDCH

None

PDCH

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

10~160

10~160

None

80

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

10~70

10~70

None

70

0~65534

0~65534

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~255

0~255

10

0~63

0~63

None

30

0~255

0~255

255

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

24~1031

24~1031

byte

1031

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0_level(0_level),
1_level(1_level),
2_level(2_level),
3_level(3_level),
4_level(4_level),
5_level(5_level),
6_level(6_level),
7_level(7_level),
8_level(8_level),
9_level(9_level),
10_level(10_level),
11_level(11_level),
12_level(12_level),
13_level(13_level),
14_level(14_level),
16_level(16_level), nouse(no
use)

0_level, 1_level, 2_level, 3_level,


4_level, 5_level, 6_level, 7_level,
8_level, 9_level, 10_level,
11_level, 12_level, 13_level,
14_level, 16_level, no use

None

12_level

0~50

0~10, step:0.2

dB

0_level(0_level),
1_level(1_level),
2_level(2_level),
3_level(3_level),
4_level(4_level),
5_level(5_level),
6_level(6_level),
7_level(7_level),
8_level(8_level),
9_level(9_level),
10_level(10_level),
11_level(11_level),
12_level(12_level),
13_level(13_level),
14_level(14_level),
16_level(16_level), nouse(no
use)

0_level, 1_level, 2_level, 3_level,


4_level, 5_level, 6_level, 7_level,
8_level, 9_level, 10_level,
11_level, 12_level, 13_level,
14_level, 16_level, no use

None

13_level

0_level(0_level),
1_level(1_level),
2_level(2_level),
3_level(3_level),
4_level(4_level),
5_level(5_level),
6_level(6_level),
7_level(7_level),
8_level(8_level),
9_level(9_level),
10_level(10_level),
11_level(11_level),
12_level(12_level),
13_level(13_level),
14_level(14_level),
16_level(16_level), nouse(no
use)

0_level, 1_level, 2_level, 3_level,


4_level, 5_level, 6_level, 7_level,
8_level, 9_level, 10_level,
11_level, 12_level, 13_level,
14_level, 16_level, no use

None

14_level

0~50

0~10, step:0.2

dB

0_level(0_level),
1_level(1_level),
2_level(2_level),
3_level(3_level),
4_level(4_level),
5_level(5_level),
6_level(6_level),
7_level(7_level),
8_level(8_level),
9_level(9_level),
10_level(10_level),
11_level(11_level),
12_level(12_level),
13_level(13_level),
14_level(14_level),
16_level(16_level), nouse(no
use)

0_level, 1_level, 2_level, 3_level,


4_level, 5_level, 6_level, 7_level,
8_level, 9_level, 10_level,
11_level, 12_level, 13_level,
14_level, 16_level, no use

None

16_level

0~50

0~10, step:0.2

dB

1~8

50~400, step: 50

ms

2~15

2~15

None

CLOSE(Forced turn-off),
OPEN(Forced turn-on),
AUTO(Self-adaptive)

CLOSE, OPEN, AUTO

None

OPEN

250~650

250~650

None

650

6~120

6~120

None

16

6~120

6~120

None

NotSupport(Not Support),
Support(Support)

NotSupport, Support

None

Support

0~9

0~9

None

0~9

0~9

None

0~1

0~1

None

None

0~1

0~1

None

None

TOPEXTOUTPORT(TOP
Extended Out Port),
TOPEXTINPORT(TOP
Extended In Port)

TOPEXTOUTPORT,
TOPEXTINPORT

None

None

BCCHNorm(BCCHNorm),
BCCHExt(BCCHExt)

BCCHNorm, BCCHExt

None

BCCHNorm

1~1000

0.1~100.0 (step: 0.1)

kVA

125

0~1000

0~1000

None

100

0~50

0~10, step: 0.2

dB

0~50

0~10, step: 0.2

dB

80W(80W), 63W(63W),
60W(60W), 55W(55W),
50W(50W), 45W(45W),
40W(40W), 31W(31W),
30W(30W), 27W(27W),
26W(26W), 25W(25W),
24W(24W), 21W(21W),
20W(20W), 19W(19W),
18W(18W), 17W(17W),
16W(16W), 15W(15W),
14W(14W), 13_3W(13.3W),
13W(13W), 12_5W(12.5W),
12W(12W), 11_5W(11.5W),
11W(11W), 10W(10W),
9_5W(9.5W), 9W(9W),
8_5W(8.5W), 8W(8W),
7_5W(7.5W), 7W(7W),
6_5W(6.5W), 6W(6W),
5_5W(5.5W), 5W(5W),
4_5W(4.5W), 4W(4W),
3_7W(3.7W), 3_1W(3.1W),
3W(3W), 2_5W(2.5W),
2W(2W), 200mW(200mW),
DEFAULT(Default)

80W, 63W, 60W, 55W, 50W,


45W, 40W, 31W, 30W, 27W,
26W, 25W, 24W, 21W, 20W,
19W, 18W, 17W, 16W, 15W,
14W, 13_3W, 13W, 12_5W, 12W,
11_5W, 11W, 10W, 9_5W, 9W,
8_5W, 8W, 7_5W, 7W, 6_5W,
6W, 5_5W, 5W, 4_5W, 4W,
3_7W, 3_1W, 3W, 2_5W, 2W,
200mW, DEFAULT

None

DEFAULT

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~255

0~255

None

60

0(No packet access), 3(Packet


access of level 1), 4(Packet
access of levels 1-2), 5(Packet
access of levels 1-3), 6(Packet
access of level 1-4)

0, 3, 4, 5, 6

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

PRIOR-1(Priority-1), PRIOR2(Priority-2), PRIOR-3(Priority3), PRIOR-4(Priority-4), PRIOR5(Priority-5), PRIOR-6(Priority6), PRIOR-7(Priority-7), PRIOR8(Priority-8), PRIOR-9(Priority9), PRIOR-10(Priority-10),
PRIOR-11(Priority-11), PRIOR12(Priority-12), PRIOR13(Priority-13), PRIOR14(Priority-14), PRIOR15(Priority-15), PRIOR16(Priority-16)

PRIOR-1, PRIOR-2, PRIOR-3,


PRIOR-4, PRIOR-5, PRIOR-6,
PRIOR-7, PRIOR-8, PRIOR-9,
PRIOR-10, PRIOR-11, PRIOR12, PRIOR-13, PRIOR-14,
PRIOR-15, PRIOR-16

None

None

Prior-1, Prior-2, Prior-3, Prior-4,


Prior-5, Prior-6, Prior-7, Prior-8,
Prior-9, Prior-10, Prior-11, Prior12, Prior-13, Prior-14, Prior-15,
Prior-16

Prior-1, Prior-2, Prior-3, Prior-4,


Prior-5, Prior-6, Prior-7, Prior-8,
Prior-9, Prior-10, Prior-11, Prior12, Prior-13, Prior-14, Prior-15,
Prior-16

None

Prior-1

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

0(0), 1(1), 2(2), 3(3), 4(4), 5(5),


6(6), 7(7), nouse(no use)

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, no use

None

TDME1_O(TDM E1 0 Port),
TDME1_1(TDM E1 1 Port),
FE_E(FE Electric Port),
FE_O(FE Optical Port), IPOE(IP
over E1)

TDME1_O, TDME1_1, FE_E,


FE_O, IPOE

None

None

1(1), 2(2)

1, 2

None

None

TDME1_O(TDM E1 0 Port),
TDME1_1(TDM E1 1 Port),
FE_E(FE Electric Port),
FE_O(FE Optical Port), IPOE(IP
over E1)

TDME1_O, TDME1_1, FE_E,


FE_O, IPOE

None

None

DEFAULT(Default Sequence),
CUSTOMIZDE(Customized
Sequence),
DISABLE(DISABLE)

DEFAULT, CUSTOMIZDE,
DISABLE

None

None

5~300

5~300

15

0~255

0~255

min

0~7

0~7

None

1~16

1~16

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~7

0~7

None

0~63

0~63

None

25

-121~-104

-121~-104

dBm

-109

-121~-104

-121~-104

dBm

-109

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~63

0~63

None

35

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

0~31

0~31

BOOL(BOOL), VALUE(VALUE)

BOOL, VALUE

None

BOOL

0~15

0~15

None

None

APM100(APM100),
APM200(APM200),
APM30(APM30),
EPS4890(EPS4890),
EPS4815(EPS4815),
SC48200~5||(SC48200)$$
(SC48200)**
CUSTOM(SC48200)**
CUSTOM~100||()$$
(CUSTOM)

APM100, APM200, APM30,


EPS4890, EPS4815, SC48200,
CUSTOM

None

None

None

1~50 characters

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

PWR2(Power control II),


PWR3(Power controlIII)

PWR2, PWR3

None

PWR3

0~3

0~3

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

OnlyCurPwrLoc(Only Current
Working Location TRXes be
Turned On), ALLPwrLoc(All
Location TRXes be Turned On)

OnlyCurPwrLoc, ALLPwrLoc

None

ALLPwrLoc

CLASS0(Class0),
CLASS1(Class1),
CLASS2(Class2)

CLASS0, CLASS1, CLASS2

None

None

0~720

0~720

min

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

DB0(0.0dB), DB2(-0.2dB),
DB4(-0.4dB), DB6(-0.6dB),
DB8(-0.8dB), DB10(-1.0dB),
DB12(-1.2dB), DB14(-1.4dB),
DB16(-1.6dB), DB18(-1.8dB),
Default(Default)

DB0, DB2, DB4, DB6, DB8,


DB10, DB12, DB14, DB16, DB18,
Default

None

Default

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

Use_Qsearch_I(Use
Qsearch_I), Always(Always)

Use_Qsearch_I, Always

None

Use_Qsearch_I

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~10

1~10

None

0~255

0~255

15

1~10

1~10

None

0~15

-98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78, -74,


(always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62,
-58, -54, Positive infinity(never)

None

15

1~32

TCH:480~15360, step:480;
SDCCH:470~15040, step:470

ms

1~32

TCH:480~15360, step:480;
SDCCH:470~15040, step:470

ms

NO(Not Support), YES(Support)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~15

-98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78, -74,


(always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62,
-58, -54, Positive infinity(never)

None

15

0~15

-98, -94, -90, -86, -82, -78, -74,


(always), -78, -74, -70, -66, -62,
-58, -54, Positive infinity(never)

None

15

NO(Close), YES(Open)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~16

1~16

1~16

1~16

NONE(None),
DYNAMIC(Dynamic power
sharing)

NONE, DYNAMIC

None

NONE

3~20

3~20

None

3~20

3~20

None

0~4

0~4

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

None

AU0-0&AU1-0&AU2-0&AU30&AU4-0&AU5-0&AU6-0&AU7-0

None

NO

AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5, AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5,
AU6, AU7
AU6, AU7

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

INSIDE_100AH(100AH Inside
Storage Battery),
INSIDE_50AH(50AH Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_300AH(300AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_400AH(400AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_500AH(500AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_650AH(650AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_200AH(200AH
Outside Storage Battery)

INSIDE_100AH, INSIDE_50AH,
OUTSIDE_300AH,
OUTSIDE_400AH,
OUTSIDE_500AH,
OUTSIDE_650AH,
OUTSIDE_200AH

None

INSIDE_50AH

007C(0.07C), 010C(0.10C),
015C(0.15C)

007C, 010C, 015C

None

015C

INSIDE_BATTERY(Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_BATTERY(Outside
Storage Battery)

INSIDE_BATTERY,
OUTSIDE_BATTERY

None

INSIDE_BATTERY

None

AU0-0&AU1-0&AU2-0&AU30&AU4-0&AU5-0&AU6-0&AU7-0

None

NO

AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5, AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5,
AU6, AU7
AU6, AU7

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

INSIDE_100AH(100AH Inside
Storage Battery),
INSIDE_50AH(50AH Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_300AH(300AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_400AH(400AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_500AH(500AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_650AH(650AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_200AH(200AH
Outside Storage Battery)

INSIDE_100AH, INSIDE_50AH,
OUTSIDE_300AH,
OUTSIDE_400AH,
OUTSIDE_500AH,
OUTSIDE_650AH,
OUTSIDE_200AH

None

INSIDE_50AH

007C(0.07C), 010C(0.10C),
015C(0.15C)

007C, 010C, 015C

None

015C

INSIDE_BATTERY(Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_BATTERY(Outside
Storage Battery)

INSIDE_BATTERY,
OUTSIDE_BATTERY

None

INSIDE_BATTERY

None

AU0-0&AU1-0&AU2-0&AU30&AU4-0&AU5-0&AU6-0&AU7-0

None

NO

AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5, AU0, AU1, AU2, AU3, AU4, AU5,
AU6, AU7
AU6, AU7

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

INSIDE_100AH(100AH Inside
Storage Battery),
INSIDE_50AH(50AH Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_300AH(300AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_400AH(400AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_500AH(500AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_650AH(650AH
Outside Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_200AH(200AH
Outside Storage Battery)

INSIDE_100AH, INSIDE_50AH,
OUTSIDE_300AH,
OUTSIDE_400AH,
OUTSIDE_500AH,
OUTSIDE_650AH,
OUTSIDE_200AH

None

INSIDE_50AH

007C(0.07C), 010C(0.10C),
015C(0.15C)

007C, 010C, 015C

None

015C

INSIDE_BATTERY(Inside
Storage Battery),
OUTSIDE_BATTERY(Outside
Storage Battery)

INSIDE_BATTERY,
OUTSIDE_BATTERY

None

INSIDE_BATTERY

0~255

0~255

None

0~255

0~255

None

0~255

0~255

None

0~255
0~255
0~255

0~255
0~255
0~255

None
None
None

None
None
None

-121~-104

-121~-104

dBm

-109

0~63

0~63

dB

16

0~65535

0~65535

None

5000

-121~-104

-121~-104

dBm

-109

0~7

0~7

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~255

0~255

None

225

0dB(0dB), 2dB(2dB), 4dB(4dB),


6dB(6dB), 8dB(8dB),
10dB(10dB), 12dB(12dB),
14dB(14dB), nouse(no use)

0dB, 2dB, 4dB, 6dB, 8dB, 10dB,


12dB, 14dB, no use

dB

2dB

10M(10M), 100M(100M),
AUTO(Auto)

10M, 100M, AUTO

None

100M

ALG1(Algorithm I),
ALG2(Algorithm II),
NONE(None)

ALG1, ALG2, NONE

None

ALG1

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

INDEPENDENT(Independent
Receiver), DIVIDING(Dividing
Receiver),
FOURDIVERSITY(Four
Diversity Receiver),
MAINDIVERSITY(Main
Diversity), NONE(None)

INDEPENDENT, DIVIDING,
FOURDIVERSITY,
MAINDIVERSITY, NONE

None

NONE

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

Same_Band(Same Band),
Diff_Band(Different Band)

Same_Band, Diff_Band

None

Diff_Band

0~70

0~70

None

50

0~70

0~70

None

40

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

30

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~70

0~70

None

60

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~95

0~95

None

None

hour, min, sec


1~3600

00:00:00~23:59:59
1~3600

None
s

None
600

REHOSTRIGHTNOW(ReHostRi
ghtNow),
REHOSTRIGHTNOW,
REHOSTDELAY(ReHostDelay), REHOSTDELAY, REHOSTWHEN
REHOSTWHEN(ReHostWhen)

None

REHOSTDELAY

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(OFF),
POWERSHARING(Power
Sharing Between Boards),
RF_FH(RF Frequency Hopping
Between Boards)

OFF, POWERSHARING, RF_FH

None

OFF

A(A), B(B), NONE(NONE)

A, B, NONE

None

NONE

0~65535

0~65535

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~7

0~7

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~63

0~63

None

1~10

1~10

1~32

1~32

None

10

1~32

1~32

None

0~8

0~8

None

0~16

0~16

None

1~15

1~15

min

None

0~190

0~190

None

0~21

0~21

None

0~255

0~255

10

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

RGPS(RGPS), GPS(GPS)

RGPS, GPS

None

GPS

4_Times, 8_Times, 12_Times,


16_Times, 20_Times,
24_Times, 28_Times,
32_Times, 36_Times,
40_Times, 44_Times,
48_Times, 52_Times,
56_Times, 60_Times, 64_Times

1920~30720, step: 480

ms

52_Times

0~4095

0~4095

None

None

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable),
UNSUPPORT(Unsupport)

DISABLE, ENABLE,
UNSUPPORT

None

DISABLE

0.48sec(0.48sec),
0.96sec(0.96sec),
1.92sec(1.92sec),
3.84sec(3.84sec),
7.68sec(7.68sec),
15.36sec(15.36sec),
30.72sec(30.72sec),
61.44sec(61.44sec)

0.48sec, 0.96sec, 1.92sec,


3.84sec, 7.68sec, 15.36sec,
30.72sec, 61.44sec

15.36sec

0.48sec(0.48sec),
0.96sec(0.96sec),
1.92sec(1.92sec),
3.84sec(3.84sec),
7.68sec(7.68sec),
15.36sec(15.36sec),
30.72sec(30.72sec),
61.44sec(61.44sec)

0.48sec, 0.96sec, 1.92sec,


3.84sec, 7.68sec, 15.36sec,
30.72sec, 61.44sec

0.96sec

NO(Not report), YES(Report),


NONE(None)

NO, YES, NONE

None

NO

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~31

TCH:0~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:0~14570, step:470

ms

0~255

0~255

0~63

0~63

dB

0~63

0~63

dB

30

MINUS_52db(-52db),
MINUS_48db(-48db),
MINUS_44db(-44db),
MINUS_40db(-40db),
MINUS_36db(-36db),
MINUS_32db(-32db),
MINUS_28db(-28db),
MINUS_24db(-24db),
MINUS_20db(-20db),
MINUS_16db(-16db),
MINUS_12db(-12db),
MINUS_10db(-10db),
MINUS_8db(-8db),
MINUS_6db(-6db),
MINUS_4db(-4db),
MINUS_2db(-2db),
Zerodb(0db), 2db(2db),
4db(4db), 6db(6db), 8db(8db),
10db(10db), 12db(12db),
16db(16db), 20db(20db),
24db(24db), 28db(28db),
32db(32db), 36db(36db),
40db(40db), 44db(44db),
48db(48db), nouse(no use)

MINUS_52db, MINUS_48db,
MINUS_44db, MINUS_40db,
MINUS_36db, MINUS_32db,
MINUS_28db, MINUS_24db,
MINUS_20db, MINUS_16db,
MINUS_12db, MINUS_10db,
MINUS_8db, MINUS_6db,
MINUS_4db, MINUS_2db,
Zerodb, 2db, 4db, 6db, 8db,
10db, 12db, 16db, 20db, 24db,
28db, 32db, 36db, 40db, 44db,
48db, no use

dB

MINUS_2db

0~96

0~96

None

0~190

0~190

None

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

DISABLE

10~80

10~80

None

30

NEXTHOP(Next Hop),
OUTIF(Out Interface)

NEXTHOP, OUTIF

None

None

0~63

0~63

None

0~70

0~70

None

0~63

0~63

dB

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~70

0~70

None

60

0~70

0~70

None

42

0~70

0~70

None

41

0~70

0~70

None

40

0~70

0~70

None

50

0~70

0~70

None

49

0~70

0~70

None

48

0~70

0~70

None

47

0~70

0~70

None

46

0~70

0~70

None

45

0~70

0~70

None

44

0~70

0~70

None

43

RXUNAME(By RXU Name),


RXUPOS(By RXU Position No),
SRNSN(By Subrack No)

RXUNAME, RXUPOS, SRNSN

None

None

RXUNAME(RXUName),
RXUPOS(RXUPOS),
SRNSN(SRNSN)

RXUNAME, RXUPOS, SRNSN

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

1~6

1~6

None

None

1~6

1~6

None

None

1~6

1~6

None

None

DRRU(DRRU), DRFU(DRFU),
MRRU(MRRU), MRFU(MRFU),
GRFU(GRFU), GRRU(GRRU),
BTS3900E(BTS3900E)

DRRU, DRFU, MRRU, MRFU,


GRRU, GRFU, BTS3900E

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~2

0~2

None

0~4

0~4

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

BYNAME(By name), BYID(By


index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

BYNAME

1~16

1~16

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

50

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~63

0~30240, step: 480

ms

32

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

ADD0dB(+0dB),
ADD10dB(+10dB),
Automatic(Automatic)

ADD0dB, ADD10dB, Automatic

None

ADD0dB

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

GERMAN(GERMAN),
ENGLISH(ENGLISH),
ITALIAN(ITALIAN),
FRENCH(FRENCH),
SPANISH(SPANISH),
DUTCH(DUTCH),
SWEDISH(SWEDISH),
DANISH(DANISH),
PORTUGUESE(PORTUGUESE
), FINNISH(FINNISH),
NORWEGIAN(NORWEGIAN),
GREEK(GREEK),
TURKISH(TURKISH),
GERMAN, ENGLISH, ITALIAN,
HUNGARIAN(HUNGARIAN),
FRENCH, SPANISH, DUTCH,
POLISH(POLISH),
SWEDISH, DANISH,
GB2312(GB2312), KOI8PORTUGUESE, FINNISH,
R(Cyrillic KOI8-R), KOI8NORWEGIAN, GREEK,
U(Cyrillic KOI8-U), KOI8(Cyrillic
TURKISH, HUNGARIAN,
KOI8), WINDOWS-1251(Cyrillic
POLISH, GB2312, KOI8-R, KOI8Windows), ASMO_449(Arabic
U, KOI8, WINDOWS-1251,
ASMO), WINDOWSASMO_449, WINDOWS-1256,
1256(Arabic Windows),
WINDOWS-874, WINDOWSWINDOWS-874(Thai Windows),
1253, WINDOWS-1254,
WINDOWS-1253(Greek
WINDOWS-1255, WINDOWSWindows), WINDOWS1257, WINDOWS-1250,
1254(Turkish Windows),
WINDOWS-1252, BINARY,
WINDOWS-1255(Hebrew
UCS2, RCS-1, RCS-2, RCS-3,
Windows), WINDOWSRCS-4, RCS-5
1257(Baltic Windows),
WINDOWS-1250(Eastern
European Windows),
WINDOWS-1252(Western
European Windows),
BINARY(BINARY),
UCS2(UCS2), RCS-1(Reserved
Code Scheme 1), RCS2(Reserved Code Scheme 2),
RCS-3(Reserved Code Scheme
3), RCS-4(Reserved Code
Scheme 4), RCS-5(Reserved
Code Scheme 5)

None

None

0~511

0~511

None

None

1~191

1~191

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~100

0~10, step:0.1

10

0~63

0~63

dB

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~63

0~63

dB

0~70

0~70

None

55

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

ENABLE

0~60

0~60

0~5

0~5

None

0~255

0~255

40

0~63

0~63

dB

30

40~70

40~70

degree Celsius

53

350~556

35.0~55.6 (step: 0.1)

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NoPriority(No Priority),
Priority4(Priority 4),
Priority3(Priority3),
Priority2(Priority 2),
Priority1(Priority 1),
Priority0(Priority 0),
PriorityB(Priority B),
PriorityA(Priority A)

NoPriority, Priority4, Priority3,


Priority2, Priority1, Priority0,
PriorityB, PriorityA

None

NoPriority

NoPriority(No Priority),
Priority4(Priority 4),
Priority3(Priority3),
Priority2(Priority 2),
Priority1(Priority 1),
Priority0(Priority 0),
PriorityB(Priority B),
PriorityA(Priority A)

NoPriority, Priority4, Priority3,


Priority2, Priority1, Priority0,
PriorityB, PriorityA

None

NoPriority

0~6

0~6

None

None

SUPPORT(Support),
UNSUPPORT(Not Support)

SUPPORT, UNSUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

TDM, HDLC, HDLC_HubBTS,


IP

TDM, HDLC, HubBTS, IP

None

TDM

TDM, HDLC, IP

TDM, HDLC, IP

None

None

OML(OML), RSL(RSL),
EML(EML), ESL(ESL),
CSVOICE(CS Voice),
CSDATA(CS Data),
PSHIGHPRI(PS High PRI),
PSLOWPRI(PS Low PRI),
OTHERDATA(Other Data)

OML, RSL, EML, ESL, CSVOICE,


CSDATA, PSHIGHPRI,
PSLOWPRI, OTHERDATA

None

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~5

0~5

None

None

0( Release 98 or older),
1(Release 99 onwards)

Release 98 or older, Release 99


onwards

None

Release 99 onwards

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~12

0~12

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

None

0.0.0.0~255.255.255.255

None

None

None

NONE

NOCOMB(No Combination),
PBT(PBT),
WBANDCOMB(Wideband
Combination),
NOCOMB, PBT, WBANDCOMB,
DIVERSITY(Transmit Diversity), DIVERSITY, DDIVERSITY, DPBT,
DDIVERSITY(Dynamic Transmit
DTIC, NONE
Diversity), DPBT(DPBT),
DTIC(Transmit Independency or
Combination), NONE(none)

SGL_ANTENNA(Single
Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA(Singl
e Feeder[1TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLE_ANTENNA(Double
Feeder[2TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA(Dou
ble Feeder[2TX + 4RX]),
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA(D
ouble Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA(
Double Feeder[1TX + 2RX])

SGL_ANTENNA,
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA,
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA

None

DOUBLE_ANTENNA

SGL_ANTENNA(Single
Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA(Singl
e Feeder[1TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLE_ANTENNA(Double
Feeder[2TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA(Dou
ble Feeder[2TX + 4RX]),
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA(D
ouble Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA(
Double Feeder[1TX + 2RX])

SGL_ANTENNA,
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA,
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA

None

DOUBLE_ANTENNA

SGL_ANTENNA(Single
Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA(Singl
e Feeder[1TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLE_ANTENNA(Double
Feeder[2TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA(Dou
ble Feeder[2TX + 4RX]),
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA(D
ouble Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA(
Double Feeder[1TX + 2RX])

SGL_ANTENNA,
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA,
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA

None

DOUBLE_ANTENNA

SGL_ANTENNA(Single
Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA(Singl
e Feeder[1TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLE_ANTENNA(Double
Feeder[2TX + 2RX]),
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA(Dou
ble Feeder[2TX + 4RX]),
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA(D
ouble Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA(
Double Feeder[1TX + 2RX])

SGL_ANTENNA,
SGLDOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEFOUR_ANTENNA,
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA

None

DOUBLE_ANTENNA

SGL_ANTENNA(Single
Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA(D
ouble Feeder[1TX + 1RX]),
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA(
Double Feeder[1TX + 2RX])

SGL_ANTENNA,
DOUBLESINGLE_ANTENNA,
DOUBLEDOUBLE_ANTENNA

None

SGL_ANTENNA

L11_FORBID, L12_FORBID,
L13_FORBID, L14_FORBID,
L15_FORBID

L11_FORBID, L12_FORBID,
L13_FORBID, L14_FORBID,
L15_FORBID

None

L11_FORBID-0&L12_FORBID0&L13_FORBID0&L14_FORBID0&L15_FORBID-0

PSMODE(Protocol Standard
Mode), VGCSMODE(VGCS
Mode)

PSMODE, VGCSMODE

None

PSMODE

PSMODE(Protocol Standard
Mode), VGCSMODE(VGCS
Mode)

PSMODE, VGCSMODE

None

PSMODE

0~63

0~63

dB

30

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

SUPPORT(Support),
NOT_SUPPORT(Not Support)

SUPPORT, NOT_SUPPORT

None

NOT_SUPPORT

SUPPORT(Support),
NOT_SUPPORT(Not Support)

SUPPORT, NOT_SUPPORT

None

None

SUPPORT~1||(SRAN)$$
(Support SRAN)**
NOT_SUPPORT(Support
SRAN)** NOT_SUPPORT~0||
()$$(Not Support)

SUPPORT, NOT_SUPPORT

None

NOT_SUPPORT

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

None
0~65535

1~64 characters
0~65535

None
None

None
None

HOALGORITHM1(Handover
algorithm I),
HOALGORITHM2(Handover
algorithm II)

HOALGORITHM1,
HOALGORITHM2

None

HOALGORITHM1

1~65533,65535

1~65533, 65535

None

None

None

1~3 characters

None

None

None

1~3 characters

None

None

GSM_PRIOR(GSM Traffic
Prior), UMTS_PRIOR(UMTS
Traffic Prior)

GSM_PRIOR, UMTS_PRIOR

None

GSM_PRIOR

CSVOICE(CS Voice),
CSDATA(CS Data),
PSHIGHPRI(PS High PRI),
PSLOWPRI(PS Low PRI)

CSVOICE, CSDATA,
PSHIGHPRI, PSLOWPRI

None

None

0~63

0~63

dB

63

1~32

TCH:480~15360, step:480;
SDCCH:470~15040, step:470

ms

1~32

TCH:480~15360, step:480;
SDCCH:470~15040, step:470

ms

0~63

0~63

dB

63

year, month, day, hour, min, sec

1970-1-1 00:00:00~2538-12-31
23:59:59

None

None

-990~400

-99.0~40.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

-100

60~600

60~600

240

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED, ENABLED

None

ENABLED

DISABLED(Disabled),
ENABLED(Enabled)

DISABLED, ENABLED

None

DISABLED

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

60~300

60~300

120

hour, min, sec

HOUR{0~23}, MIN{0~59},
SEC{0~59}

None

None

BTS30(BTS30),
BTS312(BTS312),
BTS3001C(BTS3001C),
BTS3001CP(BTS3001CP),
BTS3002C(BTS3002C),
BTS3012A(BTS3012A),
BTS3006A(BTS3006A),
BTS3012(BTS3012),
BTS3006C(BTS3006C),
BTS3002E(BTS3002E),
BTS3012AE(BTS3012AE),
BTS3012_II(BTS3012 II),
DBS3900_GSM(DBS3900
GSM),
BTS3900_GSM(BTS3900
GSM),
BTS3900A_GSM(BTS3900A
GSM), DBS3036(DBS3036),
BTS3036(BTS3036),
BTS3036A(BTS3036A),
BTS3900L_GSM(BTS3900L
GSM),
BTS3900B_GSM(BTS3900B
GSM),
BTS3900E_GSM(BTS3900E
GSM)

BTS30, BTS312, BTS3001C,


BTS3001CP, BTS3002C,
BTS3012A, BTS3006A,
BTS3012, BTS3006C,
BTS3002E, BTS3012AE,
BTS3012_II, BTS3900_GSM,
BTS3900A_GSM, BTS3036,
BTS3036A, BTS3900L_GSM,
BTS3900B_GSM,
BTS3900E_GSM

None

None

16~1023

16~1023

byte

352

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

UNSUPPORT(Not Support),
SUPPORT(Support)

UNSUPPORT, SUPPORT

None

UNSUPPORT

T_12(12), T_15(15), T_20(20),


T_30(30), T_41(41), T_55(55),
T_76(76), T_109(109),
T_163(163), T_217(217)

T_12, T_15, T_20, T_30, T_41,


T_55, T_76, T_109, T_163,
T_217

None

T_20

CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)

CLOSE, OPEN

None

None

ON(ON), OFF(OFF)

ON, OFF

None

None

CLOSE(Close), OPEN(Open)

CLOSE, OPEN

None

None

3~5

3~5

None

None

SyncCase1(Sync case 1),


SyncCase2(Sync case 2)

SyncCase1, SyncCase2

None

None

AISS(Air Interface Software


Sync), GPS(GPS
Synchronization)

AISS, GPS

None

AISS

CONSYN(Consecutive
Synchronizing),
INTERSYN(Intermittent
Synchronizing)

CONSYN, INTERSYN

None

None

1~7

1~7

0~23

0~23

0~59

0~59

min

0,8~11

0, 8~11

None

10

6~240

60~2400 (step: 10)

ms

12

1~255

5~1275, step: 5

ms

50

1~255

5~1275, step: 5

ms

50

1~255

10~2550, step: 10

ms

200

1~255

10~2550, step: 10

ms

60

1~255

10~2550, step: 10

ms

150

1~255

5~1275, step: 5

ms

60

1~255

5~1275, step: 5

ms

60

1~10

1~10

0~255

0~2550, step:10

ms

1~255

1~255

10

500ms(500ms),
1000ms(1000ms),
1500ms(1500ms),
2000ms(2000ms),
2500ms(2500ms),
3000ms(3000ms),
3500ms(3500ms),
4000ms(4000ms)

500ms, 1000ms, 1500ms,


2000ms, 2500ms, 3000ms,
3500ms, 4000ms

0ms(0ms), 80ms(80ms),
120ms(120ms), 160ms(160ms),
0ms, 80ms, 120ms, 160ms,
200ms(200ms), 500ms(500ms),
200ms, 500ms, 1000ms, 1500ms
1000ms(1000ms),
1500ms(1500ms)

ms

500ms

ms

500ms

0~255

0~1530, step: 6

min

20

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

0~255

0~255

bit

1~16

0.5~8, step:0.5

0~255

0~255

bit

255

0~255

0~255

1~31

TCH:480~14880, step:480;
SDCCH:470~14570, step:470

ms

1~16

0.5~0.8, step:0.5

0~255

0~255

bit

63

0~25

0~25

None

10

0~25

0~25

None

10

30~300

30~300

90

60~300

60~300

90

0~500

0~500

mV

80

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~100

0~100

per cent

60

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

40

0~63

0~63

dB

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~1000

0~1000

per mill

40

0~63

0~63

dB

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~60

0~60

0~10

0~10

None

1~600

1~600

60

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~100

0~100

per cent

60

0~100

0~100

per cent

70

DISABLE(DISABLE),
ENABLE(ENABLE)

DISABLE, ENABLE

None

None

0~4095

0~4095

None

None

AUTO(Auto), Manual(Manual)

AUTO, Manual

None

None

AUTO(Auto), Manual(Manual)

AUTO, Manual

None

None

0~7

0~42, step: 6

dB

0~15

Negative infinity, -28~28, step: 4

dB

0~7

0~36, Positive infinity, step: 6

dB

0~1

0~1

None

0~16383

0~16383

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~63

0~63

None

10

0~127

0~127

None

None

0~127

0~127

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~1

0~1

None

None

0~5000

0.0~500.0 (step: 0.1)

mV

800

None

1~64 characters

None

None

50~70

50~70

degree Celsius

65

-400~0

-40.0~0.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

-100

-400~0

-40.0~0.0 (step: 0.1)

degree Celsius

-100

None

1~615 characters(GB2312, KOI8R, KOI8-U, KOI8, WINDOWS1251, ASMO_449, WINDOWS1256, WINDOWS-874,


WINDOWS-1253, WINDOWS1254, WINDOWS-1255,
WINDOWS-1257, WINDOWS1250, WINDOWS-1252, UCS2),
1~2462 characters(BINARY),
1~1395 characters(others)

None

None

0~65535

0~65535

None

65535

220~280

220~280

264

220~280

220~280

264

1~10

1~10

None

10

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

1~10

1~10

None

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~7

0~7

None

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

1~32

0.5~16, step:0.5

0~7

0~7

None

OFF(Off), ON(On)

OFF, ON

None

OFF

0~63

0~63

dB

40

0,5~1440

0, 5~1440

min

None

0~255

0~255

10

0~255

0~255

10

0~255

0~255

10

1~20

1~20 (step: 1)

ms

0~255

0~255

10

NO(No), YES(Yes), NULL(Null)

NO, YES, NULL

None

NO

0~255

0~255

30

10~255

10~255

40

1~30

1~30

-99~70

-99~70

degree Celsius

45

2~4

2~4

0~7

0~7

None

1~30

1~30

TER_TRANS(Terrestrial
Transmission),
SAT_TRANS(Satellite
Transmission),
TER_AND_SAT_TRANS(Terres
trial and Satellite)

TER_TRANS, SAT_TRANS,
TER_AND_SAT_TRANS

None

None

HDLC, IP

HDLC IP

None

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

NO

5sec(5sec), 10sec(10sec),
15sec(15sec), 20sec(20sec),
30sec(30sec), 60sec(60sec),
120sec(120sec),
300sec(300sec), nouse(no use)

5sec, 10sec, 15sec, 20sec,


30sec, 60sec, 120sec, 300sec,
no use

10sec

0~100

0~100

None

90

OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

OFF, ON

None

None

TRXAid_NotAllow(TRX Aiding
Not Allowed),
AllowReForbid(Allowed &
Recover Forbidden),
AllowReImmed(Allowed &
Recover Immediately),
AllowReCheckRes(Allowed &
Recover When Chk Res)

TRXAid_NotAllow,
AllowReForbid, AllowReImmed,
AllowReCheckRes

None

AllowReCheckRes

0~3071

0~3071

None

None

0~3071

0~3071

None

None

0~8

0~8

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

None

None

TRX(TRX), TRU(TRU/DTRU),
QTRU(QTRU), DRRU(DRRU),
DRFU(DRFU), MRRU(MRRU), TRX, TRU, QTRU, DRRU, DRFU,
MRFU(MRFU), GRFU(GRFU),
MRRU, MRFU, GRFU, GRRU,
GRRU(GRRU),
BTS3900B, BTS3900E
BTS3900B(BTS3900B),
BTS3900E(BTS3900E)

0~7

0~7

None

None

0~512

0~512

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~127

0~127

None

None

None

None

TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6, TS1, TS2, TS3, TS4, TS5, TS6,
TS7, TS8, TS9, TS10, TS11,
TS7, TS8, TS9, TS10, TS11,
TS12, TS13, TS14, TS15, TS16, TS12, TS13, TS14, TS15, TS16,
TS17, TS18, TS19, TS20, TS21, TS17, TS18, TS19, TS20, TS21,
TS22, TS23, TS24, TS25, TS26, TS22, TS23, TS24, TS25, TS26,
TS27, TS28, TS29, TS30, TS31 TS27, TS28, TS29, TS30, TS31

0~50

0~50

20

8K(8K), 16K(16K), 32K(32K),


64K(64K)

8K, 16K, 32K, 64K

kbit/s

None

CHAIN(Chain), RING(Ring)

CHAIN, RING

None

None

0~8

0~8

None

HOUR, MINUTE

00:00~23:59

None

0:00

HOUR, MINUTE

00:00~23:59

None

0:00

DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable),
SLEEPING(Sleeping)

DISABLE, ENABLE, SLEEPING

None

None

0~100

0~100

per cent

80

None

TX_32

None

T_20

TX_3(3), TX_4(4), TX_5(5),


TX_6(6), TX_7(7), TX_8(8),
TX_3, TX_4, TX_5, TX_6, TX_7,
TX_9(9), TX_10(10), TX_11(11),
TX_8, TX_9, TX_10, TX_11,
TX_12(12), TX_14(14),
TX_12, TX_14, TX_16, TX_20,
TX_16(16), TX_20(20),
TX_25, TX_32, TX_50
TX_25(25), TX_32(32),
TX_50(50)

T_2(2), T_3(3), T_4(4), T_5(5),


T_6(6), T_7(7), T_8(8), T_9(9),
T_10(10), T_12(12), T_14(14),
T_16(16), T_20(20), T_25(25),
T_32(32), T_50(50)

T_2, T_3, T_4, T_5, T_6, T_7,


T_8, T_9, T_10, T_12, T_14,
T_16, T_20, T_25, T_32, T_50

GSM900, DCS1800,
GSM900_DCS1800, GSM850,
PCS1900, GSM850_1800,
GSM850_1900

GSM900, DCS1800,
GSM900_DCS1800, GSM850,
PCS1900, GSM850_1800,
GSM850_1900

None

None

GSM900, DCS1800, GSM850,


PCS1900

GSM900, DCS1800, GSM850,


PCS1900

None

None

GSM900(GSM900),
DCS1800(DCS1800)

GSM900, DCS1800

None

None

0~15

0~15

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

0~15

0~15

None

NO(NO), YES(YES)

NO, YES

None

None

0~99

0~99

None

80

0~64

0~64

None

64

None

1~8 characters

None

None

0~255

TCH:480~122400, step:480;
SDCCH:470~119850, step:470

ms

1~30

1~30

dB

14

1~30

1~30

dB

14

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~8

0.5~4, step:0.5

1~8

0.5~4, step:0.5

0~240

0~240

ms

180

0~63

0~63

dB

10

1~10

1~10

None

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~30

1~30

dB

16

1~30

1~30

dB

18

1~30

1~30

dB

18

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

15

0~15

0~15

None

0~15

0~15

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

1~30

1~30

dB

1~30

1~30

dB

0~3

0~3

None

0~7

0~7

None

0~7

0~7

None

1~20

TCH:480~9600, step:480;
SDCCH:470~9400, step:470

ms

0~7

0~7

None

0~63

0~63

dB

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~70

0~70

None

60

0~70

0~70

None

55

0~10

0~10

None

0~19

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

0~63

0~63

dB

18

0~63

0~63

dB

18

1~20

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

0~10

0~10

None

0~19

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

1~20

TCH:0~9120, step:480;
SDCCH:0~8930, step:470

ms

0~100

0~100

None

0~100

0~100

None

75

0~63

0~63

dB

30

0~63

0~63

dB

18

0~63

0~63

dB

15

0~63

0~63

dB

19

0~63

0~63

dB

28

0~63

0~63

dB

23

0~63

0~63

dB

31

0~63

0~63

dB

63

0~63

0~63

dB

21

0~63

0~63

dB

25

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

NO(Not Allowed), YES(Allowed)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~255

0~255

10

10~3500

10~3500

mA

40

10~3500

10~3500

mA

40

10~3500

10~3500

mA

40

10~3500

10~3500

mA

60

10~3500

10~3500

mA

60

10~3500

10~3500

mA

60

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

0~2047

0~2047

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

BYNAME(By Name), BYID(By


Index)

BYNAME, BYID

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

None

1~64 characters

None

None

0~15

0~15

None

None

CS1(CS1), CS2(CS2),
CS3(CS3), CS4(CS4)

CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4

None

CS1

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
MCS9(MCS9)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8,
MCS9

None

MCS2

10~70

10~70

None

20

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
UAS7(UAS7), UAS8(UAS8),
UAS9(UAS9), UAS10(UAS10),
UAS11(UAS11)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, UAS7, UAS8,
UAS9, UAS10, UAS11

None

MCS6

None

UNFIXED

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,
UAS7(UAS7), UAS8(UAS8),
MCS5, MCS6, UAS7, UAS8,
UAS9(UAS9), UAS10(UAS10), UAS9, UAS10, UAS11, UNFIXED
UAS11(UAS11),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

0~5000

0~5000

ms

2000

CS1(CS1), CS2(CS2),
CS3(CS3), CS4(CS4),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4, UNFIXED

None

UNFIXED

MCS1(MCS1), MCS2(MCS2),
MCS3(MCS3), MCS4(MCS4),
MCS5(MCS5), MCS6(MCS6),
MCS7(MCS7), MCS8(MCS8),
MCS9(MCS9),
UNFIXED(UNFIXED)

MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4,


MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8,
MCS9, UNFIXED

None

UNFIXED

0~70

0~70

None

40

0~63

0~63

dB

30

10~255

10~255

30

0~96

0~96

None

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

YES

1~16

1~16

1~10

0.1~1, step:0.1

None

1~16

1~16

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

0~300

0~300

ms

120

0~64

0~64

per cent

10

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

0~64

0~64

per cent

FORBID(Forbid),
PERMIT(Permit)

FORBID, PERMIT

None

PERMIT

HOUR, MINUTE

HOUR 0~23
MINUTE 0~59

None

None

HOUR, MINUTE

HOUR 0~23
MINUTE 0~59

None

None

-99~99

-99~99

degree Celsius

50

0~8

0~8

None

0~255

0~255

10

0~63

0~63

dB

35

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

1~255

1~255

1~63

1~63

dB

FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD)

FDD, TDD

None

None

None

2 characters

None

None

0~190,255

0~190, 255

None

255

No_Priority~0||()$$
(No Priority)**
Public_Network_First~1||(
)$$(Public Network First)**
VGCS_First(No Priority)**
Public_Network_First~1||(
)$$(Public Network First)**
VGCS_First~2||()$$
(VGCS First)

No_Priority,
Public_Network_First,
VGCS_First

None

No_Priority

0~190

0~190

None

NO(No), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

2~4094

2~4094

None

0~7

0~7

None

NO(N0), YES(Yes)

NO, YES

None

NO

FULL_RATE_VER1,
FULL_RATE_VER2,
FULL_RATE_VER3,
HALF_RATE_VER1,
HALF_RATE_VER2,
HALF_RATE_VER3,
FULL_RATE_VER5

Full_rate_Ver1, Full_rate_Ver2,
Full_rate_Ver3, Half_rate_Ver1,
Half_rate_Ver2, Half_rate_Ver3,
Full_rate_Ver5

None

FULL_RATE_VER11&FULL_RATE_VER21&FULL_RATE_VER30&HALF_RATE_VER11&HALF_RATE_VER20&HALF_RATE_VER30&FULL_RATE_VER5-0

0~12

0~12

None

0~12

0~12

None

4000~33000

4000~33000

ms

27000

3000~34000

3000~34000

ms

34000

3000~34000

3000~34000

ms

26000

1~30

1~30

15

0~60

0~60

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

East_Longitude(East
Longitude),
West_Longitude(West
Longitude)

East_Longitude, West_Longitude

None

None

INACTIVE(Inactive),
ACTIVE(Active)

INACTIVE, ACTIVE

None

INACTIVE

0~24

0~24

22

1~255

5~1275, step:5

min

12

0~24

0~24

GSM_AND_UMTS(GSM AND
UMTS), UMTS(UMTS),
GSM(GSM)

GSM_AND_UMTS, UMTS, GSM

None

GSM

E1(E1), T1(T1)

E1, T1

None

E1

30~300

30~300

90

60~300

60~300

90

Meaning
Downlink quality level threshold for the MS to be
assigned with a channel of the better cell.
Uplink quality level threshold for the MS to be assigned
with a channel of the better cell.

The maximum duration for the BSC to select the best cell
according to MRs in the MS assigning procedure. The
BSC assigns the channel of the serving cell to the MS if
the best cell is not selected within the duration specified
by this parameter.

Whether to enable the BTS to support bypass function.


HDLC BTS and IP BTS do not support this parameter.

Whether to permit Abis flow control.


The flow control function helps in better call management.
If congestion occurs, the system lightens its load by
rejecting some services or prolonging the time for service
requests. The Abis flow control is used to lighten the
system load caused by Abis flows.

This parameter controls the strategy for idle timeslot


selection and optimization by the PS channels.

This parameter controls whether the strategy for timeslot


configuration and optimization is started. When this
parameter is set to ON, the bundled idle timeslots for the
PS channel should be allocated to the same 64 kbit/s
timeslot as the primary link. When this parameter is set to
OFF, the idle channels are allocated randomly in the
transport pool of a site.

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Abis


resource adjustment TCHH function.
It specifies whether the TCHH is preferentially allocated
to the MS by the BSC6900, when Abis resources are
insufficient.
If the Abis resource load is greater than "Flex Abis Prior
Choose Load Thred" or "Fix Abis Prior Choose Abis Load
Thred" when the parameter is set to "YES", the BSC6900
preferentially allocates the TCHH to the MS.

HW_Baseline

Interval between detection of the Abis timeslot being in


idle state and releasing of the Abis timeslot. When
channels are idle, the timer is started. When the timer is
expires, the Abis timeslot is released. When all the TBFs
on the channel are released, the Abis timeslot is not
released at once. Instead, the timer is started when the
channels are idle. Before the timer expires, if new service
request is received and the Abis timeslot is occupied,
then the timer is stopped; otherwise, the timeslot is
released after the timer expires.
When "Number of Dynamic Channel Pre-Converted" is
greater than 0, the Abis timeslots are not released after
the static PDCH and pre-converted PDCH are idle.

Access pulse type of the PRACH, uplink PTCCH and


packet control acknowledge message of the MS.
8bit: 8 bit pulse access mode; 11bit: 11 bit pulse access
mode.
Access control class of the MS

When the cell supports Repeated This parameter


specifies whether the access control function is enabled
in a cell. When the function is enabled, the BSC
determines which MSs in the cell to be connected to the
network by sending the ACC classes through system
messages according to the specified policy in Access
Control Policy.

This parameter specifies the index of the access control


policy that is used in a cell.
Subcell preferred during the incoming inter-BSC
handover to the concentric cell. In the case of incoming
inter-BSC handover to the concentric cell, the channels in
this subcell are preferred.
This parameter specifies the index of an access control
(ACC) policy. It is used to identify an ACC policy.

Whether the initial service is uplink, downlink or neutral

This parameter is used to specify the starting point of the


ACC sliding window in an access control policy.

This parameter is used to specify the ACC sliding window


size in an access control policy. MSs of the ACC access
classes that are specified in the sliding window are not
allowed to access the network.

This parameter is used to specify the sliding speed of the


ACC sliding window in an access control policy.
A flag bit indicates Whether to support the compression
of the address and control fields.

Used for notifying MSs where to retrieve relevant


parameters during cell reselection.
The default value of this parameter is 0 in system
message 3 and, has no special significance.
In system message 4, if the value of this parameter is 0, it
means that the MSs must retrieve the PI parameters and
other parameters relevant to cell reselection and the
parameters relevant to C2 calculation from the remaining
bytes of system message 4.If the value is 1, it means that
the MS must retrieve the parameters from the remaining
bytes of system message 7 or 8.

Active coding set (ACS)[F], indicates a set of full-rate


coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR is a
set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates.

Active coding set (ACS)[H], indicates set of half-rate


coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR is a
set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates.

#N/A

Active coding set (ACS)[WB], indicates a set of wideband coding rates currently available for calls. The AMR
is a set of multiple speech coding and decoding rates.

Whether to activate the function of L2 re-establishment. If


this function is activated, the BSC starts the attempt of L2
re-establishment when the BSC receives an ERR IND
message reported by the BTS in a conversation of MSs.
If the L2 re-establishment succeeds, the conversation
continues; otherwise, a call drop occurs.

AC voltage alarm lower threshold. When the input AC


voltage is lower than the value of this parameter, an
alarm indicating the abnormal AC is reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

The BTS reports an alarm if the AC voltage exceeds the


value of the AC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the
input AC voltage is higher than the value of this
parameter, an alarm indicating the abnormal AC is
reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter must
be the same as the value of the parameter in other
modes.

Whether to hand over an MS to another channel during


an intra-cell handover through the assignment process

#N/A

Communication address of the CBUS3 on the bus 485.


The configuration of this parameter must be consistent
with the actual physical connection. Otherwise, the board
may not work properly.

Mode of dynamically adjusting the EGPRS uplink


encoding scheme.
Value 0 indicates dynamic adjustment of EGPRS uplink
coding scheme is not supported;
value 1 indicates that the uplink coding scheme is
adjusted according to downlink quality measurements
reported by MS;
value 2 indicates that the uplink coding scheme is
adjusted according to uplink quality measurements
reported by BTS.

This parameter specifies whether to enable automatic


auto-loading and auto-activation of the BTS software. If
this parameter is set to Yes, the BTS software is
automatically loaded and activated when the BTS is
initialized or a board is added; the TMU software is
automatically loaded and activated when the BTS is
initialized or BSC starts checking res. If this parameter is
set to Yes, the BTS software fails to be forcibly loaded
and activated. If this parameter is set to No, the BTS
software can be successfully forcibly loaded and
activated.

This parameter specifies the automatic load mode of the


BTS software. If this parameter is set to common
download, common loading is performed on the
OML/EML, and the link is not extended. If this parameter
is set to quick download(without traffic), quick loading can
be performed on the dynamically extended link besides
the OML/EML. This may affect the services in the cell. If
this parameter is set to quick download(reserve BCCH
Trx traffic), quick loading can be performed on the
dynamically extended link besides the OML/EML. This
should not affect the services on the main BCCH TRX of
the cell.

Administrative state of a cell

Administrative state of the TRX

This parameter specifies the software version 1 that is


automatically loaded and activated. The version of the
BTS software stored on the OMU must be consistent with
this version number. Otherwise, a software version
inconsistency alarm is reported. An example of the
version format is as follows:
BTS3000V100R008C11SPC003.
This parameter can be set to only a BTS software version
or a cold patch version. You can use either of the
following methods to query the version number of the
BTS software or the cold patch.
Method 1: If the BTS software or the cold patch is
downloaded to the OMU through the MML command DLD
BTSSW, you can run the MML command LST BTSSW to
obtain the number of the version to be loaded according
to the returned result.
Method 2: If the BTS software version or the cold patch is
not downloaded to the OMU, you can decompress the
BTS software package or cold patch package. Then,
check the vercfg.xml file in the level-1 directory of the
compressed package. The value after the label
"SoftwareVersion" is the software version.

This parameter specifies the software version 2 that is


automatically loaded and activated. The BTS software
stored on the OMU must be consistent with this version
number. Otherwise, the software version inconsistency
alarm may be reported. An example of the version format
is as follows: BTS3000V100R008C11SPC003.
This parameter can be set to only a BTS software version
or a cold patch version. You can use either of the
following methods to query the version number of the
BTS software or the cold patch.
Method 1: If the BTS software or the cold patch is
downloaded to the OMU through the MML command DLD
BTSSW, you can run the MML command LST BTSSW to
obtain the number of the version to be loaded according
to the returned result.
Method 2: If the BTS software version or the cold patch is
not downloaded to the OMU, you can decompress the
BTS software package or cold patch package. Then,
check the vercfg.xml file in the level-1 directory of the
compressed package. The value after the label
"SoftwareVersion" is the software version.

Counter for radio link failures during an AMR full rate call.
See the description of "Radio Link Timeout" in "SET
GCELLCCBASIC".

Number of SACCH multiframes during an AMR full rate


call. See the description of "SACCH Multi-Frames" in
"SET GCELLCCBASIC".

#N/A

Counter for radio link failures during an AMR half rate


call. See the description of "Radio Link Timeout" in "SET
GCELLCCBASIC".

Number of SACCH multiframes during an AMR half rate


call. See the description of "SACCH Multi-Frames" in
"SET GCELLCCBASIC".

Delay time for mutual-aid detection on a cell after the cell


is initialized. When the cell initialization has just finished,
the cell is in an unstable state. Mutual-aid detection at
this time may cause a wrong decision. Therefore, this
parameter is used for specifying proper delay.

When this parameter is set to ON, the GMM/SM signaling


service is assigned only one PDCH; otherwise, the
GMM/SM signaling service is assigned one or more
PDCHs as required.

Maximum ratio of the number of AMR half rate channels


to the total number of channels in a cell. When the
resource allocation principle is determined by the BSC,
no AMR half rate channel can be further assigned if the
ratio of the number of AMR half rate channels to the total
number of channels in the cell is greater than or equal to
the value of this parameter. When the resource allocation
principle is not determined by the BSC, radio resource
allocation does not depend on the setting of this
parameter.
Total number of channels = number of half rate channels
+ number of full rate channels x 2

Number of allowed measure report missed. If the number


of allowed measure report missed exceeds this value, the
previous measure report is invalid.

#N/A

Maximum ratio of the number of half rate channels to the


total number of channels in a cell. When the resource
allocation principle is determined by the BSC, no half rate
channel can be further assigned if the ratio of the number
of half rate channels to the total number of channels in
the cell is greater than or equal to the value of this
parameter. When the resource allocation principle is not
determined by the BSC, radio resource allocation does
not depend on the setting of this parameter.
Total number of channels = number of half rate channels
+ number of full rate channels x 2

It is used to perform open loop power control. Alpha


parameter is used by the MS to calculate the output
power PCH of the uplink PDCH. This parameter is used
to set the reduced class of the Tx power of the MS, in
correspondence with the path loss, when the GPRS
dynamic power control is enabled.

Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 0


Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 1
Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 2
Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 3
Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 4
Whether to supply power to the TMA on tributary 5
Maximum degree by which the BSC can control the
power of the AMR BTS dynamically
Whether to enable the III power control algorithm for AMR
calls. If enabled, power control is performed on AMR
calls.

Whether to enable the adaptive adjustment function of


AMR downlink threshold. After this function is enabled,
the BTS estimates the long-term voice quality (indicated
by the long-term FER(frame erase ratio)) and compares
the estimated result with the specified target voice quality.
If the estimated result does not conform to the target
voice quality, it indicates that the current AMR handover
threshold may not be the best for the current radio
conditions. In this case, the BSC6900 adjust threshold
adaptively according to the relation between the
estimated voice quality and the target voice quality.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


downlink AMR signal strength. A single measurement
report may not reflect the actual network situations
accurately. Therefore, the BSC needs to average the
measured values in several successive measurement
reports to reflect the radio environment.

Number of downlink AMR measurement reports that the


BSC predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the
power control effect of a power control command. Thus,
the BSC makes a power control decision based on a
measurement report that lags behind the changes in the
receive level and quality instead of reflecting the real-time
radio environment. As a result, the power control is late.
To prevent late power control to a certain degree, the
power control algorithm involves a measurement report
prediction filter. The BSC can sample several downlink
measurement reports in a short time and filter them
according to a specific weight to predict future N
measurement reports.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Quality level threshold for decreasing downlink AMR


signal power. If the BTS transmits AMR signals at a
quality level less than "AMR DL Qual. Upper Threshold",
the BSC decreases the power of the BTS. If (downlink
receive level - "AMR MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.")
< "AMR DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold", the BSC does not
adjust the transmit power.

Quality level threshold for increasing downlink AMR


signal power. If the BTS transmits AMR signals at a
quality level greater than "AMR DL Qual. Lower
Threshold", the BSC increases the power of the BTS. If
(downlink receive level + "AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by
Qual.") > "AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold", the BSC
does not adjust the transmit power.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


downlink AMR signal quality. A single measurement report
may not reflect the actual network situations accurately.
Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured
values in several successive measurement reports to
reflect the radio environment.

During downlink power control, if the downlink receive


quality level is equal to or greater than this threshold,
"AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by
"AMR DL Qual Bad UpLEVDiff" to further increase the
expected downlink power level.

During downlink power control, if the downlink receive


quality level is equal to or greater than "AMR DL Qual
Bad Trig Threshold", "AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold"
is increased by "AMR DL Qual Bad UpLEVDiff" to further
increase the expected downlink power level.

Upper threshold for downlink AMR signal strength.


If the downlink received AMR signal level is greater than
this threshold, a power decrease is computed. Then, the
power is decreased by the least of the power decrease,
maximum power adjustment step allowed by the quality
zone to which the received signal quality belongs, and
"AMR MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.".
Power decrease = downlink received signal level - ("AMR
DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" + "AMR DL RX_LEV
Lower Threshold")/2
The maximum power adjustment step allowed by the
quality zone is chosen from "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value
Qual. Zone 0", "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone
1", and "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone 2"
according to the quality zone.

Lower threshold for downlink AMR signal strength.


If the downlink received AMR signal level is less than this
threshold, a power increase is computed. Then, the
power is increased by the least of the power increase,
"AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by RX_LEV", and "AMR
MAX Up Adj. PC Value by Qual.".
Power increase = ("AMR DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" +
"AMR DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold")/2 - downlink
received signal level.

Whether to enable the algorithm for the load-based AMR


handover between full rate and half rate

With "F-H Ho Period" and the duration for triggering


handover from full rate to half rate, this parameter
determines the current ATCB offset by which to choose
the MSs to undergo handover from full rate to half rate.
ATCB offset = (duration for triggering handover from full
rate to half rate/"F-H Ho Period" + 1) x "AMR F-H Ho
ATCB Adjust Step"

ATCB threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to


half rate. If the ATCB of an AMR full rate call is equal to or
greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed over
from full rate to half rate.

With "F-H Ho Period" and the duration for triggering


handover from full rate to half rate, this parameter
determines the current path loss offset by which to
choose the MSs to undergo handover from full rate to half
rate.
Path loss offset = (duration for triggering handover from
full rate to half rate/"F-H Ho Period" + 1) x "AMR F-H Ho
Pathloss Adjust Step"

Path loss threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to
half rate. If the path loss of an AMR full rate call is equal
to or less than this threshold, the AMR call is handed over
from full rate to half rate.

Quality threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to


half rate. If the uplink and downlink receive quality levels
of an AMR full rate call are equal to or less than this
threshold, the AMR call is handed over from full rate to
half rate.

Load threshold for the AMR handover from full rate to half
rate. If the cell load is greater than this threshold, the
AMR full rate calls are handed over to half rate.

ATCB threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to


full rate. If the ATCB of an AMR half rate call is less than
this threshold, the AMR call is handed over from half rate
to full rate.

Path loss threshold for the AMR handover from half rate
to full rate. If the path loss of an AMR half rate call is
greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed over
from half rate to full rate.
Whether to enable the algorithm for the uplink and
downlink receive quality based AMR handover from half
rate to full rate
Quality threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to
full rate. If the receive quality level of an AMR half rate
call is greater than this threshold, the AMR call is handed
over from half rate to full rate.
Load threshold for the AMR handover from half rate to full
rate. If the cell load is less than this threshold, the AMR
half rate calls are handed over to full rate.
Maximum step by which the power can be increased
according to received signal quality

Maximum step by which the power can be decreased


when the received signal quality belongs to quality zone
0.
Huawei power control algorithm generation II classifies
the received signal quality into three quality zones. The
maximum step by which the power can be decreased
according to signal level varies according to the quality
zones.

Maximum step by which the power can be decreased


when the received signal quality belongs to quality zone
1.
Huawei power control algorithm generation II classifies
the received signal quality into three quality zones. The
maximum step by which the power can be decreased
according to signal level varies according to the quality
zones.

Maximum step by which the power can be decreased


when the received signal quality belongs to quality zone
2.
Huawei power control algorithm generation II classifies
the received signal quality into three quality zones. The
maximum step by which the power can be decreased
according to signal level varies according to the quality
zones.

Maximum step by which the power can be increased


according to received signal level

Whether to enable the compensation of AMR


measurement reports in Huawei power control algorithm
generation II
If this parameter is set to YES, Huawei power control
algorithm generation II puts a currently received
measurement report into the measurement report
compensation queue. Then, the algorithm records the
change in the transmit power based on the MS/BTS
power in the measurement report. According to the power
change, the algorithm compensates the received signal
level in a history measurement report after measurement
report interpolation.
Before making a power control decision, the BSC
samples and weights the received signal level and quality
in several history measurement reports. The MS/BTS
transmit power may vary over these measurement
reports. To ensure the accuracy of the received signal
level and quality to be weighted, the power control
algorithm needs to compensate the received signal level
and quality in the history measurement reports where the
transmit power differs from the current transmit power.

Minimum interval between two consecutive AMR power


control commands
Maximum step by which the power can be decreased
according to received signal quality

Number of levels by which the BTS increases the power


of an SACCH frame. This parameter is used for SACCH
power control. When sending an SACCH frame, the BTS
increases the power of the SACCH frame by this
specified number of levels.

Whether to enable the BSC to assign AMR half rate


channels preferentially according to the channel types
allowed by the MSC and the current TCH seizure ratio of
the cell

Load threshold for assigning half rate channels


preferentially. If the current TCH seizure ratio of the cell is
greater than this threshold, AMR half rate channels are
assigned preferentially.

Whether to enable the adaptive adjustment function of


AMR uplink threshold. After this function is enabled, the
BTS estimates the long-term voice quality (indicated by
the long-term FER(frame erase rate)) and compares the
estimated result with the specified target voice quality. If
the estimated result does not conform to the target voice
quality, it indicates that the current AMR handover
threshold may not be the best for the current radio
conditions. In this case, the BSC uses the relevant
algorithm to adjust the adaptive threshold according to
the relation between the estimated voice quality and the
target voice quality.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


uplink AMR signal strength. A single measurement report
may not reflect the actual network situations accurately.
Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured
values in several successive measurement reports to
reflect the radio environment.

Number of uplink AMR measurement reports that the


BSC predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the
power control effect of a power control command. Thus,
the BSC makes a power control decision based on a
measurement report that lags behind the changes in the
receive level and quality instead of reflecting the real-time
radio environment. As a result, the power control is late.
To prevent late power control to a certain degree, the
power control algorithm involves a measurement report
prediction filter. The BSC can sample several downlink
measurement reports in a short time and then weigh
them to predict future N measurement reports.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Quality level threshold for decreasing the power of an


uplink AMR call. If the MS transmits AMR signals at a
quality level less than "AMR ULQual. Upper Threshold",
the BTS decreases the power of the MS. If (uplink receive
level - "AMR MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.") < "AMR
UL RX_LEV Lower Threshold", the BTS does not adjust
the transmit power.

Quality level threshold for increasing the power of an


uplink AMR call. If the MS transmits AMR signals at a
quality level greater than "AMR UL Qual. Lower
Threshold", the BTS increases the power of the MS. If
(uplink receive level + "AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by
Qual.") > "AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold", the BTS
does not adjust the transmit power.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


uplink AMR signal quality. A single measurement report
may not reflect the actual network situations accurately.
Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured
values in several successive measurement reports to
reflect the radio environment.

During uplink power control, if the uplink receive quality


level is equal to or greater than this threshold, "AMR UL
RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by "AMR UL
Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff" to further increase the expected
uplink power level.

During uplink power control, if the uplink receive quality


level is equal to or greater than "AMR UL Qual. Bad Trig
Threshold", "AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is
increased by "AMR UL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff" to further
increase the expected uplink power level.

Upper threshold for uplink AMR signal strength


If the uplink received AMR signal level is greater than this
threshold, a power decrease is computed. Then, the
power is decreased by the least of the power decrease,
maximum power adjustment step allowed by the quality
zone to which the received signal quality belongs, and
"AMR MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.".
Power decrease = uplink received signal level - ("AMR UL
RX_LEV Upper Threshold" + "AMR UL RX_LEV Lower
Threshold")/2
The maximum power adjustment step allowed by the
quality zone is chosen from "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value
Qual. Zone 0", "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone
1", and "AMR MAX Down Adj. Value Qual. Zone 2"
according to the quality zone.

#N/A

Lower threshold for uplink AMR signal strength.


If the uplink received AMR signal level is less than this
threshold, a power increase is computed. Then, the
power is increased by the least of the power increase,
"AMR MAX Up Adj. PC Value by RX_LEV", and "AMR
MAX Up Adj. PC Value by Qual.".
Power increase = ("AMR UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" +
"AMR UL RX_LEV Lower Threshold")/2 - uplink received
signal level.

Length of the feeder cable. The GPS satellite card is


connected to the antenna through feeder cables. The
transmission delay on the feeder cable can be calculated
on the basis of the length of the feeder cable, thus
increasing the timing accuracy of the satellite card.

Power supply switch of the GPS antenna feeder


Antenna pass number of the downlink tributary
Threshold for reporting the recovery alarm for the
abnormal release alarm. If the percentage of the
abnormal channel releases is equal to or less than this
threshold, the recovery alarm for the abnormal release
alarm is reported. That is, the abnormal release alarm is
cleared.

Release statistics base for subchannels. This parameter


indicates the number of times that a subchannel is
activated. In a timeslot, the release statistics base, B,
multiplied by the number of channels, N, is the channel
release sum, S.
If the percentage of the abnormal channel releases in the
latest S channel releases exceeds the Abnormal Warn
Threshold, the abnormal release alarm is reported.
If the percentage of the abnormal channel releases in the
latest S channel releases is equal to or less than the
Abnormal Release Threshold, the recovery alarm for the
abnormal release alarm is reported. That is, the abnormal
release alarm is cleared.

Threshold for reporting the abnormal release alarm. In a


timeslot, the release statistics base, B, multiplied by the
number of channels, N, is the channel release sum, S. If
the percentage of the abnormal channel releases in the
latest S channel releases exceeds this threshold, the
abnormal release alarm is reported.

Switch for assigning the channel of a better cell to the MS


during MS access.

When this parameter is set to ENABLE, if the cell


supports direct retry and the current cell load is equal to
or larger than the value of "Cell direct retry forbidden
threshold" in "SET GCELLOTHEXT" during the
assignment, the BSC6900 continues with the direct retry
procedure. When this parameter is set to DISABLE, the
current call applies for channels in its own cells. If the
application fails, it continues with the direct retry
procedure.

Offset relative to the level threshold for determining


whether to assign a channel in the overlaid subcell
Number of the slot where the associated RXU board is
installed.
Number of the slot where the associated RXU board is
installed.
After the BSC6900 delivers an assignment command, the
T3107 timer starts. If the BSC6900 receives an
assignment complete message within the scheduled time,
the T3107 timer stops. If the timer expires, the BSC6900
sends an assignment failure message.

Whether to enable the ATCB handover algorithm for the


concentric cell. According to the neighbor cell signal, the
ATCB handover algorithm determines the coverage of the
overlaid subcell and balances the load between the
overlaid subcell, underlaid subcell, and neighbor cell.
Therefore, the algorithm helps to decrease the
interference, to improve the conversation quality, and to
achieve aggressive frequency reuse in the overlaid
subcell.

Hysteresis in the distance between the boundary of the


overlaid subcell and the boundary of the underlaid
subcell. This parameter helps to adjust "Distance
Between Boudaries of Subcells" and thus to prevent pingpong handover between the overlaid and underlaid
subcells. Assume that the signal strength of the serving
cell is SS(s) and that the signal strength of the neighbor
cell is SS(n). If SS(s) - SS(n) < "Distance Between
Boudaries of Subcells" - "Distance Hysteresis Between
Boudaries", the MS is handed over from the overlaid
subcell to the underlaid subcell.

#N/A

Distance between the boundary of the overlaid subcell


and the boundary of the underlaid subcell. This
parameter specifies the difference between the coverage
of the overlaid subcell and the coverage of the underlaid
subcell in the concentric cell or dual-frequency network
scenario. The boundaries of the overlaid and underlaid
subcells are determined according to the relative value
between the signal strength of the serving cell and the
signal strength of the neighbor cell. Assume that the
signal strength of the serving cell is SS(s) and that the
signal strength of the neighbor cell is SS(n). If SS(s) =
SS(n), the MS is on the boundary of the underlaid
subcell. If SS(s) - SS(n) > "Distance Between Boudaries
of Subcells", the MS is in the coverage of the overlaid
subcell.
In the tight BCCH handover algorithm, this parameter
specifies the difference between the coverage of the TRX
that carries the BCCH and the coverage of the TRX that
does not carry the BCCH. The relevant computation is the
same as the preceding computation.

Attach-detach Allowed (ATT). If this parameter is set to


YES, when an MS is powered off, the network does not
process any call connection for the MS as a called party.
In this way, the network processing time and resources
are saved.

TMA attenuation factor of antenna tributary 1


TMA attenuation factor of antenna tributary 2
Validation mode of the PPP or MLPPP link negotiation
Username to validate, for the PPP or MLPPP link
negotiation
Password to validate, upon PPP or MLPPP link
negotiation
Type of the validation protocol for the PPP or MLPPP link
negotiation

Whether to allow automatic adjustment for the uplink


threshold and hysteresis of full rate AMR call rates
Whether to allow automatic adjustment for the uplink
threshold and hysteresis of half rate AMR call rates
Whether to enable the auto-negotiation mode

The parameter specifies the work mode for the automatic


download and activation of the BTS software. BTS
Software Auto DL and ACT indicates that the BTS boards
are downloaded and activated as required. TMU Software
Auto ACT indicates that only the TMU/DTMU/GTMU
software is activated.

Quality threshold for determining that a call is


disconnected because of poor quality. If the uplink quality
or downlink quality in the measurement reports during the
period of "Timer for Bad Quality DISC Statistic" is higher
than the value of this parameter before the call is
disconnected, you can infer that the call disconnection is
due to poor quality. This parameter can be used to
calculate the number of call disconnections due to poor
quality.

Bar code 2 of the interface board of the BTS. This


parameter is the electronic serial number of the standby
PTU board. An electronic serial number uniquely
identifies an PTU board. This parameter is set before
delivery.

This parameter specifies the method of saving the BTS


backup power.
When this parameter is set to "Turn off TRX", the BSC
preferentially shuts down some TRXs when the BTS
experiences a power failure. When this parameter is set
to "Reduce Backup Power", the BSC saves the power
according to the configured "Backup Power Saving
Policy" when the BTS experiences a power failure.

This parameter specifies the backup power saving policy


of the BTS.
When this parameter is set to "Cover Priority", the BTS
shuts down some TRXs, waits for a certain period of time,
and then decreases the power of the BCCH TRX. When
this parameter is set to "Capability Priority", the BTS
decreases the power of the BCCH TRX, waits for a
certain period of time, and then shuts down some TRXs.
When this parameter is set to "Saving Priority", the BTS
shuts down some TRXs and meanwhile decreases the
power of the BCCH TRX.

Whether the cells at the 1900 frequency support high


frequency 1900
Whether the cells at the 850 frequency support high
frequency 1900
Whether the cells at the 900 frequency support high
frequency 1900
Duration in which intra-cell handover is forbidden after
the number of consecutive intra-cell handovers reaches
the maximum. Intra-cell handover can be conducted
again only after this duration.

Number of the temperature sensor corresponding to a


battery group. You can choose sensor 1 (Battery1Temp)
or sensor 2 (Battery2Temp).
If you choose sensor 1, the system automatically uses
sensor 1 to control the temperature of the battery group
and performs temperature compensation, high
temperature protection, and overtemperature alarm
accordingly.
The system handling principles are the same if you
choose sensor 2.
For the EPS4815 boards, this parameter can only be
configured as "Battery1Temp".
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Number of the temperature sensor corresponding to a


battery group.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Battery capacity.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether the configuration of external battery is allowed.


The value "YES" indicates that the external battery can
be configured, and the value "NO" indicates that the
external battery cannot be configured.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Allowed percentage of the battery discharging. After the


AC power supply is cut and the power of the battery is
discharged by the value of this parameter, the diesel
engine is started to supply the power.

Battery type.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Reference difference between uplink and downlink levels.


This parameter works with "Up Down Balance Floating
Range" to count uplink-downlink imbalances.

Battery capacity. The battery capacity should be set


according to the vendor specification. If it is improperly
configured, the battery life may be shortened.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the


network planning department. It is used for differentiating
the neighboring cells using the same BCCH frequency. A
BCC and a network color code (NCC) compose a base
station identity code (BSIC).

Base station color code (BCC) of a cell, provided by the


network planning department. It is used for differentiating
the neighboring cells using the same BCCH frequency. A
BCC and a network color code (NCC) compose a base
station identity code (BSIC).

BTS color code. It uniquely identifies different BTSs that


are adjacent and use the same TRX.
BCCH frequency of the cell
Frequency of the BCCH TRX
Frequency hopping mode of the TRX that carries the
BCCH

Current limit coefficient of the battery. The maximum


charging current equals the value of "Battery Current
Limiting Coefficient" multiplexed by "Battery Capacity". If
the charging current is 5 A higher than the maximum
charging current, the overcharge alarm is reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Boost-Charging Voltage. See the vendor specification for


the setting of this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether the configuration of external battery is allowed.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

ARP1 priority in the BE service. ARP1 priority weight


determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.
ARP2 priority in the BE service. ARP2 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

ARP3 priority in the BE service. ARP3 priority weight


determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.
Average period for sending the measurement report over
the EGPRS channel
Number of UTRAN TDD cells that should be included in
measurement report
This parameter specifies whether to allow 3G better cell
handover algorithm.
Whether to enable the algorithm for the handover to a
better cell
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the
handover to a better cell due to interference are met for P
seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover to a better cell due to interference are met for P
seconds within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Allowed fluctuation of the difference between uplink and


downlink levels relative to the reference difference. If the
difference between uplink and downlink levels is outside
the fluctuation range, the uplink and downlink are
considered imbalanced.
For example, assume that the Up Down Balance Basic
Difference is set to 8 and that the Up Down Balance
Floating Range is set to 30. If the difference between
uplink and downlink levels is greater than 38 (= 8 + 30) or
less than -22 (= 8 - 30), the uplink and downlink are
considered imbalanced. If the difference between uplink
and downlink levels is between -22 and 38, the uplink and
downlink are considered balanced.

Mutual-aid changeback policy of baseband frequency


hopping (FH). If multiple TRXs in a baseband FH group
are faulty and changeback is needed after mutual aid of
the baseband FH TRXs occurs: If you choose ALL,
mutual-aid changeback is implemented after all the TRXs
in the FH group recover; if you choose PART, as long as
any of the faulty TRXs recovers, it is changed back at
once and added to the FH group.

ARP1 priority in the Background service. ARP1 priority


weight determines the number of the budget blocks and
the block scheduling priority.
ARP2 priority in the Background service. ARP2 priority
weight determines the number of the budget blocks and
the block scheduling priority.

#N/A

ARP3 priority in the Background service. ARP3 priority


weight determines the number of the budget blocks and
the block scheduling priority.
Position of break point 1 in an RXU chain. The number of
break points must not be greater than the number of RXU
boards in the RXU chain.
Position of break point 2 in an RXU chain. The number of
break points must not be greater than the number of RXU
boards in the RXU chain.

Whether to enable the bad quality (BQ) handover


algorithm. Whether to trigger BQ handover depends on
the uplink and downlink transmit quality (measured by
using BER). If the uplink or downlink BQ exceeds the BQ
handover threshold, emergency BQ handover is
triggered. The possible causes of BER increase (or
quality degradation) include too low signal power and
channel interference.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for emergency


BQ handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

If ("downlink level of the neighbor cell after filtering" "downlink level of the serving cell (after power control
compensation)") > ("Inter-cell HO Hysteresis" - "BQ HO
Margin" + 64), the BQ handover to the neighbor cell is
triggered.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for emergency


BQ handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

The upper threshold of the total receive bandwidth of all


the TRXs bound to the board, for example, when this
value is 250, it means the the total receive bandwidth
should be no more than 25Mbits/s.

The upper threshold of the total send bandwidth of all the


TRXs bound to send pass of board, for example, when
this value is 150, it means the the total send bandwidth
should be no more than 15Mbits/s.

Type of the new RXU board.

To avoid intermittent blinking, the switchover cannot be


performed over a certain period of time when the OML is
disconnected. That period of time is specified as ring II
wait time before switch.
Contents of a cell broadcast message
Time interval for a cell broadcast message

BS-AG-BLKS-RES, indicating the number of the CCCH


message blocks reserved for the AGCH. After the CCCHs
are configured, the value of this parameter indicates the
actual seizure rates of the AGCHs and the PCHs over the
CCCHs.

This parameter is used to set the parameter


BS_CV_MAX for MS countdown. This parameter is used
for the MS to calculate the CV. This parameter also
determines the duration of the timer T3198. When the MS
sends one uplink RLC data block, the receiving state of
this data block is set to Pending and the timer T3198 is
started. If the MS receives the packet uplink acknowledge
before the timer T3198 expires, the MS updates the
receiving state of each uplink RLC data block according
to the bit map in the message. If the timer T3198 of the
RLC data block in the Pending state expires, the MS sets
the receiving state of this data block to Nack and
retransmits the data bloc.

Whether to enable the BTS to transfer BTS/MS power


class to the BSC
Number of PAGCH blocks

Number of multiframes in a cycle on a paging subchannel. In fact, this parameter specifies the number of
paging sub-channels that a paging channel in a cell is
divided into.
In an actual network, an MS does not listen to other
paging sub-channels but its belonging paging subchannel only. Refer to GSM Rec. 05.02 and GSM Rec.
05.08. The larger the value of this parameter, the more
the number of the paging sub-channels in a cell, and the
fewer the number of the users belonging to each paging
sub-channel. In this case, the mean uptime of the MS
battery can be prolonged. Refer to the computing mode
of paging group in GSM 05.02 of GSM Standards. The
larger the value of this parameter, however, the larger the
time delay of a paging message in a space segment.
Thus, the average service performance of the system
lowers. Based on the principle of ensuring that overload
does not occur to paging channels, you must set this
parameter to a value as small as possible. You must
regularly measure the overload conditions of the paging
channels in a running network and accordingly adjust the
value of this parameter properly. A paging message in a
location area must be sent in all the cells within this
location area at the same time. Therefore, the capacity of
a paging channel of each cell in a location area must be
the same or nearly the same. The capacity refers to the
calculated number of paging sub-channels of each cell.

Number of PBCCH blocks


Number of PRACH blocks

Whether to support the paging function of the CS domain


of the A interface. Yes: the MS can be called upon paging
request on the A interface when handling the PS service;
No: the MS cannot be called upon paging request on the
A interface when handling the PS service. This parameter
is valid only when the "A Interface Paging Co-ordination
Switch" in "SET BSCPSSOFTPARA" is set to "Open".

Board type

Type of the board that controls the RET antenna.


1. DATU: It may represent the DATU or the DATM and is
applicable to the BTS3012, BTS3012AE, BTS3012_II,
BTS3006C, and BTS3002E.
2. GATM: It is applicable to the BTS3900 GSM,
BTS3900A GSM, BTS3036, and BTS3036A.
3. RXU:DRRU,MRRU,MRFU,GRRU,GRFU,BTS3900E
support the RET antenna connect directly.

Type of the newly added antenna board

Type of the newly added board

Type of the newly added RXU board

Type of the board

Type of the board

This parameter specifies whether to enable the TRX


Working Voltage Adjustment feature. When this
parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 supports the
feature where the power amplifier can use different
working voltages in different TRX modulation modes.

Peer equipment type of the BTS. This parameter


indicates whether to connect the BTS to the BSC6900 or
cascade the BTS to another BTS.
Subnet mask of BTS.
Whether to enable the BTS to preprocess measurement
reports. This parameter determines where to conduct
power control.

Name of the BTS, uniquely identifying a BTS in a


BSC6900. This parameter cannot contain , ; = " ' more
than two (include two) %, more than two (include two)
space, more than three (include three) +.
Connect BSC BTS Name.It is unique in one BSC.This
parameter cannot contain ? | : < > " @ # ! % ^ & * . [ ] / \ \\
'.
If the parameter is set to "ON", all the Ping packets are
sent.
If the parameter is set to "OFF", all the Ping packets are
discarded.

This parameter specifies whether the BSC is allowed to


shut down the BCCH TRX that is configured as "Shut
Down Enabled" to save power after the BSC receives a
power failure message from the BTS.
When this parameter is set to Yes, the BSC shuts down
all the TRXs that are configured as "Shut Down Enabled",
including the BCCH TRX, after receiving a power failure
message from the BTS. When this parameter is set to
No, the BSC shuts down only the non-BCCH TRXs that
are configured as "Shut Down Enabled" after receiving a
power failure message from the BTS.

#N/A

Maximum degree by which the BSC can control the


power of the BTS dynamically
Whether to specify "Power Control threshold Adjust for
SAIC" in the MML command "SET GCELLPWR3"

Transmission compression ratio of a BTS. 1. Modifying


the settings of "Transfers Compress Rate" may change
the bandwidth required by the BTS. That is, the current
bandwidth may be excessive or insufficient. If the
bandwidth is insufficient, more secondary links should be
added or timeslots should be rearranged. 2. The greater
the "Transfers Compress Rate" is, the smaller the
compression rate is and the greater the required
bandwidth is. 3. The user can get the actual value
through multiplying the value of this parameter by 0.01.
The default value of this parameter is 100, which means
no compression.

Type of the BTS

Type of the BTS

Battery type.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

If the OML is not established at one port after a period of


time, the OML switches to another port and tries to
connect to this port. That period of time is called ring II
rotating duration time.
Identifies a unique PTP BVC with NSE
The BSSGP virtual connection identifier. It is used to
identify multiple BVCs that multiplexes the NS-VC.

Whether the reselection hysteresis parameter is applied


to the C31 criterion

Whether GPRS cell reselection offset is used for C32


calculation during cell reselection. If this parameter is set
to 1, then only the positive hysteresis of the neighoring
cell is used in C32 calculation.

Whether to allow call re-establishment. Burst interference


or blind spots due to high buildings may lead to a radio
link failure. If a call drop is caused by such a failure, the
MS can start call re-establishment to resume the
conversation.

Whether an MS uses the calculated value as the final


receive level value. The calculated receive level value is
the measured receive level value minus the receive level
value obtained from the BCCH TRX timeslots. This
parameter is a cell option in system messages 3 and 6.

Whether to enable the capacity and coverage of the BTS


to be automatically optimized according to the actual
situation of the incumbent network.

Card Frequency Attribute

Used together with "Cell Bar Qualify" to decide the priority


status of a cell. Refer to GSM Rec. 04.08.
Cell Bar Qualify Cell Bar Access Cell selection priority
Cell reselection priority
NO
NO
Normal
Normal
NO
YES
Prohibited
Prohibited
YES
NO
Low
Normal
YES
YES
Low
Normal

Used together with "Cell Bar Access" to decide the priority


status of a cell. See GSM Rec. 0408. This parameter
does not affect cell reselection but cell selection only.
Cell Bar Qualify Cell Bar Access Cell selection priority
Cell reselection priority
NO
NO
Normal
Normal
NO
YES
Prohibited
Prohibited
YES
NO
Low
Normal
YES
YES
Low
Normal

Number of enhanced measurement reports (EMRs)


sampled for averaging the CV_BEP on the SDCCH.
Averaging the CV_BEP in multiple EMRs helps to prevent
the incomprehensiveness of a single EMR.

Number of enhanced measurement reports (EMRs)


sampled for averaging the CV_BEP on the TCH.
Averaging the CV_BEP in multiple EMRs helps to prevent
the incomprehensiveness of a single EMR.

Time interval for sending overload messages, used for


the BTS to notify the BSC6900 of the load over a specific
CCCH timeslot. See GSM Rec. 0508.

This parameter is used by the BTS to inform the BSC of


the load on a CCCH timeslot, that is, the load of the
access requests on the RACH and the load of all the
messages (such as paging messages and packet
immediate assignment messages) on the PCH. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.58. If the load on a CCCH
timeslot exceeds the value of this parameter, the BTS
periodically sends the CCCH overload message to the
BSC. The interval for sending the CCCH overload
message is "CCCH Load Indication Period".

Threshold of forbidding directed retry for cells. When the


value of "Assignment Cell Load Judge Enable" in "SET
GCELLCCBASIC" is ENABLE, if cells support directed
retry and the current cell load is greater than or equal to
the value of this parameter, the BSC allocates a channel
to an MS through the process of directed retry.

Offset of the measurement report of the cells at the 1800


MHz frequency. Before cells are sequenced by priority,
according to frequencies, the value of this parameter
must be added to the receive level value in the
measurement report of the cells at the 1800 MHz
frequency.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB

Threshold of the measurement report of the cells at the


1800 MHz frequency. When the receive level value in the
measurement report of the cells at the 1800 MHz
frequency exceeds the value of this parameter, the report
takes effect. After being filtered, the measurement report
is used for priority sequencing of cells.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity

BCCH frequency of a 2G neighbor cell that MSs can


measure in idle mode. Recording the BCCH frequencies
of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in idle mode,
the BA1 table is sent in System Information 2, 2bis, and
2ter.

Whether to generate the 2G BA1 table automatically


according to neighbor cell relations or to input the 2G
BA1 table manually. Recording the BCCH frequencies of
2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure in idle mode,
the BA1 table is sent in System Information 2, 2bis, and
2ter.

BCCH frequency of a 2G neighbor cell that MSs can


measure in dedicated mode. Recording the BCCH
frequencies of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure
in dedicated mode, the BA2 table is sent in System
Information 5, 5bis, and 5ter.

This parameter indicate whether to generate the 2G BA2


table automatically according to neighbor cell relations or
to input the 2G BA2 table manually. Recording the BCCH
frequencies of 2G neighbor cells that MSs can measure
in dedicated mode, the BA2 table is sent in System
Information 5, 5bis, and 5ter.

Timeslot power attenuation level of the EDGE TRX in


8PSK. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, each of
which corresponds to an attenuation of 0.2 dB.
When the EDGE TRX sends signals in 8PSK, the
transmit power must be lower than the mean power in
GMSK.

Offset applied to the receive level of a GSM900 cell in the


measurement report before prioritizing cells by frequency
bands. Before cells are sequenced by priority, according
to frequencies, the value of this parameter must be
added to the receive level value in the measurement
report of the cells at the 900 MHz frequency.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB

Threshold of the measurement report of the cells at the


900 MHz frequency. The measurement report is valid only
when the receive level in the measurement report of the
GSM900 cell exceeds this threshold. After being filtered,
the measurement report is used for prioritizing the cells.
The value 7 means infinite:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity

Whether the cell can be added to the reselected


candidate cell list. If this parameter is set to "NoPermit",
the cell cannot be reselected as the candidate cell for
handover. If this parameter is set to "Permit", the cell can
be reselected as the candidate cell for handover.

If the coverage type of a cell is outdoor coverage, the


BTS detects whether the standing wave alarm is
generated only when the forward power is greater than
35 dBm.
If the coverage type of a cell is indoor coverage, the BTS
detects whether the standing wave radio alarm is
generated only when the forward power is greater than
30 dBm.

Even charging voltage of the battery. The battery is


charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter.

Even charging voltage of the battery. The battery is


charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Float charging voltage of the battery. The battery is


charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter.

Float charging voltage of the battery. The battery is


charged at the voltage as specified by this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC6900


ID of the cell. The cell ID cannot conflict with other cell
IDs in the BSC.
Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC
Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC6900
Index of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC6900
Cell Index
Index type of a cell when this command is executed
Index type of the cell
This parameter specifies whether a cell is the OL subcell
or the UL subcell. This parameter is applied to the
enhanced dualband cell.
Layer of the cell. If the layer of the cell is lower, it is more
likely that a handover to the cell will be triggered.
List of cell indexes. All cell indexes are combined as a
character string, separated by "&". For example, 1&2&5.

Maximum number of SDCCHs in the cell. Before


converting a TCH into an SDCCH, the BSC compares the
number of SDCCHs after the conversion in the cell with
"Cell SDCCH Channel Maximum". If the number of
SDCCHs after the conversion in the cell exceeds this
parameter, the BSC does not convert the TCH into an
SDCCH.

Name of a cell, uniquely identifying a cell in a BSC6900


List of cell names. All cell names are combined as a
character string, separated by "&". For example,
cell1&cell2&cell5. The cell name should not contain the
following characters:
? | : < > " @ # ! % ^ & * . [ ] / \ \\ '

Power of each passage on the MRRU in the cell. When


multiple operators are configured on an MRRU, the
parameter specifies the power of each operator on the
MRRU.

Threshold of the downlink receive level of an overcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is higher than
the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA)
is greater than the value of "Cell Over Coverage TA
Threshold" in more than 20% measurement reports, the
cell is defined as an over-coverage cell.

Threshold of the TA of an over-coverage cell. If the


downlink level of a cell is higher than the value of this
parameter and the timing advance (TA) is greater than
the value of "Cell Over Coverage TA Threshold" in more
than 20% measurement reports, the cell is defined as an
over-coverage cell.

Maximum number of reported paging overload messages


in the cell. If the BSC allows the flow control on the repaging messages, and the number of the reported paging
overload messages exceeds the value of this parameter,
the BSC determines that the cell is in PCH overload state.

Whether to allow the power-off of the battery.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Battery power-off voltage.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.
This parameter specifies whether a 2G cell or 3G cell is
selected in the inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.

#N/A

The number of times that the downlink transmission


quality of the MS is lower than the transmission quality
threshold of the MS ("EDGE GMSK Quality Threshold",
"EDGE 8PSK Quality Threshold", or "GPRS Quality
Threshold" by TBF type) is calculated accumulatively.
When the rate of the accumulated value to the number of
received measurement reports on the downlink
transmission quality (Packet Downlink Ack/Nack
message) is greater than or equal to the value of this
parameter, the emergency reselection is triggered.

Information about the cell scenario. It needs to be sent to


the BTS. Based on the information, the BTS optimizes the
allocation of resources.

This parameter specifies whether to allow a mobile phone


to preferentially camp on a 3G cell after a call is
terminated in the areas covered by both the GSM
network and the UMTS network.

Upper limit of the temperature measured by the


temperature sensor of the battery group 1. If the
measured value is greater than the value of this
parameter, the value of this parameter is reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Lower limit of the temperature measured by the


temperature sensor of the battery group 1. If the
measured value is smaller than the value of this
parameter, the value of this parameter is reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to allow the configuration of parameters related


to the temperature compensation of the battery group
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Threshold of the downlink receive level of an weakcoverage cell. If the downlink level of a cell is lower than
the value of this parameter and the timing advance (TA)
is smaller than the value of "Cell Weak Coverage TA
Threshold" in more than 30% measurement reports, the
cell is defined as an weak-coverage cell.

Threshold of the TA of an weak-coverage cell. If the


downlink level of a cell is lower than the value of this
parameter and the timing advance (TA) is smaller than
the value of "Cell Weak Coverage TA Threshold" in more
than 30% measurement reports, the cell is defined as an
weak-coverage cell.

Threshold for stopping LAPD link congestion control. This


parameter cannot be set too small. If this parameter is set
too small, the congestion control duration is too long, and
thus the transmission capability of signaling links cannot
be fully used. The difference between the congestion start
and end thresholds cannot be too small. If the difference
is too small, congestion control may be started frequently
on signaling links.

Whether to allow the configuration of alarm parameters.


The value "YES" indicates that the configuration is
allowed, and the value "NO" indicates that the
configuration is not allowed. If the parameter is set to
"YES", all the other parameters are reset to the default
values in this command.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

BTS configuration modes include auto plan mode and


normal mode.
In auto plan mode, the user can enable the auto planning
algorithms and auto optimization algorithms according to
the BTS type. In normal mode, the auto planning
algorithms and auto optimization algorithms are disabled.

Whether to enable the board parameters to be


configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can
set board parameters of the BTS cabinet. Otherwise, the
user cannot set the board parameters.

Whether to enable the board parameters to be


configured. If this parameter is set to "YES", the user can
set the cabinet power type. Otherwise, the user cannot
set the cabinet power type.

If the parameter is set to 1, it indicates that the CGI and


RAC data is generated through automatic planning. If the
parameter is set to 0, it indicates that the data needs to
be manually entered.

This parameter indicates the geographical relationship


between the neighboring cell and the serving cell. In the
BSC6900, if direction A is selected, then the reverse
direction is B.

Combination type of chains. "CHAINTORING" indicates


that one chain changes to a ring, and
"COMBINECHAINS" indicates that two chains are
combined into one ring.

Channel assignment priority of the cell


If this parameter is set to CAPABILITY, the factors are
listed as follows in a descending order of priority: capacity
factors, quality factors, PS cooperation factors, and
management factors.
If this parameter is set to QUALITY, the factors are listed
as follows in a descending order of priority: quality
factors, capacity factors, PS cooperation factors, and
management factors.
If this parameter is set to PSRELATIVELY, the factors are
listed as follows in a descending order of priority: capacity
factors, PS cooperation factors, quality factors, and
management factors.
If this parameter is set to PSABSOLUTELY, the factors
are listed as follows in a descending order of priority: PS
cooperation factors, capacity factors, quality factors, and
management factors.

This parameter specifies the proportion of available


PDCHs in a cell. When the proportion of available
PDCHs in the cell is lower than this threshold, the BSC
generates an alarm. When the proportion of available
PDCHs in the cell is higher than or equal to this threshold,
the BSC generates a recovery alarm.

This parameter specifies the proportion of available TCHs


in a cell. When the proportion of available TCHs in the
cell is lower than this threshold, the BSC generates an
alarm. When the proportion of available TCHs in the cell
is higher than or equal to this threshold, the BSC
generates a recovery alarm.

Whether to measure the channel interference during


channel assignment. If this parameter is set to NO, the
BSC does not measure the channel interference or send
an interference indication during channel assignment. If
this parameter is set to YES, the BSC measures the
channel interference during channel assignment.

This parameter is used to check whether the Abis timeslot


for the PDCH is faulty. When the out-of-synchronization
period of the PDCH primary link exceeds the value of this
parameter, the Abis timeslot for the PDCH is regarded as
faulty.

#N/A

Alarm mode of the ANT_A tributary of an RXU board.


There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only
one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater
than the normal working current.
Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms
and critical alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater
than the normal working current.
Alarm mode 3 has two types of alarms: warning alarms
and critical alarms. The warning alarm current is
periodical pulse current, while the critical alarm current is
fixed.
When the parameter is set to 1, "ANT_A ALD Current
Minor Alarm Occur Th", "ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm
Clear Th", "A ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration",
and "A ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 2, "A ALD CurMinor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "A ALD Cur-Minor
Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be configured. When the
parameter is set to 3, "ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm
Occur Th", and "ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear
Th" cannot be configured.

Alarm mode of the ANT_B tributary of an RXU board.


There are three alarm modes. Alarm mode 1 has only
one type of alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater
than the normal working current.
Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning alarms
and critical alarms. The alarm current is fixed and greater
than the normal working current.
Alarm mode 3 has two types of alarms: warning alarms
and critical alarms. The warning alarm current is
periodical pulse current, while the critical alarm current is
fixed.
When the parameter is set to 1, "ANT_B ALD Current
Minor Alarm Occur Th", "ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm
Clear Th", "B ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration",
and "B ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 2, "B ALD CurMinor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "B ALD Cur-Minor
Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be configured. When the
parameter is set to 3, "ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm
Occur Th", and "ANT_B ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear
Th" cannot be configured.

Total number of times that the BTS checks whether to


switch off the air conditioner
Total number of times that the BTS checks whether to
switch on the air conditioner

Channel type of the timeslot on the TRX. The channel


type of timeslot 0 must not be set, because the combined
BCCH is configured by default. The channel type of other
timeslots can be set to full-rate TCH or half-rate TCH.

Whether to allow a multi-density TRX board, that uses the


dynamic power sharing algorithm to assign channels, to
assign a channel to an MS when the remaining power on
the multi-density TRX board is less than the power
required by the MS. If this parameter is set to YES, a
multi-density TRX board that uses the dynamic power
sharing algorithm to assign channels cannot assign a
channel to an MS when the remaining power on the multidensity TRX board is less than the power required by the
MS.If this parameter is set to NO, a multi-density TRX
board that uses the dynamic power sharing algorithm to
assign channels can assign a channel to an MS when the
remaining power on the multi-density TRX board is less
than the power required by the MS.

Identity code of a cell, A cell is a wireless coverage area


identified by a base station identity code and a global cell
identification.
Can be input in hexadecimal format. The hexadecimal
format is H'****, for example, H'1214.

Cell identity code. The cell is a radio coverage area that


is identified by the BTS identity code and global cell
identity code.
This parameter specifies the estimated carrier-tointerference ratio of a new call. It is used for the Huawei
power control algorithm III to calculate the power of the
call.
Whether the cell supports the MS with the DTM multitimeslot capability of class 11

Type of the clock protocol for the IP clock server

Clock mode of the BTS.


If this parameter is set to INT_CLK, the BTS does not
track any external clock. The internal high precision clock
works in free-run mode.
If this parameter is set to TRCBSC_CLK, the BTS tracks
the clock signals received from the BSC.
If this parameter is set to EXCLK, the BTS tracks the
clock signals received from the external input clock.
If this parameter is set to IP_TIME, the BTS shakes
hands through the IP network with the IP clock server for
synchronization.
If this parameter is set to IP_TRANSFER, the BTS
extracts the clock from an E1 when there is not an IP
clock after the BTS upgrades the transmission mode from
E1 transmission to IP transmission.
If this parameter is set to TRCGPS_CLK, the BTS
extracts the clock through the DGPS from the GPS.
If this parameter is set to UM_CLK, the BTS keeps pace
with the signals broadcast on the downlink main BCCH of
a neighboring BTS.
If this parameter is set to PEER_CLK, the multimode
BTS(GSM) keeps pace with the signals that the other
mode offer.

Delay for which the BTS waits to run the burglar alarm
clearance command after reporting the burglar alarm
Interval at which the BTS runs the burglar alarm
clearance command automatically

Time delay in the detection of core network interface


failure. Within the preset value of this parameter, the
BSC6900 continuously detects core network interface
failures and then releases the management right of
service objects.

Whether to adjust the candidate cell queue to give priority


to intra-BSC/MSC handover

Number of a simple cell broadcast message. You can run


"DSP GSMSCB" to query and obtain the information.
The value of this parameter cannot be 0.
This parameter, "Geography Scope", and "Update"
uniquely decide a cell broadcast message.

Whether to start the refrigeration equipment of the BTS.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.
Combined loss used to estimate the downlink power
during assignment

#N/A

Level of common access control, used for load control,


allowing or forbidding the access of some users of
common access levels

Whether the BSC that controls the external cell and the
local BSC belong to the same MSC
Index type of the BTS connected to BSC

Whether to enable the concentric cell handover


algorithm. The concentric cell handover helps to achieve
wide coverage in the underlaid subcell and aggressive
frequency reuse in the overlaid subcell and to improve
the system capacity and conversation quality. The
concentric cell handover can be classified into two types:
handover from the underlaid subcell to the overlaid
subcell and handover from the overlaid subcell to the
underlaid subcell.

#N/A

Minimum interval between the two consecutive handover


decisions of an MS. The BSC cannot make a handover
decision during the minimum interval.
To avoid frequent handover events in the cell, the BSC
starts a timer after delivering a handover command to an
MS. The BSC allows the MS to make a second handover
decision only after the timer expires. This parameter
specifies the duration of the timer.

The twice intra-cell handover events during this interval


are considered consecutive handover events.
This parameter specifies whether to allow the BSC6900
to enable or disable the power amplifier of a TRX based
on the traffic volume.

Whether to enable the BTS to support CRC4 check

Cell reselection hysteresis. This is one of the parameters


used for deciding whether to reselect cells in different
location areas. This parameter can avoid the increase of
network signaling traffic due to frequent location update
and reduce the risk of losing paging messages.

Time interval for the BTS resending a channel release


message
Number of times the BTS resends a channel release
message

#N/A

Cell Reselect Offset (CRO), indicating a correction of the


C2.
Proper setting of this parameter can reduce the number
of handover times, helpful for assigning an MS to a better
cell. In a special case that the PT is 31, the larger the
CRO value is, the lower the possibility of handing over an
MS to the cell.
Generally, do not set the CRO to a value larger than 25
dB. The CRO with a too large value will cause uncertain
states in a network. The CRO values of the cells with
different priorities in a network are almost the same.
Refer to GSM Rec. 05.08 and GSM Rec. 04.08. The
setting of this parameter affects only the MSs supporting
the protocol of GSM Phase 2 or a later version.

Priority of the CS data service. The parameter is used for


BSC6900 flow control.
The smaller the value of this parameter, the higher the
priority.

Threshold for starting LAPD link congestion control. This


parameter cannot be set too high. If this parameter is set
too high, the signaling link may be congested before
congestion control is started. The congestion start and
end thresholds cannot be set too low. If they are set too
low, congestion control may be started frequently on the
signaling link.

Priority of a speech service in the CS domain. The


parameter is used for BSC6900 flow control.
The smaller the value of this parameter, the higher the
priority.

Format of the control acknowledge message of the MS.


Four access bursts are used to obtain timing advance
without sending polling message; RLC/MAC control block
is used to obtain timing advance after sending polling
message.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


the signal quality on a speech/data channel. Averaging
the signal quality in multiple measurement reports helps
to avoid a sharp signal quality drop due to Rayleigh
fading and to ensure the comprehensiveness of a
handover decision.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


the signal strength on a speech/data channel. Averaging
the signal strength in multiple measurement reports helps
to avoid a sharp signal level drop due to Rayleigh fading
and to ensure the comprehensiveness of a handover
decision.

#N/A

Data service supported by the BSC6900. You can set this


parameter according to actual requirements.

Date when the TMU board software is released

Temperature error allowed when the temperature control


system adjusts the temperature.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether the primary BCCH is configured on the inner or


extra part of an intelligent underlay-overlay (IUO) cell
Index of a same group cell in an enhanced dual band
network
Name of a same group cell in an enhanced dual band
network
Index type of a same group cell in an enhanced dual
band network

DC voltage alarm lower threshold. When the busbar


output voltage is lower than the value of this parameter,
an alarm indicating the abnormal busbar voltage is
reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

DC voltage alarm upper threshold. When the busbar


output voltage is higher than the value of this parameter,
an alarm indicating the abnormal busbar voltage is
reported.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

This parameter specifies the default pre-converted


PDCHs in the dynamic transferable channel pool.
When this parameter is greater than 0, three sub-links
are bound to the static PDCH and pre-converted PDCH in
a cell by default.
The pre-converted PDCH can be preempted. You can set
"Number of Reserved Dynamic Channel" as required
when you expect the pre-converted PDCH not to be
preempted.

Timer for delaying a connection release. This parameter


is used for delaying the channel deactivation after the
active signaling link is broken. The purpose is to reserve
some time for the disconnection that may be repeated.
After receiving a REL IND message sent by the BTS, the
BSC6900 starts the timer. When the timer expires, the
BSC6900 stops the timer and sends the BTS an RF
CHAN REL message.

Whether to start the anti-theft equipment of the BTS.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Type of the object the BTS is connected to


Type of the object the BTS is connected to. Value range:
BTS, BSC6900, and DXX
ID of the TRX that carries the destination main BCCH

Interval for sending test TRAU frames in the period of


class-2 mute detection.Test TRAU frame is sent at the
specified interval till the peer end responds or the timer of
"Period of Mute Detection Class 2" expires.

Downlink frequency of the external 3G cell


Whether to enable the diesel engine save switch

Whether to allow an MS to report the classmark and


whether to hand over the MS from the SDCCH in the
frequency band for the main BCCH to the SDCCH in a
different frequency band according to the classmark

Whether to enable a directed retry. The directed retry is to


hand over an MS to a neighboring cell in the same
procedure as the handover. The directed retry is an
emergency measure applicable to abnormal traffic peaks
in some areas of a radio network. You should not use the
directed retry as a major means of solving traffic
congestion. If the directed retry always occurs in some
areas of a network, consider adjusting the sector and
TRX configuration and the network layout.

Whether a cell is a repeater. With simpler functions than


a BTS, a repeater is a coverage extension device of a
BTS. It is applied to widely-stretched areas or indoor
areas to solve the dead zone problem of BTS coverage.
Using repeaters cannot increase the traffic capacity of a
network but improve the coverage only. Because the BTS
coverage increases, however, the total traffic improves
accordingly.
The setting of this parameter has effects on handovers.
Repeaters use the asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)
due to a greater distance between them. Therefore,
handovers between repeaters are asynchronous.
Synchronous handovers will fail.

Whether to activate transmit diversity on the common


channel of a 3G cell

Delay of transmit diversity when 16QAM is used.


Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading
environments. The transmit diversity can generally bring
a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the
MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain
different gains. In addition, the EDGE service coding may
be adversely affected. To avoid the preceding cases, the
delay of transmit diversity must be configurable and can
be set for GMSK and 16QAM respectively. Only the
double-transceiver BTSs and the distributed BTSs can be
configured with this parameter. For the BTSs of other
types, this parameter is set to an invalid value 255.

Delay of transmit diversity when 32QAM is used.


Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading
environments. The transmit diversity can generally bring
a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the
MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain
different gains. In addition, the EDGE service coding may
be adversely affected. To avoid the preceding cases, the
delay of transmit diversity must be configurable and can
be set for GMSK and 32QAM respectively. Only the
double-transceiver BTSs and the distributed BTSs can be
configured with this parameter. For the BTSs of other
types, this parameter is set to an invalid value 255.

Delay of transmit diversity when 8PSK is used. Generally,


the parameter is applicable to general fading
environments. The transmit diversity can generally bring
a gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading conditions vary with the
MS location; therefore, MSs in a fixed time delay obtain
different gains. In addition, the EDGE service coding may
be adversely affected. Therefore, the time delay of
transmit diversity must be configurable and can be
separately set for GMSK and 8PSK. Only the doubletransceiver BTSs and the distributed BTSs can be
configured with this parameter. For the BTSs of other
types, this parameter is set to an invalid value 255.

Whether to support transmitting diversity or four diversity


receiving
Minimum interval between two consecutive downlink
power control commands

If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR full rate


call is greater than this parameter, the call needs to
undergo Huawei power control generation III.

#N/A

If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR full rate


call is smaller than this parameter, the call needs to
undergo Huawei power control generation III.

#N/A

If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR half rate


call is greater than this parameter, the call needs to
undergo Huawei power control generation III.

#N/A

If the downlink receive quality level of an AMR half rate


call is smaller than this parameter, the call needs to
undergo Huawei power control generation III.

#N/A

Whether the cell supports DLDC

Threshold for downlink edge handover. If the downlink


receive level remains less than this threshold for a period
of time, the edge handover is triggered. If the PBGT
handover algorithm is enabled, this threshold can be
decreased accordingly. If the PBGT handover algorithm is
disabled, over-coverage, co-channel interference, and
adjacent channel interference may occur when this
threshold is set improperly. In addition, to ensure uplinkdownlink balance, this threshold needs to be adjusted
according to the handover performance statistics and
actual network performance.

Filter adjustment factor for downlink power control.


Setting this parameter high helps to smooth the filtered
values and to reduce the impact of poor measurement
reports on the filtered values. Setting this parameter low
helps to draw the filtered values close to the actual values
and to heighten the power control effect.

Upper quality threshold for Huawei power control


generation III on a full rate call. If the downlink receive
quality level of a full rate call is greater than this
threshold, the call needs to undergo Huawei power
control generation III.

#N/A

Lower quality threshold for Huawei power control


generation III on a full rate call. If the downlink receive
quality level of a full rate call is smaller than this
threshold, the call needs to undergo Huawei power
control generation III.

#N/A

Expanded size of the GPRS RLC window. This parameter


is used to expand the size of the GRPS RLC window. The
expanded window size breaks the restrictions of 64
defined in the protocol and reduces the probability of
GRPS RLC window stopping.

Upper quality threshold for Huawei power control


generation III on a half rate call. If the downlink receive
quality level of a half rate call is greater than this
threshold, the call needs to undergo Huawei power
control generation III.

#N/A

Lower quality threshold for Huawei power control


generation III on a half rate call. If the downlink receive
quality level of a half rate call is smallter than this
threshold, the call needs to undergo Huawei power
control generation III.

#N/A

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

#N/A

Adjustment hysteresis 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate


(half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate


(half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

#N/A

Adjustment hysteresis 3 of AMR downlink coding rate


(half rate). According to a certain algorithm and the radio
quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement report,
the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the current
speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment hysteresis 1 of AMR downlink coding rate


(wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the
radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement
report, the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the
current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment hysteresis 2 of AMR downlink coding rate


(wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the
radio quality indication (RQI) in the call measurement
report, the MS and the BTS automatically adjust the
current speech coding and decoding rate. The adjustment
threshold of coding rate is the threshold of the RQI, which
is the carrier-to-interference ratio of a call. The RQI value
1 means 0.5 dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others
can be deducted by analogy. There may be multiple
coding rates in the active coding set (ACS). Therefore,
there is an adjustment threshold and an adjustment
hysteresis between every two adjacent coding rates.

Threshold for determining whether downlink interference


exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than
"Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality
level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL
Qual.Threshold", downlink interference exists. The value
range 0 to 63 is mapped to the range -110 dBm to -47
dBm.

#N/A

Threshold for determining whether downlink interference


exists. If the downlink level is equal to or greater than
"Interf.of DL Level Threshold" and the downlink quality
level is equal to or greater than "Interf.of DL
Qual.Threshold", downlink interference exists.

#N/A

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


downlink signal strength. A single measurement report
may not reflect the actual network situations accurately.
Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured
values in several successive measurement reports to
reflect the radio environment.

Lower voice quality threshold associated with the


automatic adjustment of the AMR downlink handover
threshold. The value of this parameter must be smaller
than or equal to the value of Downlink Long-term FER
Target.

Target value of the voice quality automatically adjusted


through the downlink threshold of AMR handover
Upper voice quality threshold associated with the
automatic adjustment of the AMR handover downlink
threshold.
Factor of downlink threshold adjustment. It indicates the
linear relation between the threshold adjustment value
and the logarithmic FER.
Maximum step by which to decrease downlink power
according to signal strength

#N/A

Maximum step by which to increase downlink power


according to signal strength

#N/A

Number of downlink measurement reports that the BSC


predicts. The BSC takes a while to confirm the power
control effect of a power control command. Thus, the
BSC makes a power control decision based on a
measurement report that lags behind the changes in the
receive level and quality instead of reflecting the real-time
radio environment. As a result, the power control is late.
To prevent late power control to a certain degree, the
power control algorithm involves a measurement report
prediction filter. The BSC can sample several downlink
measurement reports in a short time and then weigh
them to predict future N measurement reports.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Quality level threshold for decreasing downlink signal


power. If the BTS transmits signals at a quality level less
than this threshold, the BSC decreases the power of the
BTS. If (downlink receive level - "MAX Down Adj. PC
Value by Qual.") < "DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold", the
BSC does not adjust the transmit power.

Quality level threshold for increasing downlink signal


power. If the BTS transmits signals at a quality level
greater than this threshold, the BSC increases the power
of the BTS. If (downlink receive level + "MAX Up Adj. PC
Value by Qual.") > "DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold", the
BSC does not adjust the transmit power.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


downlink signal quality. A single measurement report may
not reflect the actual network situations accurately.
Therefore, the BSC needs to average the measured
values in several successive measurement reports to
reflect the radio environment.

During downlink power control, if the downlink receive


quality level is equal to or greater than "DL Qual, bad Trig
Threshold", "DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased
by "DL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff" to further increase the
expected downlink power level.

During downlink power control, if the downlink receive


quality level is equal to or greater than "DL Qual, bad Trig
Threshold", "DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased
by "DL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff" to further increase the
expected downlink power level.

Downlink quality threshold for emergency handover. This


parameter is represented as the product of 10 and a
quality level that ranges from 0 to 7. The emergency
handover can be triggered only when the downlink
receive quality of an MS is greater(indicate bad quality)
than this threshold.

Downlink quality limit for emergency handover in an AMR


full rate call. The value of this parameter corresponds to
the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by 10. An emergency
handover can be triggered only when the downlink
reception quality of an MS is higher than the value of this
parameter, which indicates a poor quality.

#N/A

Downlink quality limit for emergency handover in an AMR


half rate call. The value of this parameter corresponds to
the quality levels (0 to 7) multiplied by 10. An emergency
handover can be triggered only when the downlink
reception quality of an MS is higher than the value of this
parameter, which indicates a poor quality.

This parameter specifies the downlink signal strength


factor multiplied by 10 during the calculation of the
downlink power control step. The downlink signal strength
factor is a coefficient indicating how much the signal
strength is considered during the calculation of the
downlink power control step.

Length of the exponential filter for downlink signal


strength. A single measurement report may not reflect the
actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC
needs to filter the measured values in several successive
measurement reports to reflect the radio environment.

Upper receive level threshold for downlink power control.


If the downlink receive level is greater than this threshold,
the power of the downlink signal needs to be decreased.

#N/A

Lower receive level threshold for downlink power control.


If the downlink receive level is smaller than this threshold,
the power of the uplink signal needs to be increased.

#N/A

Length of the slide window filter for downlink signal


strength. A single measurement report may not reflect the
actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC
needs to filter the measured values in several successive
measurement reports to reflect the radio environment.

This parameter specifies the downlink quality level factor


multiplied by 10 during the calculation of the downlink
power control step. The downlink quality level factor is a
coefficient indicating how much the quality level is
considered during the calculation of the downlink power
control step.

Length of the exponential filter for downlink signal quality.


A single measurement report may not reflect the actual
network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC needs
to filter the measured values in several successive
measurement reports to reflect the radio environment.

#N/A

Length of the slide window filter for downlink signal


quality. A single measurement report may not reflect the
actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the BSC
needs to filter the measured values in several successive
measurement reports to reflect the radio environment.

A power control step cannot exceed the step computed


according to "III DL RexLev Protect Factor" and "III DL
RexQual Protect Factor".

#N/A

A power control step cannot exceed the step computed


according to "III DL RexLev Protect Factor" and "III DL
RexQual Protect Factor".

#N/A

Upper threshold for downlink signal strength


If the downlink received signal level is greater than this
threshold, a power decrease is computed. Then, the
power is decreased by the least of the power decrease,
maximum power adjustment step allowed by the quality
zone to which the received signal quality belongs, and
"MAX Down Adj. PC Value by Qual.".
Power decrease = downlink received signal level - ("DL
RX_LEV Upper Threshold" + "AMR DL RX_LEV Lower
Threshold")/2
The maximum power adjustment step allowed by the
quality zone is chosen from "MAX Down Adj.Value
Qual.Zone 0", "MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 1", and
"MAX Down Adj.Value Qual.Zone 2" according to the
quality zone.

#N/A

Lower threshold for downlink signal strength


If the downlink received signal level is less than this
threshold, a power increase is computed. Then, the
power is increased by the least of the power increase,
"MAX Up Adj. PC Value by RX_LEV", and "MAX Up Adj.
PC Value by Qual.".
Power increase = ("DL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" +
"AMR DL RX_LEV Lower Threshold")/2 - downlink
received signal level

#N/A

Time interval between sending of the Packet Uplink


Ack/Nack message and setup of the DL TBF. After
receiving the Packet Uplink Ack/Nack message (FAI = 1),
the MS releases the UL TBF and starts to monitor CCCH.
In this case, if the MS receives the downlink assignment
message before being handed over to the CCCH, the MS
fails to respond to the downlink assignment message.
Therefore, a delay is required for establishing DL TBF, to
avoid such a situation. That is, the DL TBF will not be set
up immediately after the Packet Uplink Ack/Nack
message (FAI = 1) is sent. In this way, the MS can
respond to the downlink assignment message properly.

Interval for resending downlink test messages

Number of times of the BSC6900 resending downlink test


messages after the downlink test function is enabled. If
the BSC6900 does not receive any response message
from the MS at the preset interval, the BSC6900 releases
the relevant voice group call service (VGCS) channel.

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the
call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

#N/A

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the
call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

#N/A

Adjustment threshold 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (full


rate). The adjustment thresholds and the hysteresis of
coding rate must meet the following conditions: AMR
Coding Rate adj.th (n) < AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n + 1),
n = 1 or 2; [AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n) + AMR Coding
Rate adj.hyst (n)] < [AMR Coding Rate adj.th (n + 1) +
AMR Coding Rate adj.hyst (n + 1)], n = 1 or 2.

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate (half


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the
call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate (half


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the
call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment threshold 3 of AMR downlink coding rate (half


rate). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI in the
call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

#N/A

Adjustment threshold 1 of AMR downlink coding rate


(wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI
in the call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

Adjustment threshold 2 of AMR downlink coding rate


(wide band). According to a certain algorithm and the RQI
in the call measurement report, the MS and the BTS
automatically adjust the current speech coding and
decoding rate. The adjustment threshold of coding rate is
the threshold of the RQI, which is the carrier-tointerference ratio of a call. The RQI value 1 means 0.5
dB, the RQI value 2 means 1 dB, and others can be
deducted by analogy. There may be multiple coding rates
in the ACS. Therefore, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between every two
adjacent coding rates.

MDU board number when the antenna pass of downlink


tributary A is selected
MDU board number when the antenna pass of downlink
tributary B is selected
Clock domain required by the slave side in the 1588V2
protocol. This parameter is valid when the 1588CLK type
is configured.

Coding scheme of the default GPRS downlink. Dynamic


adjustment coding: the coding scheme used during initial
access transmission. If the downlink uses the fixed
coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding scheme.

Default coding scheme of the downlink EDGE link. If the


downlink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme,
this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme for
transmission during initial access. If the downlink uses
the fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding
scheme.

Default coding scheme used on the downlink EGPRS2-A


link. If the downlink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this
parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for
the transmission in initial access. If the downlink uses the
fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding
scheme.

Fixed coding scheme that is used on the downlink


EGPRS2-A link. If the downlink uses the fixed coding
scheme, this parameter can be set MSC1-4, MSC7-8 or
DAS5-12.. If the downlink uses the dynamic coding
scheme, this parameter is set to UNFIXED.

Adjustment mode of the downlink GPRS link coding


scheme. If the fixed coding scheme is used, this
parameter is set to a value ranging from CS1 to CS4. If
the dynamic coding scheme is used, this parameter is set
to UNFIXED.

Coding scheme of the downlink EDGE link. If the


downlink uses the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is
set to a value ranging from MCS1 to MCS9. If the
downlink uses the dynamic adjustment coding scheme,
this parameter is set to UNFIXED.

Whether to allow BTS power control


Whether to prohibit sending point-to-point short
messages. If necessary, this parameter is used for
controlling whether to send downlink short messages
from a specific cell so as to ensure sufficient radio
channel resources for normal calls.

Delay of releasing the downlink TBF. After the last


downlink RLC data block is transmitted on the network
side and all the transmitted downlink data blocks are
received, the MS is not informed to stop this downlink
TBF. Instead, the state of the last data block is forcibly set
to "not received" and the RRBP flag of the last data block
is retransmitted continuously so that the downlink TBF is
not released. During the downlink delay release, if the
upper layer of the network side needs to transmit
downlink data, the downlink RLC block for unpacking can
be transmitted in the downlink TBF for delay release. The
state of the downlink TBF is changed from delay
releasing to downlink transmitting. In addition, the MS
must respond to the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message
through the uplink data block of the RRBP to exchange
messages with the network side. When the MS needs to
send data, the MS can send the uplink request to the
network sides through the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with
the channel request description. If this parameter is set to
0, the release delay of downlink TBF is disabled.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


downlink TBF is changed from CS2 to CS1. When the
downlink TBF retransmission rate is greater than or
equals to this value, the coding mode of the TBF is
changed from CS2 to CS1.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


TBF is changed from CS3 to CS2. When the TBF
retransmission rate is greater than or equals to this value,
the coding mode of the TBF is changed from CS3 to CS2.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


downlink TBF is changed from CS4 to CS3. When the
downlink TBF Retransmission rate is greater than or
equals to this value, the coding mode of the TBF is
changed from CS4 to CS3.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


downlink TBF is changed from CS1 to CS2. When the
TBF retransmission rate is less than or equals to this
value, the coding mode of the TBF is changed from CS1
to CS2.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


TBF is changed from CS2 to CS3. When the downlink
TBF retransmission rate is less than or equals to CS2 to
CS1, the coding mode of the TBF is changed from CS2 to
CS3.

#N/A

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


downlink TBF is changed from CS3 to CS4. When the
downlink TBF retransmission rate is less than or equals to
this value, the coding mode of the downlink TBF is
changed from CS3 to CS4.
Dual-antenna gain used to estimate the downlink power
during assignment
Maximum signal level difference between the neighbor
cell and the serving cell for triggering directed retry

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from Abis


territorial link fault. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1
means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0,
the call drops resulting from this cause are not brought
into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


connection failure (handover access failure). The value 0
means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value
of this parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this
cause are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


connection failure, operation and maintenance (OM)
intervention. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means
"not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0, the call
drops resulting from this cause are not brought into the
statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from a


connection failure except for handover access failure, OM
intervention, radio link failure, and unavailability of radio
resources. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means
"not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0, the call
drops resulting from this cause are not brought into the
statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


connection failure (radio link failure). The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


connection failure (unavailability of radio resources). The
value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If
the value of this parameter is 0, the call drops resulting
from this cause are not brought into the statistics of call
drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


equipment fault. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1
means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0,
the call drops resulting from this cause are not brought
into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from error


indication (unsolicited DM response). The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from error


indication (sequence error). The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from error


indication (T200 timeout). The value 0 means "optimize"
and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter
is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause are not
brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from forced


handover failure. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1
means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0,
the call drops resulting from this cause are not brought
into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


incoming-BSC handover timeout. The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from outgoing


internal inter-cell handover timeout. The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from intra-cell


handover timeout. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1
means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0,
the call drops resulting from this cause are not brought
into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from no MS


measurement reports for a long time. The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


outgoing-BSC handover timeout. The value 0 means
"optimize" and 1 means "not optimize". If the value of this
parameter is 0, the call drops resulting from this cause
are not brought into the statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from release


indications. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1 means
"not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0, the call
drops resulting from this cause are not brought into the
statistics of call drops.

Whether to optimize the call drops resulting from


resource check. The value 0 means "optimize" and 1
means "not optimize". If the value of this parameter is 0,
the call drops resulting from this cause are not brought
into the statistics of call drops.

This parameter specifies the interval at which the power


of a TRX is continually decreased.
This parameter specifies the delay time before
decreasing the power of the TRXs.
This parameter specifies the step by which the power of a
TRX is decreased at a time.

Whether to support the discontinuous reception


mechanism (DRX). To reduce the power consumption,
the DRX is introduced into the GSM Specification. MSs
supporting the DRX can consume less power to receive
interested broadcast messages. This prolongs the service
time of MS batteries.
BSCs supporting the DRX must send scheduling
messages to MSs so that the MSs can use the DRX
function. The period occupied by broadcast messages
that are contained in a scheduling message is called a
scheduling period. In the sending sequence, a scheduling
message contain the description of each short message
to be broadcasted and the position of each broadcast
message in the scheduling period.

Duration of the timer for entering the DRX mode. DRX is


the parameter in the cell broadcast message. It indicates
non-continuous receiving mode. When the MS is
switched from the packet transmission mode to the idle
mode, the MS needs to maintain the none DRX mode for
a moment. After the TBF is released, in the period when
the MS is in non-DRX mode, the MS monitors all the
CCCH blocks and the BSC stores the context of the MS.
The reservation duration is determined by the minimum
value of DRX_Timer_Max and NON_DRX_TIMER. The
parameter NON_DRX_TIMER is negotiated with the
SGSN during GPRS attaching of the MS. Normally, this
value is greater than that of DRX_TIMER_MAX.
Therefore, the value of DRX_TIMER_MAX is used.
0: switch to the DRX mode immediately;
1: switch to the DRX mode in one second.
Value n indicates that the MS enters the DRX mode n
seconds later.

Whether to start the dehumidification equipment of the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

DSCP to be contained in the header of an IP packet.


According to this parameter, the router provides
differentiated services for packet streams. If this
parameter is greater, the service level is higher. This
parameter is valid only when the transport type is set to
IP.

Threshold of the load in the target cell for the directed


retry. Only a cell whose load is lower than or equal to this
threshold can be selected as a candicate target cell.

Type of the DRX supporting the VGCS service. An MS


reads the NCH only when a new notification message of
group call arrives. This helps save power of the MS. This
parameter is mandatory for a SAGEM MS.

Whether a BTS randomizes the dummy bits in all the


signaling messages that the BTS sends to an MS. That is,
dummy bits are randomized rather than filled on the basis
of 0x2B.
The duplex mode of FE port is duplex or half-duplex.

#N/A

Downlink multiplex threshold of dynamic channel


conversion. When the subscriber number on the channel
reaches the value (threshold/10), the dynamic channel
conversion is triggered. We recommand that the value of
"Downlink Multiplex Threshold of Dynamic Channel
Conversion" should be less than "PDCH Downlink
Multiplex Threshold" for triggering converting dynamic
channel in time and reducing PDCH multiplex.

Number of a DXX. It is unique in one BSC6900 and


uniquely identifies a DXX.

Time to wait for releasing the dynamic channel after the


TBF on the dynamic channel is released. When all the
TBFs on the channel are released, the dynamic channel
is not released at once. Instead, the timer is started when
the channels are idle. Before the timer expires, if new
service request is received, the dynamic channel is still
occupied and timer is stopped; otherwise, the dynamic
channel is released after the timer expired.

Mode of preempting the dynamic channel for the CS


domain and PS domain. Only the channel configured in
the TCH/F mode can be preempted.
"Preempt all dynamic TCHFs" indicates the circuit domain
can preempt all the dynamic channels.
"No preempt of CCHs" indicates the circuit domain can
preempt all the dynamic channels except the CCHs.
"No preempt of service TCHF" indicates the circuit
domain cannot preempt all the dynamic channels of
bearer services.

Number of full-rate TCHs reserved for the CS domain.


This parameter is valid only when "Level of Preempting
Dynamic Channel" is set to LEVEL1 or LEVEL2.
This parameter specifies whether to allow the BSC6900
to enable the TRX Intelligent Shutdown feature on a cell.

Whether to enable the cell to support dynamic transmit


diversity or dynamic PBT

Number of the E1 port on the BTS connected to the BSC.


Type of the E1/T1 from which the BTS extracts the
transport clock. This parameter is valid only when the
clock type is set to IP_TRANSFER.

As a performance counter for 3G cells, Ec/No indicates


the ratio of the energy per received chip to the spectral
noise power density.
If the Ec/No of a 3G neighbor cell is greater than
"HOECNOTH3G" plus this parameter, the neighbor cell is
listed in the candidate cell queue.

#N/A

Threshold for determining the layer of the 3G neighbor


cell. If the Ec/No of the 3G neighbor cell is less than this
threshold, the neighbor cell is set to the lowest layer
(layer 5).

The early classmark sending control (ECSC) parameter


specifies whether the MSs in a cell use early classmark
sending. After a successful immediate assignment, the
MS sends additional classmark information to the
network as early as possible. The additional classmark
information mainly contains the CM3 (classmark 3)
information. The CM3 (classmark 3) information contains
the frequency band support capability of the MS (used
for the future channel assignment), power information
about each frequency band supported by the MS (used
for the handover between different frequency bands), and
encryption capability of the MS.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover between the subcells of an enhanced dualfrequency network are met during P of N measurements,
the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover between the subcells of an enhanced dualfrequency network are met during P of N measurements,
the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

If the current system flow control level is greater than this


parameter, the handover between the underlaid and
overlaid subcells due to low or high load in the underlaid
subcell is not allowed. System flux thresholds correspond
to the system flux obtained based on message packets,
CPU load, and FID queuing load. The system flux level is
the current flux control level of the system.
0-11: There are 12 flow control levels. Where, 0 indicates
the lowest level and 11 indicates the highest level.
The handover performed over the maximum threshold
may have tremendous impacts on the system. Thus, this
parameter should not be set to a higher value. 1) The
flow control level algorithm for the assigned system
messages: [(Average Message Usage - Inner Flow
Control Discard Begin Threshold)/(Inner Flow Control
Discard All Threshold - Inner Flow Control Discard Begin
Threshold) x 100]/10+1 (round-down for division
operation). If the value is smaller than Inner Flow Control
Discard Begin Threshold, Level 0 is used. If the value is
equal to or greater than Inner Flow Control Discard Begin
Threshold, the level is calculated. The value range is
from 0 to 11.
2) Flow control threshold for the CPU to start to discard
the channel access messages and paging messages:
80%
. Flow control threshold for the CPU to discard all channel
access messages and paging messages: 100%
. CPU usage smaller than 80% corresponds to level 0.
CPU usage equal to or greater than CPU flow control
threshold 80% corresponds to level 2. An increase of 5%
means an increase of 2 levels. Level 10 is the highest.
The level value can be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10.
Whether the current cell supports EDGE
According to the P/N rule, if a neighbor cell meets the
conditions for selecting the neighbor cell for edge
handover in P of N measurement reports, the edge
handover to the neighbor cell is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if a neighbor cell meets the


conditions for selecting the neighbor cell for edge
handover in P of N measurement reports, the edge
handover to the neighbor cell is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge


handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge


handover are met for P seconds within N seconds, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge


handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for edge


handover are met for P seconds within N seconds, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Whether to support the 11-bit EGPRS access request


Whether the current cell supports EGPRS2-A

Used for EDGE 8PSK transmission quality statistics. If


MEAN_BEP is less than or equals to this threshold, the
transmission quality is regarded to be deteriorated.
MEAN_BEP indicates the average error code rate in one
measurement report period.

Used for EDGE GMSK transmission quality statistics. If


MEAN_BEP is less than or equals to this threshold, the
transmission quality is regarded deteriorated.
MEAN_BEP indicates the average error code rate in one
measurement report period.

Priority level of an emergency call. If this parameter is set


to 15, the functions of reserving TCHs for emergency
calls and preempting TCHs are not enabled. If the two
functions need to be enabled, set this parameter to a
value from 1 to 14. If the value of "Emergency Call
Preemption Permitted" is ON, this parameter can also be
used for TCH preemption. The value 1 means the highest
priority and 14 means the lowest.

Whether to allow the function of enhanced multi-level


precedence and preemption (eMLPP). With the eMLPP
function enabled, the network can use different policies
such as queuing, preemption, or directed retry based on
the priorities of different calls when network resources are
occupied. If this parameter is set to YES, when
preemption occurs, the MS with the lowest priority
initiates a handover, and the MS with a higher priority
seizes the idle channel after a handover. If this parameter
is set to NO, an MS with a lower priority releases the
channel, the MS with a higher priority seizes the idle
channel after the release.
The eMLPP has up to seven priorities: A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3,
and 4. The two highest priorities A and B are internally
reserved for local use only. Priorities 0 to 4 can be
subscribed by MSs for global use.
With the support of the MSC, HLR, and mobile terminal
(containing a SIM card), the eMLPP function can be
perfectly implemented.

Indicating whether the eMLPP function is enabled in a cell


and indicating the eMLPP priority of the cell. From high to
low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and No Priority. No
Priority is the lowest.

Whether to enable the fallback function for the BTS

Encryption algorithm supported by the BSS side

If the ambient temperature reaches the value of this


parameter, the heater is shut down.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

If the load of the underlaid subcell is greater than this


threshold, certain calls in the underlaid subcell are
handed over to the overlaid subcell to balance the traffic
between the overlaid and underlaid subcells.

Whether to support PS downlink MAC back pressures in


GSM. When the buffer is overflowed, the L2 transmission
rate is limited if "User Plane DL Flow Ctrl Switch" is "ON".
Thus, the data blocks are not lost. If "User Plane DL Flow
Ctrl Switch" is "OFF", the L2 transmission rate is not
limited. In this case, the loss of data blocks may occur.
When "User Plane DL Flow Ctrl Switch" is set to "ON", the
LDR needs to be disabled through the "SET LDR"
command.

Whether to enable the enhanced concentric cell algorithm


in a concentric cell.
If a cell supports the enhanced concentric cell function,
when an overlaid-to-underlaid handover or an underlaidto-overlaid handover is decided, the MS compares the
receive level value respectively with the values of "OtoU
HO Received Level Threshold" and "UtoO HO Received
Level Threshold" in "SET GCELLHOIUO" to decide
whether to trigger an enhanced concentric cell handover.
If the cell does not support the enhanced concentric cell
function, the MS compares the actual receive level value
with the threshold of receive level to decide whether to
trigger a concentric cell handover. In addition, when an
underlaid-to-overlaid handover is decided, the underlay
cell load is considered.

#N/A

If all the calls in the overlaid subcell are handed over to


the underlaid subcell when the channel seizure ratio of
the underlaid subcell is less than "En Iuo Out Cell Low
Load Thred", the BSC load increases sharply. In this
case, the target subcell may be congested and drop calls.
To avoid such a problem, the hierarchical load-based
handover algorithm is used to hand over the calls from
the overlaid subcell to the underlaid cell level by level.
This parameter specifies the period of the handover at
each hierarchy level.

Signal level step for the hierarchical load-based handover


from the overlaid subcell to the underlaid subcell

If the load of the underlaid subcell is less than this


threshold, certain calls in the overlaid subcell are handed
over to the underlaid subcell to balance the traffic
between the overlaid and underlaid subcells.

If the load of the underlaid subcell is greater than this


threshold, the period of the load-based handover from the
underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell, "UL Subcell
Load Hierarchical HO Periods", is decreased by "MOD
Step LEN of UL Load HO Period" every second to
accelerate the handover.

Whether to enable the cell to centralize two busy half rate


TCHs in different timeslots into one timeslot through
handover and then to combine the two idle half rate TCHs
in the other timeslot into one full rate TCH dynamically

Initial signal level used to compute the handover zone for


an MS during the hierarchical load-based handover from
the underlaid subcell to the overlaid subcell of the
enhanced concentric cell

Whether to disable emergency calls. For the MSs of


access levels 0 to 9, if the value of this parameter is NO,
emergency calls are enabled. For the MSs of access
levels 11 to 15, emergency calls are disabled only when
the relevant access control bit is set to 0 and this
parameter is set to YES.

Timer for the BSC waiting for an Establish Indication


message after sending an Immediate Assignment
message. If T3101 expires before the BSC receives an
Establish Indication message, the BSS releases the
seized SDCCH.

When the OML is switched to a port where the connection


is successfully established, the switchover cannot be
performed over a certain period of time, which is
specified as ring II rotating penalty time. In this manner,
frequent switchover between the ports due to intermittent
blinking can be avoided.

End date and time of a broadcast message. This is a key


parameter for identifying a simple cell broadcast
message. You can use "DSP GSMSCB" to query and
obtain the value of this parameter.

Whether it is a SoLSA exclusive access cell. If it is a


SoLSA exclusive access cell, only the MS subscribing the
Localised Service Area (LSA) can access this cell.

Threshold for the rate of the number of bad frames to the


total number of TRAU frames. If the bad frame rate
exceeds this threshold within the "Period of Mute
Detection Class1", mute speech may be detected. The
setting of "Mute Detection Class 2 Switch" determines
whether to perform the class-2 mute detection.

Received signal strength at an MS expected in power


forecast, which helps to compute the initial transmit
power of the BTS
Received signal strength at the BTS expected in power
forecast, which helps to compute the initial transmit
power of an MS

Whether to support the downlink throughput


enhancement function of the dual timeslot cell. When this
switch is turned on, the system can allocate the packet
downlink channel of the odd number timeslot of dual
timeslot bearer of the dual timeslot cell.
Whether the network requires an MS to send an
extension measurement report

Time interval between two extension measurement


reports

Type of an extension measurement report.


There are three types of extension measurement reports:
type 1, type 2, and type 3.
Type 1: No matter whether the BSIC was decoded, the
MS sends the network a measurement report on the six
strongest TRXs. The measurement report contains the
received signal level and the decoded BSIC.
Type 2: The MS sends the network a measurement report
on the six strongest TRXs. For the six carriers, the BSIC
must be decoded successfully and the NCC specified by
NCC_PERMITTED is carried. The measurement report
contains the received signal level and the decoded BSIC.
Type 3: The MS does not need to decode the BSIC for
the TRXs that the measurement report concerns. The
measurement report contains the received signal level
and the interference measurement of one of the
concerned TRXs.

Whether a cell is an extension cell.


A double-timeslot extension cell regards an additional
TDMA frame as access delay extension. In theory, the
supported TA value is 219, that is, a time delay of about
120 kilometers.
Whether to send the Dummy message during the
deactivated period of the extended uplink TBF

Interval of sending a paging message or notification


message on the FACCH. Messages on the FACCH are
sent in the mode of speech frame stealing. A large
number of consecutive stolen speech frames may affect
the voice quality and even lead to no voice. Therefore,
the BTS must control the time interval of sending a
paging or notification message on the FACCH for the
purpose of reducing the impact on the voice quality.

Whether to allow sending notification messages on the


FACCH. If the value of this parameter is YES, an MS
engaged in a point-to-point call can receive a notification
message for a group call. You can interrupt the existing
call and join the group call.

Whether to allow sending paging messages on the


FACCH. If the value of this parameter is YES, an MS can
receive a paging message on the group call channel. You
can leave the group call and respond to the paging
message.
Activation factor switch

If this parameter is set to ON, the BSC assigns the


channels in the TRXs of the cell in a polling manner.
Therefore, each TRX has an even chance to be used. In
this way, the connection between the TRX and the RF
can be checked without manual dialing tests.

Penalty signal level imposed on a target cell to which the


handover fails due to congestion or poor radio quality.
This penalty helps to prevent the MS from making a
second handover attempt to the target cell.

After a channel request message is received, the type of


the channel needs to be specified. In this case, if the
threshold of the load on the TCH in the current cell is
smaller than the Fast Call Setup TCH Usage Threshold
and the request message is not issued during location
update or paging, a TCH is preferentially assigned.

Ring II function switch. The parameter should be set to


"YES" when the ring II function is enabled.
If the parameter is set to "YES", it indicates that some
data packets are discarded to ensure the basic functions
of the BTS are not affected when the FE port is
overloaded. After the port is not overloaded, the flow
control is stopped.

Threshold for stopping RSL flow control. If the occupancy


of the LAPD queue is less than this threshold, the
BSC6900 stops flow control.
Threshold for starting RSL flow control. If the occupancy
of the LAPD queue is greater than this threshold, the
BSC6900 starts flow control.

Float charging voltage. Float charging compensates the


discharged capacity of the battery so that the battery can
be charged to full voltage indefinitely. The value of this
parameter is slightly lower than the even charging
voltage. See the vendor specification for the setting of
this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Input mode of the BA lists.


AUTO: In this mode, the system fills in the BA1 and BA2
lists according to neighboring relations of cells.
MANU: In this mode, you can maintain the BA tables by
yourself. If the neighboring relations of cells are changed,
for example, after a neighboring cell is added or deleted,
you must maintain the BA1 and BA2 lists by yourself.

This parameter indicate whether to generate the FDD


BA2 table automatically according to neighbor cell
relations or to input the FDD BA2 table manually

Offset of a FDD cell report.


When the priority of a 3G cell is sequenced, the value of
this parameter be added to the receive level of the 3G
cell in the measurement report.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB

Threshold of a FDD cell report.


When the receive level value in the measurement report
of a 3G cell exceeds the value of this parameter, the
measurement report takes effect. After the valid
measurement report is filtered, the 3G cell joins the cell
priority sequence.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity

Diversity indication of a 3G cell. This parameter indicates


whether the transmit diversity mode on the common
channel in a cell is activated.0 means No,1 means Yes.

Downlink frequency number that an MS in the connected


mode retrieves from the 3G neighboring cell list. The
numbers are sent through system message
2QUATER/MI. The value ranges of frequency numbers
vary with corresponding band reporting.

Minimum Ec/No of the 3G FDD cell candidate


Number of UTRAN FDD cells that should be included in
measurement report

This parameter specifies one of the parameters for FDD


cell reselection.
A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following
conditions are met for five consecutive seconds:
1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of
the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset";
The FDD cell meets the following condition in the case of
any neighboring 2G cell: Receive level of the FDD cell >
Receive level of any neighboring 2G cell + "FDD Q
offset";
2. Ec/No of the FDD cell > "FDD Qmin" - "FDD Qmin
Offset";
3. Receive level of the FDD cell > "RSCP Threshold";
If multiple FDD cells meet the preceding conditions, the
MS reselects the cell with the strongest receive level.
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: -20 dB,
1: -6 dB,
2: -18 dB,
3: -8 dB,
4: -16 dB,
5: -10 dB,
6: -14 dB,
7: -12 dB.

Offset of the minimum threshold for Ec/No during a FDD


cell reselection.
A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following
conditions are met for five consecutive seconds:
1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of
the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset";
The FDD cell meets the following condition in the case of
any neighboring 2G cell: Receive level of the FDD cell >
Receive level of any neighboring 2G cell + "FDD Q
offset";
2. Ec/No of the FDD cell > "FDD Qmin" - "FDD Qmin
Offset";
3. Receive level of the FDD cell > "RSCP Threshold";
If multiple FDD cells meet the preceding conditions, the
MS reselects the cell with the strongest receive level.
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.

This parameter specifies one of the thresholds of the


signal level for 3G cell reselection.
A FDD cell becomes a candidate cell if all the following
conditions are met for five consecutive seconds:
1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of
the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset";
The FDD cell meets the following condition in the case of
any neighboring 2G cell: Receive level of the FDD cell >
Receive level of any neighboring 2G cell + "FDD Q
offset";
2. Ec/No of the FDD cell > "FDD Qmin" - "FDD Qmin
Offset";
3. Receive level of the FDD cell > "RSCP Threshold";
If multiple FDD cells meet the preceding conditions, the
MS reselects the cell with the strongest receive level.
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: - (always select a cell if acceptable)
1: -28 dB,
2: -24 dB,
...
15: 28 dB.

This parameter specifies whether Ec/No or RSCP is used


for the measurement report on a FDD cell. Ec/No stands
for the signal-to-noise ratio. RSCP stands for the received
signal code power.

Minimum level threshold of UTRAN cell reselection.


During the cell reselection decision from a GSM cell to a
FDD cell, this parameter is used to calculate the RSCP
threshold of the target cell.
A FDD cell
becomes a candidate cell if all the following conditions
are met for five consecutive seconds:
1.Receive level of the FDD cell > Average receive level of
the current serving cell + "FDD Q offset";
The FDD cell meets the following condition in the case of
any neighboring 2G cell: Receive level of the FDD cell >
Receive level of any neighboring 2G cell + "FDD Q
offset";
2. Ec/No of the FDD cell > "FDD Qmin" - "FDD Qmin
Offset";
3. Receive level of the FDD cell > "RSCP Threshold";
If multiple FDD cells meet the preceding conditions, the
MS reselects the cell with the strongest receive level.
See 3GPP TSs 45.008 and 25.304.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0 = -114 dBm,
1 = -112 dBm,
2 = -110 dBm,
...
14 = -86 dBm,
15 = -84 dBm.

Minimum RSCP of the 3G FDD cell candidate

Scrambling code of a 3G cell, used for distinguishing MSs


or cells. Scrambling codes are used after spreading.
Therefore, the bandwidth of a signal is not changed.
Instead, signals from different sources are differentiated.
Scrambling prevents multiple transmitters from using the
same code word for spreading.
On the uplink, the scrambling function is used for
differentiating MSs. On the downlink, the function is used
for differentiating cells.

Whether the BTS reports the frame erase ratio in a


measurement report or preprocessed measurement
report

If the FER carried in the measurement report (MR)


received is lower than or equal to "FER threshold 1", the
value of "FER 0 and Quality Level N" is incremented by
one. If the FER in the MR received is greater than "FER
threshold 1" but meanwhile lower than or equal to "FER
threshold 2", the value of "FER 1 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than


"FER threshold 2" but meanwhile lower than "FER
threshold 3", the value of "FER 2 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than


"FER threshold 3" but meanwhile lower than "FER
threshold 4", the value of "FER 3 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than


"FER threshold 4" but meanwhile lower than "FER
threshold 5", the value of "FER 4 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than


"FER threshold 5" but meanwhile lower than "FER
threshold 6", the value of "FER 5 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.

If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than


"FER threshold 6" but meanwhile lower than "FER
threshold 7", the value of "FER 6 and Quality Level N" is
incremented by one.
If the FER carried in the MR received is greater than
"FER threshold 7", the value of "FER 7 and Quality Level
N" is incremented by one.

#N/A

This parameter specifies the frequency hopping mode of


a cell. When this parameter is set to "NO_FH", all the
TRXs of the cell do not join in frequency hopping. When
this parameter is set to "BaseBand_FH", the cell is in
baseband frequency hopping mode. In this case, there
can be TRXs that do not join in frequency hopping on the
cell. When this parameter is set to "RF_FH", the cell is in
RF frequency hopping mode. In this case, there can be
TRXs that do not join in frequency hopping on the cell.
When this parameter is set to "Hybrid_FH", the cell is in
hybrid frequency hopping. In this case, some TRXs on
the cell must join in baseband frequency hopping, some
cells on the cell must join in RF frequency hopping, and
some cells on the cell must not join in frequency hopping.

Maximum number of former values when the receive


level of the serving cell or the receive level of the
neighbor cell is filtered. The greater the value, the greater
the weight of the former receive levels; otherwise, the
greater the weight of the later receive levels.

Whether to enable 0.2 dB downlink power control. This


power control function improves the power control
precision.

Whether to start the fire-extinguishing equipment of the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

This parameter specifies the static Abis resource load


threshold. If the static Abis resource load is less than the
static Abis resource load threshold, the TCHF is
preferentially allocated. Otherwise, whether the TCHF or
the TCHH should be preferentially allocated is
determined by the dynamic Abis resource load.

Whether to enable the filtering of the intermittent alarms.


If the value of this parameter is "DISABLE", "Flash Statis
Alarm Raise Time Window" and "Flash Statis Alarm Clear
Time" are invalid.

Service timeslot assignment mode for the BTS. If this


parameter is set to FIX_16K_ABIS, the BSC6900 assigns
a fixed Abis transmission timeslot to a TCH. If this
parameter is set to FLEX_ABIS, the BSC6900 assigns an
Abis transmission timeslot dynamically to a TCH (except
the static PDCH) to increase the resource utilization. If
this parameter is set to SEMI_ABIS, the BTS to which a
TCH belongs assigns a fixed Abis transmission timeslot
to the TCH while the upper-level BTS set to FLEX_ABIS
assigns an Abis transmission timeslot dynamically to the
TCH. This mode applies where old and new BTSs are
cascaded. HDLC and IP BTS is not support this
parameter.

Whether to enable the function of Flex mobile allocation


index offset (MAIO). In the tight frequency reuse case of
the GSM system, adjacent-channel interference and cochannel interference easily occur between channels. If
the frequency hopping function and the Flex MAIO
function are enabled in a cell, adjacent-channel or cochannel interference between channels can be reduced
partially.

Whether to enable the function of the Flex training


sequence code (TSC). If the value of this parameter is
ON and the BTS supports the Flex TSC function, the BSS
dynamically allocates TSCs to hopping frequencies for
improving the security of calls.
Specified port flow control switch

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

One of the nine parameters (filter parameters A1 to A8


and filter parameter B) used to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. The computation formula is as follows:
C1(nt) = A1 x C(nt) + A2 x C(nt-t) + A3 x C(nt-2t) + ... + A8
x C(nt-7t)
If C1(nt) is less than B and C(nt) is less than the
threshold for edge handover, the signal level is
considered dropping rapidly.
In the formula, A1 to A8 are filter parameters A1 to A8
minus 10 and B is the negative of filter parameter B. C(nt)
indicates the received signal level in the uplink
measurement report of the serving cell received at time
nt.
Setting the filter helps to configure the maximum allowed
signal level drop degree.

Trend of the received signal level of the cell during a


period. This parameter helps to configure the filter for
determining whether the received signal level drops
rapidly. If this parameter is higher, a more rapid signal
level drop is required to trigger the handover due to rapid
signal level drop.

Maximum transmit power level of MSs. As one of the cell


reselection parameters in system message 3, this
parameter is used to control the transmit power of MSs.
For details, see GSM Rec. 05.05.
In a GSM900 cell, the maximum power control level of an
MS ranges from 0 to 19, corresponding respectively to
the following values (unit: dBm): 43, 41, 39, 37, 35, 33,
31, 29, 27, 25, 23, 21, 19, 17, 15, 13, 11, 9, 7, and
5.Generally, the maximum transmit power supported by
an MS is level 5 (corresponding to 33 dBm). The
minimum transmit power supported by an MS is level 19
(corresponding to 5 dBm). Other transmit power levels
are reserved for high-power MSs.
In a GSM1800 or GSM1900 cell, the maximum power
control level of an MS ranges from 0 to 31, corresponding
respectively to the following values (unit: dBm): 30, 28,
26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 36, 34, and 32. Generally, the
maximum transmit power supported by an MS is level 0
(corresponding to 30 dBm). The minimum transmit power
supported by an MS is level 15 (corresponding to 0 dBm).
Other transmit power levels are reserved for high-power
MSs.

Type of the FMUA board

Whether to forcibly enable the EFR function. When this


parameter is set to YES, if both the MS and the BSC6900
support the enhanced full rate (EFR), the BSC6900
forcibly enables the EFR function even if the MSC does
not support the function.

Whether an MS is forced to send a Handover Access


message, which is indicated by an information element in
the handover command.
Whether to generate the frequency and BSIC by using
the automatic optimization algorithm

If this switch is on, it indicates that the frequency and


BSIC are generated automatically. If this switch is off, it
indicates that the data must be configured manually.

If this switch is on, it indicates that the frequency and


BSIC are generated automatically. If this switch is off, it
indicates that the data must be configured manually.

Frame offset. The frame offset technology arranges the


frame numbers of different cells under the same BTS to
be different from one another by one frame offset. Thus,
the FCH and SCH signals of neighboring cells do not
appear in the same frame, which is helpful for the coding
of an MS. If the value of this parameter is 0, the cell is not
offset. If the value is 255, this parameter is not sent. If the
parameter is set to a value except for 0 and 255, the
handover of the cell must be changed from the
synchronous mode to the asynchronous mode. For
BTS3001C, BTS3X, BTS3002C, and double-transceiver
BTSs, the frame offset can be predicted according to the
value of this parameter.

Whether the downlink discontinuous transmission (DTX)


function is enabled for full rate (FR) calls. This function is
also restricted by the DTX switch in the MSC. If the MSC
allows the downlink DTX for calls and the value of this
parameter(FRDLDTX) is YES, the downlink DTX is
enabled for FR calls of cells.

Frequency of the TRX


Frequency 1
Frequency 10
Frequency 11
Frequency 12
Frequency 13
Frequency 14
Frequency 15
Frequency 16
Frequency 17
Frequency 18
Frequency 19
Frequency 2

Frequency 20
Frequency 21
Frequency 22
Frequency 23
Frequency 24
Frequency 25
Frequency 26
Frequency 27
Frequency 28
Frequency 29
Frequency 3
Frequency 30
Frequency 31
Frequency 32
Frequency 33
Frequency 34
Frequency 35
Frequency 36
Frequency 37
Frequency 38
Frequency 39
Frequency 4
Frequency 40
Frequency 41
Frequency 42
Frequency 43
Frequency 44
Frequency 45
Frequency 46
Frequency 47
Frequency 48
Frequency 49
Frequency 5
Frequency 50
Frequency 51
Frequency 52
Frequency 53
Frequency 54
Frequency 55
Frequency 56
Frequency 57
Frequency 58
Frequency 59
Frequency 6
Frequency 60
Frequency 61
Frequency 62
Frequency 63
Frequency 64
Frequency 7
Frequency 8
Frequency 9
Whether to enable the automatic frequency correction
algorithm. This parameter is used for the fast-moving
handover algorithm. If the parameter is set to YES, the
BTS calculates the speed at which an MS leaves or
approaches it, and sends the BSC6900 the calculated
speed in an uplink measurement report.

Frequency correction parameter. Used for the fastmoving handover algorithm, the value of this parameter
must be translated into a binary number. The value
consists of 16 bit. The most significant bit indicates
whether the parameter is valid. Bits 14 to 8 indicate the
level threshold. Bits 7 to 0 indicate the threshold of the bit
error ratio (BER).
The BSC6900 sends this parameter to the BTS, which
adjusts the frequency of an MS according to the value of
this parameter.

Frequency band types of the board This parameter is


only applicable to the
DDPU/DFCU/DFCB/DCOM/DDPM/DCBM.
The frequency band types for the DTRU, QTRU, DRRU,
DRFU, GRRU, MRRU, GRFU, and MRFU cannot be
configured and thus are calculated based on the selected
frequencies such as GSM900, DSC1800, PCS1900,and
GSM850. The parameter value for the other board types
is set to 0xFF.

Threshold for load sharing in the 900 MHz frequency


band. Assume that an MS supports multiple sub-bands in
the 900 MHz frequency band. If the cell load is equal to or
less than this threshold, the BSC does not consider the
priority levels of the P-GSM, E-GSM, and R-GSM subbands during channel assignment. If the cell load is
greater than this threshold, the BSC assigns channels
according to the priority levels of the P-GSM, E-GSM, and
R-GSM sub-bands. That is, if the MS supports the PGSM, E-GSM, and R-GSM sub-bands and the cell is
configured with the TRXs in the P-GSM, E-GSM, and RGSM sub-bands, the BSC assigns the channels in the
TRXs of the R-GSM sub-band preferentially.

List of frequency bands


Frequency multiplexing mode in the TRX. To enable a
loose frequency multiplexing mode such as 4x3
multiplexing, set this parameter to LOOSE. To enable a
tight frequency multiplexing mode such as 1x3 or 1x1, set
this parameter to TIGHT.

Type of a scanning result in the period from the start of a


frequency scanning task to the reporting of the scanning
result.
Frequency scanning refers to the scanning of an uplink
receive level of a cell frequency. The scanning result
reflects the strength of frequency signals received by the
cell.

Whether to enable the edge handover algorithm. When


an MS makes a call at the edge of a cell, the call may
drop if the received signal level is too low. To avoid such
a call drop, the edge handover algorithm is involved.
When the uplink signal level of the serving cell is less
than "Edge HO UL RX_LEV Threshold" or the downlink
signal level of the serving cell is less than "Edge HO DL
RX_LEV Threshold", the edge handover is triggered.

Whether the uplink DTX function is enabled for FR calls.


For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08. Uplink DTX is not
restricted by the MSC. If this parameter is set to
May_Use, the MS can use DTX. If this parameter is set to
Shall_Use or Shall_Not_Use, the MS cannot use DTX.
ATCB difference between the overlaid and underlaid
subcells
Duration of the handover from full rate to half rate. If the
cell load is greater than the preset threshold, the calls
that meet the conditions for the handover from full rate to
half rate are handed over from full rate to half rate in this
duration.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover from full rate to half rate are met for P seconds
within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.
Path loss difference between the overlaid and underlaid
subcells

Period of the handover from full rate to half rate. If the cell
load is greater than the preset threshold, the calls that
meet the conditions for the handover from full rate to half
rate are handed over in "H-F Ho Duration". This
parameter specifies the bandwidth to be handed over at
each hierarchy level.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover from full rate to half rate are met for P seconds
within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.
Expected signal receiving strength on the BTS side when
GPRS dynamic power control is implemented

Obtains the QoS parameter from the Aggregate BSS QoS


Profile (ABQP) of packet flow context (PFC) when the MS
and the network support the PFC; obtains the QoS
parameter from the uplink request originated by the MS
or the DL UNITDATA of the SGSN. GBR: guaranteed bit
rate.

Whether the assignment of channels in overlaid subcells


is enabled for the VGCS service in the case of underlaid
subcell congestion. Generally, only the channels in
underlaid subcells can be assigned to the VGCS service.

Whether direct preemption of the channels of other


services is enabled for the VGCS service. If the value of
this parameter is NO, a handover is performed for the call
whose channel is preempted. If the value is YES, calls on
the preempted channel are directly released.

Delay of transmit diversity when GMSK is used.


Generally, the parameter is applicable to general fading
environments. In this case, the transmit diversity can
obtain the gain of 3 dB to 5 dB. The fading degrees,
however, vary with environments. For a fixed delay,
different UEs may obtain different gains. In addition, a
fixed delay may have negative impacts on some codes of
the EDGE service. Therefore, the delay of transmit
diversity must be configurable and can be set for GMSK
and 8PSK respectively.

Whether the current cell supports GPRS

Hysteresis value of the cell in the same routing area.


When the MS in the ready state reselects a cell, if the
original cell and the target cell are in the same routing
area, the C2 values of the two cells at the border of the
cell are quite different due to radio channel fading. As a
result, the MS frequently reselects cells. Frequent cell
reselection can lead to increase of signaling traffic,
inefficient use of radio resources, decrease of MS data
transmission rate, and thus reducing the network service
quality. The cell reselection hysteresis parameter is
introduced. The signal level of the adjacent cell in the
same area must be greater than that of the local cell. The
difference of the signal level must be greater than the
value of the cell reselection hysteresis parameter.
Otherwise, the MS cannot reselect a cell. The greater
the GPRS cell reselection hysteresis value, the harder to
start cell reselection.

Threshold of hierarchical cell structure (HCS) signal


strength. The MS calculates the C31 according to the
signal strength and its threshold and selects the adjacent
cell during cell reselection.

Timer used when the MS calculates the C2 (used to


evaluate the channel quality during cell reselection). The
time information is transmitted in the system message of
each cell.

Used for the GPRS transmission quality statistics. When


the transmission quality threshold is exceeded, the
transmission quality is regarded deteriorated.

This parameter is used to prevent repeated cell


reselection of a fast moving MS. The MS does not select
this cell when the duration of maintaining the BCCH
signal channel strength does not reach the penalty time.

Synchronization clock adopted when two satellite cards


are used together. GPS:Trace GPS only.
GLONASS:Trace GLONASS only. GPSGlonass:Trace
GPS and GLONASS.
Whether to allow hierarchical access and to reserve
resources for high-priority MSs

Number of the VGCS call that the BTS originates in the


timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is
represented in decimal, such as 10000569. If this
parameter is set to 100000000, the channel is not
configured with any fixed group call.

Number of the VGCS call that the BTS originates in the


timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode. This parameter is
represented in decimal, such as 10000569. If this
parameter is set to 100000000, the channel is not
configured with any fixed group call.

Maximum number of secondary links that are released in


batches when the Abis resource preemption occurs on
the Abis interface

Geographical coverage of a simple cell broadcast


message. You can run "DSP GSMSCB" to query and
obtain the information.
This parameter, "Code", and "Update" uniquely specify a
cell broadcast message.

Number of neighboring cells that meet the following


conditions: If "MBR" is indicated in a system message,
the MS reports the number of neighboring cells at each
frequency band. If the MS reports the number of
neighboring cells at the same frequency band of the
serving cell, it can report a maximum of the value of this
parameter.
These neighboring cells must meet the following
requirements:
1. The receive levels of the neighboring cells must be
higher than "900 Reporting Threshold" or "1800
Reporting Threshold".
2. The BSIC of a neighboring cell must be valid.
3. The signals of the neighboring cells must be the
strongest among all the neighboring cells at the same
frequency band.

Whether to support the cell reselection from the GSM


network to the TD network in the packet transmission
mode

When the BTS is accessed from the public network, the


BTS security network IP address must be configured.
IP address of the BTS security gateway. This parameter
needs to be configured when the BTS connects to the
BSC6900 through the public network.
ATCB difference between the overlaid and underlaid
subcells
Duration of the handover from half rate to full rate. If the
cell load is less than the preset threshold, the calls that
meet the conditions for the handover from half rate to full
rate are handed over from half rate to full rate in this
duration.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover from half rate to full rate are met for P seconds
within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.
Path loss difference between the overlaid and underlaid
subcells
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the
handover from half rate to full rate are met for P seconds
within N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.
Whether the tower-top amplifier is installed on antenna
tributary 1.
Whether the tower-top amplifier is installed on antenna
tributary 2.
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the
handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement
are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is
triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover to a different micro cell due to fast movement
are met in P of N measurement reports, the handover is
triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Threshold for interrupting the power supply to the TRXs.


If the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the
battery voltage is less than this threshold, the BTS
interrupts the power supply to the TRXs to protect the
lower-level BTSs from being affected.

Threshold for interrupting the power supply to the TMU. If


the BTS works with the battery power supply, when the
battery voltage is less than this threshold, the BTS
interrupts the power supply to the TMU.

Full rate TCHs are assigned preferentially to the MSs with


priority levels equal to or less than this threshold, except
when the MSs request only half or full rate TCHs.
Whether to enable the priority-based channel assignment
algorithm

Whether to enable load power-off against high


temperature
Whether to consider history priority records during
channel assignment.
If this parameter is set to YES, the history priority records
are considered. If this parameter is set to NO, the history
priority records are not considered.
Whether the cell supports the MS with the DTM multitimeslot capability

Whether to assign a channel in the overlaid or underlaid


subcell in the case of the intra-BSC incoming handover to
the concentric cell.
If this parameter is set to SysOpt, the measured BCCH of
the target cell is included in the intra-BSC inter-cell
handover request message. Then, the BSC compares the
measured value with "RX_LEV Threshold" to choose the
preferred subcell. During this course, the BSC does not
consider "RX_LEV Hysteresis".
If this parameter is set to OSubcell, a channel in the
overlaid subcell is assigned preferentially.
If this parameter is set to USubcell, a channel in the
underlaid subcell is assigned preferentially.
If this parameter is set to NoPrefer, a channel is assigned
simply according to channel assignment algorithms.

If the downlink received signal level of a neighbor cell is


greater than "Min DL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min
Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in
the candidate cell queue for handover.

If the uplink received signal level of a neighbor cell is


greater than "Min UL Level on Candidate Cell" plus "Min
Access Level Offset", the neighbor cell can be listed in
the candidate cell queue for handover.

Type of indexing the target cell


Unique name of the target cell
Whether to use handover algorithm generation 1 or 2
currently

Handover direction forcast switch. When this parameter


is set to YES, the BSC6900 can forecast the handover
direction of the call in fast handover so that the best
target cell can be selected for handover.

#N/A

This parameter indicates P in the P/N rule for MS


handover direction forcast.
P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to
Class B chain neighboring cell for successively P times,
then the BSC6900 determines that the MS is moving to
the Class B chain neighboring cell.

This parameter indicates N in the P/N rule for MS


handover direction forcast.
P/N rule: Among N handovers, the MS is handed over to
Class B chain neighboring cell for successively P times,
then the BSC6900 determines that the MS is moving to
the Class B chain neighboring cell.

Fast handover can be triggered only when the downlink


level of the serving cell is less than this parameter.
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the
handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within
N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover to a better 3G cell are met for P seconds within
N seconds, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.
The 3G better cell handover can be triggered only when
the Ec/No of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than this
threshold for a period of time.
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for fast
handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number P.

Type of handover in terms of connection transfer between


channels or between cells

Fast handover can be triggered only when the path loss


difference between the serving cell and a neighbor cell on
the chain is equal to or greater than this parameter.

If the cell is an enhanced concentric cell, this parameter


with the current downlink received signal level and "UtoO
HO Received Level Threshold" determines whether to
assign a channel in the underlaid subcell to the intra-BSC
incoming handover to the concentric cell or intra-BSC
inter-cell handover.
If the cell is an ordinary concentric cell, this parameter
with the current downlink received signal level, "RX_LEV
Threshold", and "RX_LEV Hysteresis" determines
whether to assign a channel in the underlaid subcell to
the intra-BSC incoming handover to the concentric cell or
intra-BSC inter-cell handover.

This parameter specifies whether a 2G cell or to a 3G cell


is preferentially selected as the target cell for handover.
When this parameter is set to Pre_2G_Cell, the BSC
preferentially selects a 2G candidate cell as the target cell
for handover.
When this
parameter is set to Pre_3G_Cell, the BSC preferentially
selects a 3G candidate cell as the target cell for
handover.
When this parameter is set to Pre_2G_CellThres, the
BSC preferentially selects a neighboring 3G cell as the
handover target cell if the receive level of the neighboring
2G cell that ranks the first in the candidate cell list is
equal to or smaller than "HO Preference Threshold for 2G
Cell". Otherwise, the BSC preferentially selects a
neighboring 2G cell as the handover target cell.

An MS cannot be handed over from the underlaid subcell


to the overlaid subcell in this duration after the MS is
handed over from the overlaid subcell to the underlaid
subcell successfully.
Index of the frequency hopping data, used for a TRX to
locate the frequency hopping sequence
Logical number of the MA group
Implementation mode of frequency hopping

Whether to enable power boost before handover.


When the receive level of an MS drops rapidly, a
handover occurs. In this case, the BSC6900 cannot
adjust the transmit power of the MS and the BTS in time.
The MS may fail to receive a handover command, thus
leading to a call drop. If the value of this parameter is
YES (StartUp), the transmit power of the BTS is adjusted
to the maximum before the BSC6900 sends a handover
command to the MS. In addition, the transmit power of
the BTS is not adjusted during the handover for the
purpose of ensuring the success of the handover.

If the receive level of the neighboring 2G cell that ranks


the first in the candidate cell list is equal to or smaller
than this threshold, the BSC preferentially selects a
neighboring 3G cell as the handover target cell.
Otherwise, the BSC preferentially selects a neighboring
2G cell as the handover target cell.

Hoping sequence number (HSN) of a hopping antenna


group. If the value of this parameter is 0, the services
over a TRX are adjusted to other TRXs in the hopping
antenna group in sequence. If this parameter is set to a
value from 1 to 63, the services over a TRX are adjusted
to other TRXs in the hopping antenna group in a pseudorandom manner, that is a disciplinary random manner.

TRX index that a hopping antenna index corresponds to.


A hopping antenna enables signals of multiple TRXs to
switch between several antennas instead of fixing an
antenna for a TRX. This reduces the effect of Rayleigh
fading on signals of some frequencies.

Frequency hopping mode of the TRX. Frequency hopping


assists in interference averaging and frequency diversity.
If this parameter is set to RF_FH, the TX and RX parts of
the TRX take part in the frequency hopping. In this case,
the number of hopping frequencies can exceed the
number of TRXs in the cell. If this parameter is set to
BaseBand_FH, each transmitter works at a fixed
frequency. That is, the TX part does not take part in the
frequency hopping. The baseband signals are switched
for the frequency-hopping transmission. The RX part,
however, takes part in the frequency hopping.

To avoid ping-pong handover, the received signal of the


original serving cell is decreased by "Quick handover
punish value" in "Quick handover punish time" after fast
handover succeeds.
The 3G better cell handover is triggered only when the
RSCP of a neighboring 3G cell is greater than this
threshold for a period of time.
According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the
handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N
measurement reports, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for the


handover to a better 3G cell are met in P of N
measurement reports, the handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

According to the P/N rule, if the conditions for fast


handover are met in P of N measurement reports, the
handover is triggered.
This parameter specifies the number N.

Host type of an IP BTS

Handover threshold during the handovers between cells


on different layers or of different priorities. This value is
used to suppress inter-layer ping-pong handovers.
Inter-layer handover threshold of the serving cell = "Interlayer HO threshold" - "Inter-layer HO Hysteresis";
Inter-layer handover threshold of a neighboring cell =
"Inter-layer HO Threshold" + "Adjacent Cell Inter-layer HO
Hysteresis" - 64.

Fast handover can be triggered only when the uplink


signal level of the serving cell is less than this parameter.

Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping


In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame
number, system information, and paging group. If an MS
is in an unfavorable position or the antenna of the main
TRX that carries the BCCH fails, the MS receives poor
broadcast control signals or even cannot receive any
broadcast control message from the BCCH. To avoid
such a problem, the antenna hopping function is involved.
With this function, the messages transmitted in the main
TRX that carries the BCCH are also transmitted on the
antennas of all the other TRXs in the cell in turn. This
helps the MSs receive quality broadcast control data. This
function can be configured only for dual-frequency BTSs.
If this parameter is set to NONE, the BTS does not
support antenna hopping.

Whether to enable the TRX to support antenna hopping


In a GSM cell, the BCCH broadcasts the frequency, frame
number, system information, and paging group. If an MS
is in an unfavorable position or the antenna of the main
TRX that carries the BCCH fails, the MS receives poor
broadcast control signals or even cannot receive any
broadcast control message from the BCCH. To avoid
such as problem, the antenna hopping function is
involved. With this function, the messages transmitted in
the main TRX that carries the BCCH are also transmitted
on the antennas of all the other TRXs in the cell in turn.
This helps the MSs receive quality broadcast control
data. This function can be configured only for dualfrequency BTSs.

Maximum priority level of an MS that can use reserved


channel resources. If the priority level of an MS is greater
than this parameter, the MS is considered a low-priority
MS. If the priority of an MS is equal to or less than this
threshold, the MS is considered a high-priority MS.

Whether to enable the configuration of power system


parameters.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Load power-off voltage threshold.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

This parameter determines whether the BSC6900


supports new establishment causes of an MS in the initial
access request. This parameter does not affect the halfrate function of cells.

Whether the downlink DTX function is enabled for half


rate (HR) calls. This function is also restricted by the DTX
switch in the MSC. If the MSC allows the downlink DTX
for calls and the value of this parameter(HRDLDTX) is
YES, the downlink DTX is enabled for HR calls of cells.

Whether to enable the BSC to assign half or full rate


channels to MSs according to the channel seizure ratio in
the overlaid and underlaid subcells

Whether the uplink DTX function is enabled for HR calls.


For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08. Uplink DTX is not
restricted by the MSC. If this parameter is set to
May_Use, the MS can use DTX. If this parameter is set to
Shall_Use or Shall_Not_Use, the MS cannot use DTX.

Hopping sequence number (HSN), indicating 64 types of


frequency hopping sequences. If this parameter is set to
0, the frequency hopping is performed in sequence.
If this parameter is set to a value from 1 to 63, the
frequency hopping is performed in a pseudo-random
manner, that is a disciplinary random manner.

Whether dynamic use of HSNs is enabled. If the


functions of frequency hopping and Flex MAIO are
enabled in a cell and the value of this parameter is ON,
adjacent-channel interference between channels can be
reduced.

If the ambient temperature is higher than "High


Temperature Critical Point", the temperature control
system controls the difference between the inlet and
outlet temperatures.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

If the outlet temperature is higher than "High Temperature


Critical Point" and the difference between the outlet
temperature and ambient temperature reaches the value
of this parameter, the temperature control system controls
the difference between the inlet and outlet temperatures.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable battery power-off against high


temperature.
Delay for which the BTS waits to switch on the air
conditioner

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA AMR FR services allow. An


idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when
the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this
threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a
service can be established only when the call does not
decrease the C/I ratio of the established calls to a value
less than this threshold.

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA AMR HR services allow. An


idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when
the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this
threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a
service can be established only when the call does not
decrease the C/I ratio of the established calls to a value
less than this threshold.

Whether to enable the IBCA algorithm

Length of the timer for a new call to wait for the


measurement report (MR) on the signaling channel when
dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is enabled during
assignment. If this parameter is set to 0, dynamic
measurement of the BA2 list is not enabled during
assignment.

Number of measurement reports sampled for averaging


path loss. A single measurement report may not reflect
the actual network situations accurately. Therefore, the
BSC needs to average the measured values in several
successive measurement reports to reflect the radio
environment.

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is


used to calculate the actual soft blocking threshold of an
existing call. The formula is as follows: Actual soft
blocking threshold of an existing call = Configured soft
blocking threshold of an existing call - IBCA Set-up Call
Soft Block Threshold Offset.

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is


used to calculate the target CIR of an existing call. The
formula is as follows: Target CIR of an existing call =
Target CIR in use + Target CIR Offset of IBCA Set-Up
Call.

Difference between uplink and downlink path losses,


which is used to estimate the downlink path loss of a call
when the downlink path loss cannot be computed directly
according to a measurement report. This parameter is
configured according to the combined loss and
hierarchical dual-antenna gain (3 dB) of the BTS.
"IBCA Downlink Path Loss Offset" = combined loss of
BTS + hierarchical dual-antenna gain of BTS (3 dB)

Whether to measure the IBCA neighbor cells of the


serving cell dynamically. If the dynamic measurement is
enabled, when a call uses a channel, the BSC sends the
SACCH Modify message to modify the frequencies in the
BA2 table in System Information 5, 5bis, and 5ter to the
frequencies at which the IBCA neighbor cells operate.
Thus, the call measures and reports only these
frequencies to the BSC6900.

Length of the timer for a call to measure the path loss in


the neighboring cell with strong interference of the target
cell. The call to be handed over needs to measure the
path loss before initiating the handover to the target cell
when dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is enabled
during the emergency handover. When this parameter is
set to 0, dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is not
enabled in the emergency handover, and the parameter
"Wait Time for Valid MRs in IBCA HO" is invalid.

Whether the IBCA flexible TSC function is enabled. When


this parameter is set to NO, the flexible TSC function is
disabled and the configured TSC is used. When the BTS
supports Flex TSC and this parameter is set to YES, the
flexible TSC function is enabled.

Whether the IBCA forced BTS synchronization is allowed.


When this parameter is set to YES, the synchronization
procedure is performed even though the BTSs are
insynchronous. When this parameter is set to NO, the
existing procedure, either the synchronization procedure
or the out-of-synchronization procedure, is performed as
required. Note that the synchronization status of the IBCA
neighboring cells is determined by the internal software
parameters of the IBCA neighboring cells, that is, if this
parameter in IBCA neighboring cells is set to YES, the
IBCA neighboring cells are considered to be always
synchronous; otherwise, the IBCA neighboring cells are
considered to be out of synchronization.

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA FR/EFR services allow. An


idle channel can be assigned to such a service only when
the C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this
threshold. In addition, a new call associated with such a
service can be established only when the call does not
decrease the C/I ratio of the established calls to a value
less than this threshold.

Length of the timer for a call to wait for other valid MRs
after receiving the first valid MR of the target cell if
dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is enabled during
handover. When this parameter is set to 0, the call does
not wait for other MRs after receiving the first MR of the
target cell.

Minimum C/I ratio that IBCA HR services allow. An idle


channel can be assigned to such a service only when the
C/I ratio of the idle channel is greater than this threshold.
In addition, a new call associated with such a service can
be established only when the call does not decrease the
C/I ratio of the established calls to a value less than this
threshold.

In the ICDM matrix algorithm, the signal strength (0-63) is


divided into 10 levels. The signal strength that is smaller
than or equal to the value of this parameter is at the initial
level.

Whether to enable the ICDM algorithm for the cell. The


ICDM algorithm helps to improve the precision in
estimating the path loss of an IBCA neighbor cell and to
increase the efficiency of the IBCA algorithm.

Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive


level when power control algorithm III is used to calculate
the initial transmit power of a BTS in the IBCA function

Adds a specified offset to the uplink target receive level


when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the
initial transmit power of an MS in the IBCA function

Adds a specified offset to the downlink target receive


quality when power control algorithm III is used to
calculate the initial transmit power of a BTS in the IBCA
function

Adds a specified offset to the uplink target receive quality


when power control algorithm III is used to calculate the
initial transmit power of an MS in the IBCA function

In an IUO cell (or a CoBCCH cell), the path loss of an MS


to the serving cell or a neighboring cell measured on the
underlay is used together with this parameter to estimate
the path loss on the overlay. IUO path loss compensation
= Combiner insert loss difference + Path loss difference
due to the use of different antennas + Path loss
difference due to different frequency selectivity. This
value is calculated based on the IUO level values
measured by field engineers. When different antennas
are used by the overlay and underlay, the level must be
measured at multiple locations.

Determines the MAIO selection method for each timeslot.


The Optimal MAIO policy selects the optimal MAIO being
evaluated, while the Random MAIO policy randomly
selects a MAIO out of qualified MAIOs.

The IBCA interference evaluation process only considers


the interference of the strongest N existing calls on the
newly-established call being evaluated. This parameter
corresponds to the above-mentioned N.

Indicates whether this neighboring cell is the IBCA


neighboring cell of the serving cell. That is, when a cell is
configured as the neighboring cell of the serving cell,
whether the IBCA algorithm considers the interference
between the serving cell and the neighboring cell.

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasured IBCA


neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non
Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" measurement reports
cover less than six neighboring cells (or the number of
the reported neighboring cells is smaller than that of the
actually configured neighboring cells), this parameter is
used to estimate the receive level of the unmeasured
IBCA neighboring cells. The estimated value is "IBCA
Pathloss Est of Non. MR Ncell". Otherwise, the signal
strength of the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells is the
signal strength of the measured neighboring cells
(including non-IBCA neighboring cells) subtracted by
"IBCA RxLev Offset".

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled, this parameter is


used to calculate the target CIR of a new call. The
formula is as follows: Target CIR of a new call = Target
CIR in use + Target CIR Offset of IBCA New Call

Length of the timer for a call to measure the path loss in


the neighboring cell with strong interference of the target
cell. The call to be handed over needs to measure the
path loss before initiating the handover to the target cell
when dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is enabled
during the normal handover. When this parameter is set
to 0, dynamic measurement of the BA2 list is not enabled
in the normal handover, and the parameter "Wait Time for
Valid MRs in IBCA HO" is invalid.

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasured IBCA


neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non
Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" measurement reports
cover less than six neighboring cells (or the number of
the reported neighboring cells is smaller than that of the
actually configured neighboring cells), this parameter is
used to estimate the receive level of the unmeasured
IBCA neighboring cells. The estimated value is "IBCA
Pathloss Est of Non. MR Ncell". Otherwise, the signal
strength of the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells is the
signal strength of the measured neighboring cells
(including non-IBCA neighboring cells) subtracted by
"IBCA RxLev Offset".

When the IBCA algorithm is enabled and the HSN is not


0, the IBCA priority and the SDCCH/PDCH priority are
divided by this corrected factor respectively to reduce the
weight of IBCA priority. In addition, the priority of the
interference band is considered.

When the path loss of an MS to a neighboring cell cannot


be measured based on the existing measurement results,
it is estimated based on the path loss of the MS to the
serving cell plus the IBCA path loss offset.

Considers the influence of history path loss information


during the calculation of the ICDM algorithm path loss.
The smaller the filtering coefficient, the smaller the
influence of history path loss; on the other hand, the
larger the filtering coefficient, the larger the influence of
history path loss.

Estimates the receive level of the unmeasured IBCA


neighboring cells. When a consecutive "IBCA Non
Measurement Ncell Stat. Num" measurement reports
cover less than six neighboring cells (or the number of
the reported neighboring cells is smaller than that of the
actually configured neighboring cells), this parameter is
used to estimate the receive level of the unmeasured
IBCA neighboring cells. The estimated value is "IBCA
Pathloss Est of Non. MR Ncell". Otherwise, the signal
strength of the unmeasured IBCA neighboring cells is the
signal strength of the measured neighboring cells
(including non-IBCA neighboring cells) subtracted by
"IBCA RxLev Offset".

Use this parameter when the path loss of an MS to


serving cells cannot be measured based on the existing
measurement results

MSs that support SAIC can tolerate a lower carrier-tointerference ratio. This variable indicates the downward
adjustment step of the soft blocking threshold of SAIC
MSs.
Whether to deny the access of a call when none of the
MAIO evaluation results meets the C/I ratio requirement
of the call during channel assignment

Whether the handover of the calls on the single channels


is allowed (single channels are the two half-rate subchannels on a timeslot, in which only one is in the
occupied state) when single channels are to be adjusted
to a full-rate channel. When this parameter is set to ON,
the handover of the calls on the single channels is
allowed; if this parameter is set to OFF, the handover of
the calls on the single channels is not allowed. This
parameter is valid only when the IBCA algorithm is
enabled and full rate is preferred for the newly
established call.

Whether a MAIO meets the access requirement. When


the C/I ratio of a MAIO is higher than this threshold, the
MAIO can be assigned to the call being processed.

Whether to enable the IBCA algorithm for the overlay and


underlay of an IUO cell

Whether a single IBCA MS can dynamically measure the


neighboring cells. When this parameter is set to YES, the
neighboring cells where "IBCA Dynamic Measure
Neighbor Cell Flag" is set to YES are dynamically
measured. Dynamic measurement on neighboring cells is
mutually exclusive to directed retry. When this parameter
is set to YES, it is recommended that "Direct Retry" be set
to NO.

The lowest C/I ratio that can be tolerated by IBCA WAMR


FR. The C/I ratio of an idle channel must be larger than
this parameter. Otherwise, it cannot be assigned. In
addition, the system does not allow a newly-established
call causing the C/I ratio of existing calls to be lower than
this parameter.

This parameter is used to enable the Intelligent Combiner


Bypass (ICB) function on the BCCH TRX of a cell.
This parameter specifies whether to allow the cell to
enable the ICB function. When this parameter is set to
YES, the TCHs on the non-BCCH TRX are preferentially
assigned. In this way, the largest possible number of idle
TCHs is reserved on the BCCH TRX, and thus the BCCH
TRX enters the ICB mode.

Whether to enable the intelligent control of the diesel


engine. If this parameter is set to ENABLE, the PMU will
control the diesel engine automatically according to the
settings of the parameters to save the energy. This
parameter is set to ENABLE by default.
Index
When the number of idle SDCCH channels in a cell is
smaller than this parameter, the system searches for
available TCHs and transforms them into SDCCH
channels.
Type of an index
Type of an index
Subscribers can specify the cell according to the index or
the name.

Whether the handshake mechanism is enabled at the Cb


interface. Currently, the BSC6900 and the CBC
communications through the TCP/IP protocol. Thus, the
BSC6900 may not detect communication link
disconnection in some cases. The handshake
mechanism is used for checking whether a
communication link is normal.

Whether to set the middle frequency offset to positive


offset or minus offset
Indication offset in the middle frequency offset
configuration
Number of invalid measurement reports allowed when
the BSC6900 filters the measurement reports. When the
number of received measurement reports is no larger
than this parameter, the BSC does not perform filtering or
make quick handover judgment.

Timer for the BSC6900 waiting for a CC message after


sending a CR message. If the timer expires, the seized
SDCCH is released.
The channel activation and immediate assignment
messages are sent at the same time to accelerate the
signaling processing, thus increasing the response speed
of the network.

This parameter specifies whether to support the takeover


of the packet immediate assignment by the BTS. It is
relative to the uplink immediate assignment. To improve
the access rate of the MS, the BSS allocates the uplink
TBF resources to the BTS in advance. The BTS sends
the immediate assignment message to the MS through
the resources allocated by the BSC. When receiving the
immediate assignment message, the MS can send the
data block. The BTS needs to send the assistant channel
request to the BSC. When receiving the request, the BSC
sends the immediate assignment request to the BTS to
complete the TDF setup flow.

Whether to allow immediate TCH assignment. If this


parameter is set to YES, the BSC can assign a TCH
immediately when there is no available SDCCH for a
channel request. If this parameter is set to NO, the BSC
can assign only an SDCCH when processing a channel
access request.

Maximum time delay in resending an immediate


assignment message. Within the period specified by this
parameter, an immediate assignment message can be
dispatched and retransmitted. Otherwise, the message is
not dispatched or retransmitted.

Maximum number of retransmissions of an immediate


assignment message. When the value of this parameter
is reached, the immediate assignment message is not
retransmitted even if the value of "Max Delay of Imm_Ass
Retransmit" is not exceeded.

Whether the BSC6900 sends immediate assignment


retransmission parameters to the BTS
Whether to assign channels according to the
access_delay value in channel request messages during
immediate channel assignment

When the access_delay value in the channel request


message is smaller than this parameter, the overlay
channels are assigned preferentially; otherwise, the
underlay channels are assigned preferentially.

Timer carried by the Wait Indication information element


when the BSC6900 sends an immediate assignment
reject message to an MS.
After the MS receives the immediate assignment reject
message, the MS reattempts to access the network after
the timer expires.

Timer for the BSC6900 waiting for a handover complete


message after sending a handover request
acknowledgment message in 2G/3G handover or interBSC handover. If the timer expires, a Clear REQ
message is reported.

#N/A

Included angle formed by the major lobe azimuths of the


antennas in two cells under one BTS. A major lobe
azimuth is measured from the due north to the direction
of the cell antenna in a clockwise rotation.

Whether to separate E1 from other optical fibers for the


use of other devices. If this parameter is set to YES, other
BTSs can connect to the BSC6900 through the
independent E1 port 3 of the BTS3006C/BTS3002E.

The triggering of intra-cell F-H handovers must meet the


P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intra-cell F-H
handovers is met for P seconds during N seconds, an
intra-cell F-H handover is triggered. This parameter
corresponds to the P in the P/N criteria.

The triggering of intra-cell F-H handovers must meet the


P/N criteria, that is, when the condition for intra-cell F-H
handovers is met for P seconds during N seconds, an
intra-cell F-H handover is triggered. This parameter
corresponds to the N in the P/N criteria.

For an AMR call, if the currently occupied channel is a full


rate channel and the Radio Quality Indication (RQI) is
always higher than the threshold set by this parameter, an
intra-cell F-H handover is triggered.

For an AMR call, if the currently occupied channel is a


half rate channel and the Radio Quality Indication (RQI) is
always lower than the threshold set by this parameter, an
intra-cell H-F handover is triggered.

Power overload threshold for triggering incoming


handover to the TRX under the prerequisite that the
power amplifier of the TRX provides the maximum output
power.

Initial coding mode used for full rate AMR calls. The four
values 0, 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter respectively
represent the lowest, low, high, and highest coding rates
in the ACS.

Initial coding mode used for half rate AMR calls. The four
values 0, 1, 2, and 3 of this parameter respectively
represent the lowest, low, high, and highest coding rates
in the ACS.

Initial coding mode used for broadband AMR calls. The


three values 0, 1 and 2 of this parameter respectively
represent the lowest, low and highest coding rates in the
ACS.

#N/A

Whether to assign channel requests in the overlay


subcell to the underlay subcell according to "UL Subcell
Lower Load Threshold". If the load of the underlay subcell
is lower than "UL Subcell Lower Load Threshold",
incoming calls in the overlay subcell will be preferentially
assigned to the underlay subcell.

Whether to allow underlay-to-overlay edge handovers


Whether to allow underlay-to-overlay load handovers
Overlay-to-underlay load handovers are performed by
levels. This parameter indicates the duration of each
level.
Level step during overlay-to-underlay hierarchical load
handovers
In an enhanced dual-band network, if the load of the
overlay subcell is higher than this parameter, the system
cannot initiate an underlay-to-overlay handover.
Mode of inputting the latitude and longitude of a cell
location
Whether to allow inter-BSC SDCCH handovers
Time interval for sending a simple cell broadcast
message
Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells on
different layers or of different priorities. This value is used
to suppress inter-layer ping-pong handovers.

Type of an interference band statistics algorithm used


when the frequency scanning function is enabled. The
interference band statistics algorithm I uses pair average,
and the interference band statistics algorithm II uses
linear average.

Reduces ping-pong handovers between cells on a same


layer. This parameter is invalid when cells are on different
layers.
Specifies an interval between two consecutive
interference handovers
The triggering of interference handovers must meet the
P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurement reports
meet the condition for interference handovers, a
concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter
corresponds to the P in the P/N criteria.

The triggering of interference handovers must meet the


P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurement reports
meet the condition for interference handovers, a
concentric circle handover is triggered. This parameter
corresponds to the N in the P/N criteria.

Whether to allow the interference handover algorithm.


Interference handovers are triggered when the receive
level is higher than the receive threshold while the
transmit quality is lower than the interference handover
quality threshold, that is, when the MSs are subject to all
kinds of radio interferences.

Whether to consider interference priorities during channel


assignment

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

#N/A

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

Threshold used for interference measurement.


The BSS measures the uplink quality of the radio
channels occupied by MSs, and calculates and reports
the interference on each of the idle channels. This helps
the BSC6900 to assign channels. According to the
strength of interference signals, the interference signals
are classified into five interference levels. The values of
these levels are called interference band thresholds. The
BTS determines the current interference level based on
these thresholds, and then reports a radio resource
indication message to the BSC6900. The BSC6900
compares the busy and idle channels reported in the
measurement report and in the radio resource indication
message to determine whether to perform a handover.
The interference band statistics result provides reference
for threshold setting and interference analysis. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.08 and GSM Rec. 08.58.

Period during which interference levels are averaged.


The interference levels on idle channels are averaged
before the BTS sends a radio resource indication
message to the BSC6900. The averaging result is used
for classifying the interference levels on idle channels into
five interference bands. For details, see GSM Rec. 08.08,
08.58, and 12.21.

This parameter specifies whether the reselection from 2G


cells to 3G cells is allowed.

This parameter specifies whether the handover from 3G


cells to 2G cells is allowed.
Whether to reserve resources for the incoming BSC
handover on the Iur-g interface
This parameter specifies whether the handover from 2G
cells to 3G cells is allowed.
Frequency index of the interference measurement in type
3 of an extension measurement report
Lower threshold of the overlay level during underlay-tooverlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is
higher than this threshold, the MS can be switched to the
overlay subcell.

The timer is used to set the time when the BSC6900


waits for an Internal Handover Command message after
a Internal Handover Required message is reported in an
internal BSC handover when A interface is IP. If the timer
expires, the internal BSC handover fails.

Timer started after the BSC6900 delivers a handover


command in an intra-BSC inter-cell handover. If the
BSC6900 receives a handover complete message before
this timer expires, the timer stops. If this timer expires, the
BSC6900 considers the handover as failed.

Whether to allow AMR handovers. This parameter has no


impact on dynamic non-AMR F-H handovers.
This parameter specifies whether the intra-cell handover
is enabled. Note: A forced intra-cell handover is not
subject to this parameter.

Timer started after the BSC6900 delivers a handover


command in an intra-BSC intra-cell handover. If the
BSC6900 receives a handover complete message before
this timer expires, the timer stops. If this timer expires, the
BSC6900 considers the handover as failed.

Whether a measurement report can contain the


information about a cell with an invalid BSIC. The cell with
an invalid BSIC is an unconfigured neighboring cell.
IP address of a BTS port. It cannot be the same as any IP
address configured in the BSC6900.
It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and
cannot be the broadcast address or network address.
It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and
cannot be the broadcast address or network address.
Type of the physical IP transmission medium

Type of IP physical transmission cable medium, E1 or


FE/GE.

#N/A

Whether to enable the heater.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether the cell is a chain neighboring cell. The


parameter is used in the quick handover algorithm. Quick
handover aims to increase the handover success rate of
an MS moving at a high speed and to ensure the call
continuity and low call drop rate. Quick handover applies
to the scenario where an MS moves fast along an urban
backbone road, a selected route, or a high-speed
railroad. The target cell must be a chain neighboring cell.

Whether to support clock server redundancy


configuration

Whether to support clock server redundancy


configuration

Whether to enable the BTS to support ring networking. IP


BTS does not support this parameter.

If this parameter is set to "YES", the check threshold for a


specific board is used. In this case, the following
paramters are involved: Forward Bandwidth, Receive
Bandwidth, Power Class, TRX Number. If this parameter
is set to "NO", the check threshold for a certain class of
boards is used.

A service support attribute of a cell, that is, whether an


external GSM cell supports EDGE
A service support attribute of a cell, that is, whether an
external GSM cell supports GPRS
Whether to enable the TRX to carry the main BCCH in
the cell
Whether this location group is the main location group. If
the value is Yes, this location group is the main location
group. If the value is No, this location group is the slave
location group.
A service support attribute of a cell, that is, whether an
external GSM cell supports NC2
ISSUPERBTS

Whether to enable the BTS to support local switching


If the BTS supports local switching, when the calling and
called MSs are both within the BTS or BTS group, the
voice signals are looped back to the MSs within the BTS
or BTS group instead of being sent over the Abis
interface to the BSC and MSC. In this way, the Abis
resources between the convergence BTS and the BSC
are released and saved.

Whether to control the temperature difference between


the air inlet and air outlet and that between the air outlet
and ambient by the temperature control system.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Reserved parameter for cells. There are 30 parameters


of this type, which can be used as new parameters in
later versions.
Used for parameter control
Value of a reserved parameter for cells
Concentric cell attributes of TRX. If the cell where a TRX
is located is configured as a concentric cell, set this
parameter to OVERLAID or UNDERLAID as required. If
the cell where a TRX is located is not configured as a
concentric cell, the default value of this parameter is
NONE.

Conversion policy of the dynamic channel of the


concentric cell

The triggering of concentric circle handovers must meet


the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurement
reports meet the condition for concentric circle
handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This
parameter corresponds to the P in the P/N criteria.

The triggering of concentric circle handovers must meet


the P/N criteria, that is, when P out of N measurement
reports meet the condition for concentric circle
handovers, a concentric circle handover is triggered. This
parameter corresponds to the N in the P/N criteria.

Whether a cell is a normal cell, concentric cell, or


enhanced dual band network cell.
In a concentric cell, the coverage areas of different TRXs
form concentric circles of different radiuses.
Owing to different coverage areas of the overlaid and
underlaid parts, the two parts can be logically regarded
as two cells. With many channels, the overlaid part is the
major traffic bearer layer, recruiting most MSs in its
coverage area. The underlaid part is used for coverage,
providing services for the areas that the overlaid part
cannot cover. The underlaid part covers the overlaid part,
and thus the underlaid part can also share some traffic.
An enhanced dual band network is amelioration to the
existing dual band network. In such a network, two cells
physically with a collocation site but different coverage
areas form a cell group logically, namely, an inner cell and
an extra cell. Channel resource sharing and cell load
balancing is realized in the two cells through the algorithm
of enhanced dual band network.

Whether to enable the LAPD Jitter Buffer algorithm. This


algorithm adds a buffering adaptation layer under the
LAPD layer at the receiving end. The function at this layer
is to delay the I frame (first received, last sent) currently
received. If an I frame is received within the delayed
duration, the frame is sent to the LAPD layer. In this way,
the frame disorder is avoided.

Default receive delay of the PS Jitter Buffer on the BTS. A


greater value of this parameter indicates a longer end-toend delay for the PS service.

K offset used in K sequencing. To reduce ping-pong


handovers, the system performs K sorting based on the
downlink receive level of the candidate cells. But before
doing that, the system subtracts "K Bias" from the actual
downlink receive level of the candidate cells.

Location area code (LAC). MSs can freely move in the


local location area with no need of location update.
Reasonable local allocation can effectively lighten the
signaling load and improve the call completion rate.
Can be input in hexadecimal format. The hexadecimal
format is H'****, for example, H'1214.

Location area code (LAC). The MS can move within the


local location area without location update. The
reasonable classification of the location area is very
important for reducing the signaling load and improving
the put-through rate.

Decimal value when the latitude where a cell is located is


indicated in the format of degree
Decimal value when the longitude where a cell is located
is indicated in the format of degree
Integer value when the latitude where a cell is located is
indicated in the format of degree
Value of the minute part when the latitude is indicated in
the format of degree_minute_second
Decimal value of the second part when the latitude is
indicated in the format of degree_minute_second
Integer value of the second part when the latitude is
indicated in the format of degree_minute_second
Layer where a cell is located. The network designed by
Huawei has four layers: Umbrella (layer 4), Macro (layer
3), Micro (layer 2), and Pico(layer 1). Each layer can be
set with 16 priorities.

A network basically consists of four layers, namely,


Umbrella, Macro, Micro, and Pico. Cell priorities influence
the sorting of neighboring cells during handovers as well
as handover algorithms including PBGT and inter-layer
handovers. For example, PBGT handovers can only
occur among cells on a same layer and of a same priority
level. If you assign different layers and priorities to a
1800-M cell and a 900-M cell, PBGT handovers from the
1800-M cell to the 900-M cell will not occur. This causes
slow handovers even when the receive quality is good.

When the load of the serving cell reaches the threshold,


the inter-layer handover algorithm takes effect. Through
configuration of the parameter, the handover to a lowerlayer cell for load-sharing is performed only when the
load of the serving cell reaches a certain level.

Whether to support the reporting of the main diversity


level

Whether to allow inter-layer and inter-level handovers.


The inter-layer and inter-level handover algorithm is
achieved through the setting of different layers and
priorities for cells, which switches traffic to cells of a
higher precedence (decided by "Layer of the cell" and
"Cell priority" together).

#N/A

Hysteresis value during the handovers between cells on


different layers or of different priorities. This value is used
to suppress inter-layer ping-pong handovers.
Inter-layer handover threshold of the serving cell = "Interlayer HO threshold" - "Inter-layer HO Hysteresis";
Inter-layer handover threshold of a neighboring cell =
"Inter-layer HO threshold" + "Adjacent Cell Inter-layer HO
Hysteresis" - 64.

The triggering of inter-layer handovers must meet the P/N


criteria, that is, when the condition for inter-layer
handovers is met for a consecutive P seconds during N
seconds, an inter-layer handover is triggered. This
parameter corresponds to the P in the P/N criteria.

The triggering of inter-layer handovers must meet the P/N


criteria, that is, when the condition for inter-layer
handovers is met for a consecutive P seconds during N
seconds, an inter-layer handover is triggered. This
parameter corresponds to the N in the P/N criteria.

Lower humidity threshold for the environment alarm box


to report an alarm indicating that the ambient humidity is
too low. If the ambient humidity of the BTS is lower than
this threshold, the environment alarm box reports the
alarm.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in this
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Lower limit of an alarm. It is valid for the analog port.


Upper threshold of the low noise amplifier. When the
working voltage of the low noise amplifier attenuator in
the RXU board is smaller than this value, an alarm is
reported by the BTS.

Lower threshold of the low noise amplifier. When the


working voltage of the low noise amplifier attenuator in
the RXU board is greater than this value, an alarm is
reported by the BTS.

If the load of a cell is lower than the value of this


parameter, the cell can admit the users handed over
from other cells with higher load. Otherwise, the cell
rejects such users.
Load current shunt coefficient
This parameter specifies whether to use the load
handover or the enhanced load handover.

This parameter specifies whether a traffic load-sharing


handover is enabled. The load handover helps to reduce
cell congestion, improve success rate of channel
assignment, and balance the traffic load among cells,
thus improving the network performance. The load
handover is used as an emergency measure instead of a
primary measure to adjust abnormal traffic burst in partial
areas. If load handovers occur frequently in a partial
area, the cell and TRX configuration of BTSs and the
network layout should be adjusted.

Indicates that if a 2G neighboring cell supports load


handovers, the BSC adds the load information of the
local cells in the signaling procedures related to this
neighboring cell.

Indicates that if a 3G neighboring cell supports load


handovers, the BSC adds the load information of the
local cells in the signaling procedures related to this
neighboring cell.

If the path loss in the serving cell minus that in a


handover candidate cell is not smaller than the parameter
value, the handover to the candidate cell is allowed. The
parameter loosens the requirement of the PBGT
handover threshold when the load of the serving cell
reaches a certain level. Some traffic that could not be
handed over to a neighboring cell through the PBGT
handover can be handed over now. The value "0"
indicates that the enhanced load handover to the
neighboring cell is not allowed.

After a load handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the


former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by
subtracting "Penalty Value on Load HO" from the receive
level of the former serving cell, thus avoiding ping-pong
handovers.

After a load handover succeeds, the BSC punishes the


former serving cell during "Penalty Time on Load HO" by
subtracting "Penalty Value on Load HO" from the receive
level of the former serving cell, thus avoiding ping-pong
handovers.

When the load of a cell reaches or exceeds "Load HO


Threshold", all the calls that are using this cell as the
serving cell generate handover requests at the same
time, which will suddenly increase the load of the
processor. Under some circumstances, congestion
occurs in the cell, which will result in call drop. To solve
this problem, the BSC uses the hierarchical load
handover algorithm to control the number of users
included in each level of handovers.
This parameter indicates the duration of each handover
level.

In hierarchical load handovers, starting from "Edge HO


DL RX_LEV Threshold", a "Load HO Step Level" is added
to the upper handover threshold after every "Load HO
Step Period". In this way, all the calls in the current
serving cell whose receive level is in the range "Edge HO
DL RX_LEV Threshold" to "Edge HO DL RX_LEV
Threshold" + "Load HO Bandwidth" are switched to other
cells.

This parameter specifies the ratio of the MSs that


simultaneously perform a load handover. You can enlarge
the ratio to accelerate the handover to a neighboring cell
for load sharing. Too large a ratio, however, causes the
neighboring cell to be congested. When a neighboring
cell is congested, you need to reduce the ratio to a
reasonable value.

In the handover algorithm of the first generation, load


handovers can be performed only when the receive level
of the current serving cell is in the range "Edge HO DL
RX_LEV Threshold" to "Edge HO DL RX_LEV Threshold"
+ "Load HO Bandwidth".
In the handover algorithm of the second generation, load
handovers can be performed only when the level
difference between the neighboring cell and the serving
cell is between "Inter-cell HO Hysteresis" - "Load HO
Bandwidth" and "Inter-cell HO Hysteresis".

Whether to enable load power-off.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to allow the cell load reselection. If this


parameter is set to PERMIT and "NC2 Load Reselection
Switch" is set to Support, the load of the target cell is
involved in the algorithm for NC2 cell reselection.

Threshold for allowing the MS to reselect a cell during


load reelection. When the receive level of the serving cell
is lower than this threshold, the load reselection is
triggered.

When the uplink load or downlink load of the target cell is


lower than this threshold, it can accept the MSs from the
serving cell due to load reselection.
When the uplink load or downlink load of the cell exceeds
this threshold, the load reselection decision is made.

If this parameter is set to YES, the channel assignment


algorithm II randomly selects the start range for channel
traversal; otherwise, the algorithm selects the channel
next to the channel assigned last time as the start point of
channel traversal.

This parameter specifies whether the dynamic PDCHs


that have been converted into the PDCHs are considered
during the calculation of the current cell load.

TRM load threshold switch


Decimal value when the longitude where a cell is located
is indicated in the format of degree
Value of the degree part when the latitude is indicated in
the format of degree_minute_second
Integer value when the longitude where a cell is located is
indicated in the format of degree
Value of the minute part when the longitude is indicated in
the format of degree_minute_second
Decimal value of the second part when the longitude is
indicated in the format of degree_minute_second
Integer value of the second part when the longitude is
indicated in the format of degree_minute_second
When the load of an SDCCH on the TRX that is in loose
frequency reuse and is in the compatible band of the
BCCH is lower than this threshold, the SDCCH is
preferably allocated.

Whether to permit the preemption of lower-level sublink


resources. If the value of this parameter is YES, a CS
domain service can preempt the sublink resources of the
PS domain services on the lower-level BTS of the
cascaded BTSs when the CS domain service fails to
preempt the sublink of the corresponding level.

The CS services are preferred. This parameter indicates


that the CS services are permitted to preempt the
dynamic Abis resources on the sublink of the current level
site.
Whether to permit the low noise amplifier (LNA) bypass
Whether to assign overlay channels in an IUO cell based
on the receive level conditions

#N/A

Whether to power off the TRX in the case of overlow


temperature of the BTS cabinet.
If this parameter is set to "Yes", the BTS powers off the
TRX and reports a "Load Power Off Alarm" to protect the
TRX in the case of overlow temperature of the BTS
cabinet. When the cabinet temperature returns to 0
celsius degree, the BTS powers on the TRX, and the
alarm disappears.

Whether to power off the TRX of a BTS when the


temperature of the BTS cabinet is too low.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

It is applicable to the radio transmission environment to


improve the link quality. Link adaptation (LA) indicates
adjusting the coding mode of the channel dynamically
according to the transmission quality of the link. The link
transmission quality is measured by the 8PSK MEAN
BEP and 8PSK CV BEP in the Packet EGPRS Downlink
Ack/Nack message sent by the MS. The network side
determines the coding mode for data transmission
according to the radio measurement report sent by the
MS. The cell with the good transmission quality on the air
interface is set to the LA mode. Increment redundancy
(IR) mode requires the network side retransmit the data
block with different punching codes and the MS store the
historical error information. The data block is
retransmitted through cooperated error correction
function. With the IR mode, the transmission quality on
the air interface of the cell can be improved. However, the
MS must support this IR mode. The cell with the
dissatisfied transmission quality on the air interface is set
to the LR mode.

Whether to enable power shutdown upon low voltage of


the battery.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Load power-off voltage threshold. If "Load Shutdown


Flag" is set to "Enable" and the load voltage is lower than
the value of this parameter, the load is automatically
powered off.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

#N/A

Temperature control threshold for low temperature. When


the ambient temperature is less than "Low Temperature
Critical Point", the temperature control system needs to
control the temperature difference between the air inlet
and air outlet, and that between the air inlet and ambient
temperature.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Lower temperature threshold for the environment alarm


box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient
temperature is too low. If the ambient temperature of the
BTS is lower than this threshold, the environment alarm
box reports the alarm.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in this
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Lower voice quality threshold associated with the


automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink
threshold;The value of this parameter must be smaller
than or equal to the value of Uplink Long-term FER
Target.
Target voice quality value associated with the automatic
adjustment of the uplink threshold of AMR handover
Upper voice quality threshold associated with the
automatic adjustment of the AMR handover uplink
threshold
Factor of uplink threshold adjustment. It indicates the
linear relation between the threshold adjustment value
and the logarithmic FER.

The level 1 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR)


threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter,
the TRX will report a level-1 VSWR alarm. At this time,
the BTS can provide services but its coverage rate
decreases.

The level 2 Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR)


threshold. When the VSWR is higher than this parameter,
the TRX will report a level-2 VSWR alarm. At this time,
the BTS disables power amplification and fails to provide
services.

Whether "Shutdown Voltage" is valid.


In multi-mode base station scenario, the value of this
parameter in different modes must be the same for the
same multi-mode base station.

#N/A

Coding mode in which an ARFCN is sent to an MS during


an assignment or handover. If the parameter is set to
CA_MA, an ARFCN is indicated through the CA and MA
information contained in an assignment or handover
command. If the parameter is set to Frequency_List, an
ARFCN is indicated through the Frequency List
information contained in an assignment or handover
command. If this parameter is set to
OPTIMIZED_CA_MA, the assignment command carries
only the MA but not the CA when a cell works on only one
frequency band, and the assignment command carries
both the MA and CA if the cell works on more than one
frequency band.

When this parameter is set to YES, the BSC6900 is


allowed to reduce the transmit power of the non-BCCH
timeslots on the BCCH TRX.

This parameter specifies whether to enable the


Enhanced BCCH Power Consumption Optimization
feature. Generally, the BCCH TRX transmits signals at
the maximum transmit power. When this parameter is set
to YES, the BSC6900 is allowed to reduce the transmit
power of the non-BCCH idle timeslots on the BCCH TRX.

This parameter specifies the end time of the period


during which the power of the non-BCCH timeslots on the
BCCH TRX is derated.
This parameter specifies the range of power derating
over the non-BCCH timeslots on the BCCH TRX.
This parameter specifies the start time of the period
during which the power of the non-BCCH timeslots on the
BCCH TRX is derated.

Bar code 1 of the interface board of the BTS. This


parameter is the electronic serial number of the active
PTU board. An electronic serial number uniquely
identifies an PTU board. This parameter is set before
delivery.
Bar code 1 of the BTS interface board
Mobile allocation index offset 1. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 10. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 11. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 12. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts

Mobile allocation index offset 2. Start frequency number,


which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 3. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 4. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 5. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 6. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 7. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 8. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
Mobile allocation index offset 9. Start frequency number,
which is the number of the frequency where frequency
hopping starts
IP subnet mask of a BTS port
Subnet mask of BTS PPP link.
Subnet mask of BTS MLPPP Group.
IP address of the main clock server. It must be a legal
A/B/C type address but not a broadcast address or
network address.
It must be the valid address of the A, B, or C type and
cannot be the broadcast address or network address.
Step of upward power adjustment according to the quality
of the received signals

Number of consecutive intra-cell handovers allowed in a


cell. When the interval between two intra-cell handovers
is lower than a certain time threshold, these two intra-cell
handovers are considered consecutive. When a certain
number of intra-cell handovers occur consecutively, intracell handovers will be disallowed in the cell for a certain
period of time.

This parameter specifies the largest step of each TRX


power reduction.

Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one


cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and
BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX Number"
(one or two, one by default) can be selected. For the
BTS3900E GSM, when the "Capacity and Coverage
Optimize Switch" is OFF, the "Maximum TRX Number"
(one or two, one by default) can be selected.

Maximum number of TRXs that can be configured for one


cell. For the BTS3900B GSM, when the "Frequency and
BSIC Plan Switch" is ON, the "Maximum TRX Number"
(one or two, one by default) can be selected. For the
BTS3900E GSM, when the "Capacity and Coverage
Optimize Switch" is OFF, the "Maximum TRX Number"
(one or two, one by default) can be selected.

Maximum output power of the diesel


Maximum number of PDCHs that can be assigned in the
TRX

Maximum value of the PDCH ratio in a cell. The number


of available TCHs and PDCHs in a cell is set to a fixed
value. The PDCH ratio is: Number of available PDCHs/
(Number of available TCHFs + Number of available static
PDCHs). This parameter is used to restrict the PDCH
ratio.

Maximum current coefficient when the battery is charged.


When the battery is charged, the maximum current can
be 0.01 to 0.99 times of the capacity of the battery
cabinet. That is, the charge coefficient is 0.01-0.99. For
example, if the capacity of the battery cabinet is 200 A
and the charge coefficient is 0.15, the maximum charge
current for the battery cabinet is 30 A.

Maximum current coefficient when the battery is charged.


When the battery is charged, the maximum current can
be 0.05 to 0.25 times of the capacity of the battery
cabinet. That is, the charge coefficient is 0.05-0.25. For
example, if the capacity of the battery cabinet is 200 A
and the charge coefficient is 0.15, the maximum charge
current for the battery cabinet is 30 A.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Maximum times for a Physical Information message to be


transmitted. When the retransmission times exceeds this
parameter and the BTS still cannot receive any correct
SAMB frame from the MS, the BTS sends a connection
failure message (including the handover failure
information) to the BSC, which releases the assigned
channel and stops timer T3105 after receiving this
message.
In a non-synchronized handover, an MS keeps sending
Handover Access Burst messages (usually, the value of
timer T3124 is 320 ms) to the network. When detecting
these messages, the BTS returns a Physical Information
message to the MS through the main DCCH (FACCH)
channel, starts timer T3105, and sends a
MSG_ABIS_HO_DETECT message to the BSC.
The BTS includes the information of different physical
layers in the Physical Information message, thus ensuring
correct traffic transmission for the MS. If the timer
timeouts before a SAMB frame is received from the MS,
the BTS retransmits the Physical Information message to
the MS.
For details, see protocols 08.58 and 04.08.

Maximum retransmission for radio priority 1. The 2bit


Radio Priority message carried by the MS in the Packet
Channel Request message has four levels of priorities.
Level 1 is the highest priority, and level 4 is the lowest
priority.

Maximum retransmission for radio priority 2. The 2bit


Radio Priority message carried by the MS in the Packet
Channel Request message has four levels of priorities.
Level 1 is the highest priority, and level 4 is the lowest
priority.

Maximum retransmission for radio priority 3. The 2bit


Radio Priority message carried by the MS in the Packet
Channel Request message has four levels of priorities.
Level 1 is the highest priority, and level 4 is the lowest
priority.

Maximum retransmission for radio priority 4. The 2bit


Radio Priority message carried by the MS in the Packet
Channel Request message has four levels of priorities.
Level 1 is the highest priority, and level 4 is the lowest
priority.

Huawei power control algorithm II divides three quality


zones according to the quality of the receive signals.
When the power is downwardly adjusted according to the
level, the maximum downward adjustment step can vary
according to the quality of the received signals. This
parameter specifies the maximum step of downward
power adjustment when the quality of the received signals
falls into quality zone 0.

#N/A

Huawei power control algorithm II divides three quality


zones according to the quality of the receive signals.
When the power is downwardly adjusted according to the
level, the maximum downward adjustment step can vary
according to the quality of the received signals. This
parameter specifies the maximum step of downward
power adjustment when the quality of the received signals
falls into quality zone 1.

Huawei power control algorithm II divides three quality


zones according to the quality of the receive signals.
When the power is downwardly adjusted according to the
level, the maximum downward adjustment step can vary
according to the quality of the received signals. This
parameter specifies the maximum step of downward
power adjustment when the quality of the received signals
falls into quality zone 2.

This parameter specifies the actual coverage area of a


cell. After receiving the channel request message or
handover access message, the BTS determines whether
the channel assignment or handover is performed in the
cell by comparing the TA and the value of this parameter.
The value of this parameter is determined by that of "Cell
Extension Type" in the "ADD GCELL" command.

Number of measurement reports (MRs) used for


averaging the time advance before the call drops
Whether to initiate a forcible call drop when the time
advance exceeds "MAX TA Drop Call Threshold"
Whether the time advance after filtering exceeds the
threshold. If the threshold is exceeded, a forcible call
drop is initiated.
Maximum number of (16 kbit/s) Abis timeslots that the
PDCHs can use in the TRX
Step of upward power adjustment according to the quality
of the received signals
Used for requesting the MS to report the measurement
information of neighboring cells in multiple frequency
bands. This parameter is carried in the system
information 2ter and 5ter.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on a signaling
channel used to measure the MEAN_BEP value.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on a voice
channel used to measure the MEAN_BEP value.

Mobile country code. This parameter identifies the


country where a mobile subscriber is located, for
example, the Chinese MCC is 460.
Local mobile country code (MCC). It is used to identify the
country that the mobile subscriber belongs to. For
example, the MCC of China is 460.

Number of MC prioritie levels.

If the MCPA Optimization Switch is turned on, the MCPA


priority update mode is adjusted.

Standard for the GSM multi-carrier BTS

Whether to allow the MS to the send the PS


measurement report to the network side

Type of the measurement report (MR) reported by the MS

Frame encapsulation format supported by MP/MC.

Minimum receive level for a neighbor cell to become a


candidate cell during cell reselection. When the receive
level of the serving cell is lower than the value of this
parameter, it indicates that the normal cell reselection
level is bad. In this case, the parameter value is used for
the calculation of the times of the occurrence of bad
normal cell reselection level.

Selects 3G candidate cells. If the measured value of a 3G


neighboring cell is lower than this threshold, the 3G
neighboring cell will be removed from among the 3G
candidate cells.

Minimum receive level offset.


An MS can be handed over to a neighboring cell only
when the downlink level of the neighboring cell is greater
than the sum of "Min DL level on candidate Cell" and the
value of this parameter.

In a direct retry, when the receive level of a neighboring


cell is no smaller than this parameter, the neighboring cell
can be a candidate cell for the direct retry. The parameter
is invalid in handover algorithm II.

Minimum time required for a TCH to transform to a


SDCCH and then transform back to a TCH
Selects 3G candidate cells. If the measured value of a 3G
neighboring cell is lower than this threshold, the 3G
neighboring cell will be removed from among the 3G
candidate cells.
Mobile network code. This parameter identifies the public
land mobile network (PLMN) to which a mobile subscriber
belongs.
Mobile network code (MNC). It is used to identify the
PLMN that the mobile subscriber belongs to.
Month when the TMU board software is released
A quick handover can be initiated only if the rate of an MS
is higher than this parameter during a certain period of
time.
multiplexing on a 64 kbit/s timeslot, the OML works at 64
kbit/s. In this case, the OML can be multiplexed only with
the signaling links in the same cabinet group of the BTS.
In the case of physical multiplexing on a 16 kbit/s
timeslot, the OML works at 16 kbit/s. In this case, the
OML uses a 16 kbit/s timeslot.
ESL: extended signaling link of the BTS. If the BTS
supports Flex Abis, in the case of statistical multiplexing
on a 64 kbit/s timeslot, a 64 kbit/s timeslot needs to be
assigned to the ESL. In this case, the ESL is always
multiplexed with the OML in the 64 kbit/s timeslot. In the
case of physical multiplexing on a 16 kbit/s timeslot, no
timeslot is assigned to the ESL. In this case, the ESL
shares the same timeslot with the OML.
RSL: radio signaling layer link in each TRX. Each TRX
has one RSL link. In the case of statistical multiplexing on
a 64 kbit/s timeslot, the RSL link works at 64kbit/s. In this
case, the RSL link can be multiplexed only with the
signaling links in the same cabinet group of the BTS. In
the case of physical multiplexing on a 16 kbit/s timeslot,
the RSL link works at 16 kbit/s. In this case, the RSL link
uses a 16 kbit/s timeslot exclusively.
TCH: traffic channels in each TRX. The TCH works at 16
kbit/s.
Idle: idle timeslots of the BTS. An idle timeslot works at 16
kbit/s. In the case of statistical multiplexing on a 64 kibt/s
timeslot, the idle timeslots can be multiplexed only with
the TCHs in the same cabinet group onto one 64 kbit/s
timeslot.
Semi: monitoring timeslots of the BTS. The monitoring
timeslots work at 8 kbit/s, 16 kbit/s, 32 kbit/s, and 64
kbit/s. The monitoring timeslots can be multiplexed only
with semi-permanent links.
A 2048 Mbit/s E1 contains thirty-two 64 kbit/s timeslots.
Timeslot 0 is reserved for synchronization and cannot be
Is Support MCPPP.

Whether power control algorithm II allows measurement


report compensation.
When making a power control decision, the BSC retrieves
a certain number of history measurement reports and
performs weighted filtering on the receive level values
and receive quality values in these reports, which may be
obtained when different transmit powers were used by
BTSs or MSs. To ensure that correct receive level values
and receive quality values are used in filtering, you must
compensate the receive level values and receive quality
values in history measurement reports obtained when
transmit powers different than the current one were used.

If the number of measurement reports lost consecutively


is no larger than this value, linear interpolation is
performed for the values in the lost measurement reports
based on the values in the two measurement reports
preceding and following the lost measurement reports.
Otherwise, the lost measurement reports will be
discarded, and the value will be recalculated when new
measurement reports arrive.

When the number of the lost measurement reports


exceeds this parameter during a power control period, the
power control stops.

Frequency at which the BTSs submit pre-processed


measurement reports to the BSC

Attenuation factor for the TMA of antenna tributary 1


Attenuation factor for the TMA of antenna tributary 2
Maximum length of a received packet. The value of this
parameter is negotiated at both ends of a communication.
Whether to collect the information about the MSs of
different capabilities in a cell. This parameter has no
impact on services.
Protocol version of the MSC that is connected to the
BSC6900. The supported signaling varies with the
protocol versions.
Call reestablishment timer
Whether to enable "Triggering the quick PBGT algorithm
only when an MS is far from the BTS"

#N/A

Maximum number of Channel Request messages that


can be sent by an MS in an immediate assignment
procedure.
After the MS initiates the immediate assignment
procedure, it always listens to the messages on the
BCCH and all the common control channels (CCCHs) in
the CCCH group to which the MS belongs. If the MS does
not receive Immediate Assignment or Immediate
Assignment Extend messages, it retransmits Channel
Request messages at a specified interval.
If the downlink quality is poor, the MS may send SABM
frames to the BTS multiple times.

Threshold of the MS Receiver Diversity (MSRD) mode

PDCH Downlink multiplex threshold in the Mobile Station


Receiver Diversity (MSRD) mode. When this parameter
is set to "80", the MS does not adopt the MSRD mode.
When the number of the TBF on the PDCH that is
assigned to the MS exceeds this parameter or the coding
rate of the PDCH is smaller than the threshold of the
coding rate in MSRD mode, the MS is required to adopt
the MSRD mode.

The M criteria supports setting minimum values for the


downlink receive level of neighboring cells.
The M criteria is met only when ,
Estimated downlink level of neighboring cells >= ("Min DL
level on candidate Cell" + "Min Access Level Offset")
Estimated uplink level of neighboring cells >= ("Min UL
level on candidate Cell" + "Min Access Level Offset")

When the number of received measurement reports on


the downlink transmission quality (Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack message) is greater than or equal to this
threshold, emergency reselection decision is made.

Maximum TX power for the MS to access the PCH


Maximum size of a packet that can be transmitted or
received on a FE port.
Bus voltage of the battery rack of the BTS

Multi-band point report value, including "report six cells


with the strongest signal at each frequency point", "report
one cell with the strongest signal at each frequency
point","report two cells with the strongest signal at each
frequency point", and "report three cells with the strongest
signal at each frequency point".

Period of performing class-1 mute detection. If the bad


frame rate reaches "Bad Frame Threshold of Mute
Detection Class 1" within the period specified by this
parameter, mute speech may be detected. The setting of
"Mute Detection Class 2 Switch" determines whether to
perform the class-2 mute detection.

Whether the one-way audio problem is checked in class2 detection. In this manner, the one-way audio problems
found in class-1 are checked to ensure the accuracy.

Period of performing the class-2 mute detection. After the


BTS or TC initiates a class-2 mute detection request, the
class-2 mute detection fails if there is no response and no
test TRAU frame is received by the end of the period
specified by this parameter; if the class-2 mute detection
response is received but no correct test TRAU frame is
received, mute speech is detected; if the class-2 mute
detection response and the expected test TRAU frame
are received, the speech channel is considered to be
normal.

Time for prohibiting the call from accessing the


corresponding channel where one-way audio is detected
on the Abis interface.
Whether to forcibly release a call after the forced
handover fails in the case of one-way audio on the Abis
interface
Minimum number of reserved working status TRXs of the
cabinet
System parameter in the LAPD protocol. The value of this
parameter specifies the maximum number of times when
a frame is retransmitted.

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame.
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame on the FACCH (a full-rate
channel).
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame on the FACCH (a half-rate
channel).
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Whether the BSC6900 sends the LAPDm N200


parameter to the BTS.
If this parameter is set to YES, the BSC sends the
LAPDm N200 parameter. If this parameter is set to NO,
the BSC6900 does not send the LAPDm N200
parameter.

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame during the multi-frame
release.
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame on the SACCH.
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Error control is performed on the I frame sent over the


LAPDm layer between the BTS and MS. If the MS detects
errors in an I frame, the BTS should resend the I frame.
This parameter indicates the maximum number of
retransmissions of the I frame on the SDCCH.
For the function of N200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

Maximum value of the N3101 counter. In the dynamic


uplink allocation mode, the network side enables multiple
MSs to share the same uplink channel through the USF
value in the downlink data block. After the network side
allocates the USF to the uplink TBF (the uplink TBF is set
up successfully), N3101 is started. The network side
waits for the RLC uplink data block sent by the MS. If the
RLC uplink data block sent by the MS is valid, N3101 is
reset. Otherwise, the value of N3101 is increased on the
network side. When this counter is overflowed, the
current uplink TBF is released abnormally.

Maximum value of the N3101 counter. When the uplink


transmission ends, if the network side receives the last
RLC data block, the network side sends an FAI=1 uplink
packet acknowledged/unacknowledged message and
starts N3103. If the packet control acknowledgement
message is not received in the specified time, N3103 is
increased on the network side and the uplink packet
acknowledged/unacknowledged message is
retransmitted. When this counter is overflowed, the timer
T3169 is started. After this timer expires, the current TBF
is released abnormally.

Maximum value of the N3105 counter. After the downlink


TBF is set up successfully, the N3105 is started on the
network side. After the downlink RLC data block is added
with the RRBP domain on the network side, the valid
packet acknowledged message responded by the MS is
received in the uplink RLC data block in the RRBP
domain. In this case, N3105 is reset. Otherwise, the value
of N3105 is increased and the downlink data block of the
RRBP is retransmitted. When N3105 is overflowed,
T3195 is started. After the timer T3195 expires, the
current TBF is released abnormally.

Whether to support the network assisted cell change


(NACC). The NACC is used in the network control modes
NC0, NC1 or NC2. The NACC enables the network to
notify the MS of the system information of the neighboring
cell when the MS is in the packet transmission state. In
this way, the MS can reselect a cell in a shorter time.

Whether to preferentially allocate loose multiplexing


frequencies to non-AMR users
Filter consistent of the collision signal strength of power
control. When sampling must be performed (NAVGI)
times before the MS obtains the efficient measurement
signal.

#N/A

Whether to enable the Tandem Free Operation (TFO)


function on the BTS through a CHANNEL ACTIVATION or
MODE MODIFY message. This parameter specifies
whether to enable the Tandem Free Operation (TFO)
function. If the voice quality of an ongoing MS-to-MS call
is bad, the TFO function can be enabled to improve endto-end voice quality. The TFO function cannot be used to
improve the voice quality of an MS-to-PSTN call.

Uniform number of neighboring cell 1 index within a


BSC6900, which uniquely identifies a cell and is in the
range 0 to 5047.
Name of neighboring GSM cell 1
Index of neighboring GSM cell 2. Uniform number of a
cell index within a BSC6900, which uniquely identifies a
cell and is in the range 0 to 5047.
Name of neighboring GSM cell 2
Uniform number of a cell index within a BSC6900
, which uniquely identifies a cell.
Name of a cell
Uniform number of a neighboring cell index within a BSC,
which uniquely identifies a cell.
The value range of the index of a 3G external cell is 5048
to 8047.
Name of a neighboring cell
When this switch is on, it indicates that the data of the
adjacent cell is generated automatically. When this switch
is off, it indicates that these data must be configured
manually.
Cell ID of a neighboring cell
Local Area Code (LAC) of a neighboring cell
Mobile Country Code (MCC) of a neighboring cell
Mobile Network Code (MNC) of a neighboring cell
Whether the PCU of the cell supports the 64 neighboring
cells.
This parameter determines the capability of reporting the
number of the neighboring cells of the BSC in the NACC
and NC2 function.

Whether to support the network control 2 (NC2). The NC2


enables the network side to control the cell reselection for
the MS when the MS reports the measurement report of
the local cell and the neighboring cell.When this
parameter is set to "YES" and "Network Control Mode" in
"SET GCELLPSBASE" is set to "NC2", the network side
can control the cell reselection for the MS.

Network color code that is provided by the telecom


operator. The NCC is used to identify networks from area
to area. The NCC is unique nationwide.
The BCC and the NCC form the BSIC.

#N/A

Network color code. It is used to uniquely identify different


public land mobile network (PLMN) of the adjacent
country.

A set of NCCs of the cells to be measured by the MS.


This parameter is an information element (IE) in the
system information type 2 and 6 messages.
If a bit of the value of this parameter is set to 1, the MS
reports the corresponding measurement report to the
BTS. The value of this parameter has a byte (eight bits).
Each bit maps with an NCC (0~7) and the most
significant bit corresponds to NCC 7. If bit N is 0, the MS
does not measure the cell level of NCC N.

NCC bitmap of the measurement report sent by the MS.


The MS reports only the NCC bitmap of the BSIC and the
cell measurement report that matches the bitmap.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
measurement reports used for the filtering of neighboring
cell information.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
measurement reports used for the filtering of neighboring
cell signal strength.

Number of blocks occupied by the NCH in the group call


service
Number of the start block occupied by the NCH in the
group call service

Network control mode for cell reselection of the MS.


There are three modes. NC0: normal MS control. The MS
shall perform autonomous cell re-selection. NC1: MS
control with measurement reports. The MS shall send
measurement reports to the network and the MS shall
perform autonomous cell re-selection. NC2: network
control. The MS shall send measurement reports to the
network . The MS shall only perform autonomous cell reselection when the reselection is triggered by a downlink
signaling failure or a random access failure.When this
parameter is set to NC2 and "Support NC2" in "SET
GCELLGPRS" is set to "YES", the network side can
control the cell reselection for the MS.

Minimum interval between two consecutive emergency


handovers performed by an MS. During this interval, no
emergency handover is allowed.

IP address of the next hop

This parameter is related to the paging channel of the


system. There are three network operation modes:
network operation mode I, network operation mode II,
and network operation mode III. Network operation mode
I is used when the system is configured with the Gs
interface. Network operation mode II is used when the
system is not configured with the Gs interface and the
PCCCH is not configured. Network operation mode III is
used when the system is not configured with the Gs
interface and the PCCCH is configured.

Whether to allow non-AMR voice F-H handover

Decides the offset of the current ATCB together with other


two parameters: "F-H Ho Period" and period of triggering
a F-H handover, thus selecting target users for F-H
handovers. ATCB offset = (Period of triggering a F-H
handover / "F-H Ho Period" + 1) * "Non-AMR F-H Ho
ATCB Adjust Step".

When the ATCB value of non-AMR full rate voice is no


smaller than this parameter, the condition for non-AMR FH handovers is met.

Decides the current path cost offset together with other


two parameters: "F-H Ho Period" and period of triggering
a F-H handover, thus selecting target users for F-H
handovers.
Path cost offset = (Period of triggering a F-H handover /
"F-H Ho Period" + 1) * "Non-AMR F-H Ho Pathloss Adjust
Step".

When the path loss value of non-AMR full rate voice is no


larger than this parameter, the condition for non-AMR F-H
handovers is met.

Quality threshold for non-AMR F-H handovers. When the


uplink receive quality and downlink receive quality of a
user are both smaller than this parameter, a F-H
handover is triggered for the user.

When the load of a cell is no smaller than this threshold,


non-AMR F-H handovers are triggered in the cell.
When the ATCB value of non-AMR half rate voice is no
larger than this threshold, the condition for non-AMR H-F
handovers is met.
When the path loss value of non-AMR half rate voice is
no smaller than this threshold, the condition for non-AMR
H-F handovers is met.
Whether to trigger non-AMR H-F handovers according to
the uplink and downlink receive quality

Quality threshold for non-AMR H-F handovers. When the


receive quality of a user is no smaller than this parameter,
the user meets the condition for H-F handovers.

When the load of a cell is no larger than this threshold,


non-AMR H-F handovers are triggered in the cell.

Decisions of no-downlink measurement report handovers


can be made only when the number of consecutive nodownlink measurement reports in the current call is no
larger than this parameter.
Whether to enable the no-downlink measurement report
handover algorithm

When a certain number of no-downlink measurement


reports are received consecutively and the uplink receive
quality is no smaller than this parameter, no-downlink
measurement report emergency handovers are triggered.
No-downlink measurement report emergency handovers
choose the inter-cell handover mode preferentially;
however, if no candidate cells are available and intra-cell
handover is enabled in the current cell, intra-cell
handovers are triggered.

Normal output capacity of the battery group in specific


discharging conditions (such as discharge rate,
temperature, and final voltage). Generally, the parameter
is based on 10-hour discharge rate.

Whether to enable the III power control algorithm for NonAMR calls. If enabled, power control is performed on
Non-AMR calls.

Period when the cell is in the non-DRX state

Whether to allow the cell normal reselection. If this


parameter is set to PERMIT and "NC2 Load Reselection
Switch" is set to Support, the load of the target cell is
involved in the algorithm for NC2 cell reselection.

Normal work temperature threshold of the cabinet

Maximum number of measurement periods in which there


is no traffic. If the number of measurement periods in
which there is no traffic reaches this parameter, the BTS
reports an alarm indicating that there is no traffic.

If the BTS works in fallback mode and uplink VGCS


connection is idle for a period specified by this parameter,
the BTS disables the VGCS connection automatically.
This parameter is valid only for user-originated VGCS
calls and is invalid for fixed VGCS calls.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on a signaling
channel used to filter the NBR_RCVD_BLOCKS value.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on a service
channel used to filter the NBR_RCVD_BLOCKS value.

The identifier of a network service entity (NSE).An NSE


manages a group of NSVCs.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
measurement reports received on signaling channels
used for the filtering of neighboring cell signal strength.

Whether the cell is located in the south latitude or north


latitude

If the inlet temperature is between "High Temperature


Critical Point" and "Low Temperature Critical Point" and
the difference between the inlet temperature and the
ambient temperature reaches the value of this parameter,
the temperature control system controls the difference
between the inlet and outlet temperatures as well as the
difference between the inlet temperature and the ambient
temperature.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

If the outlet temperature is between "High Temperature


Critical Point" and "Low Temperature Critical Point" and
the difference between the outlet temperature and the
inlet temperature reaches the value of this parameter, the
temperature control system controls the difference
between the inlet and outlet temperatures as well as the
difference between the inlet temperature and the ambient
temperature.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Number of retransmissions of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT


message

Type of the alarm shield object

When the PDCHs are insufficient, the streaming service


with high priority can preempt the PDCHs that are seized
by the streaming service with low priority. After the PDCH
resource preemption, the streaming service with low
priority initiates the QoS negotiation with the SGSN. If the
QoS negotiation fails, or if all the PDCHs are preempted,
then the streaming service with low priority is disrupted.

Whether to allow overlay-to-underlay handovers

This parameter specifies whether to configure the backup


OML. When YES is configured in the BTS, an OML is
configured in timeslot 31 of port 0 and port 1 respectively.
The links are established on the two ports in turn after the
BTS is reset. Once the OML is established on a port, it is
always used unless the BTS is reset or the OML is
disconnected. If the established OML is disconnected, the
BTS automatically switches the OML over to another port
to re-establish the OML.

Size of the OML/ESL/EML Downlink LAPD window

Code of the signaling point of the local office in the


signaling network. In the signaling network, each
signaling point has a corresponding signaling point code.

Channel assignment policies used when TCHs are


assigned in an IUO cell: SysOpt: The system selects the
preferentially-assigned service layer and assigns
channels according to the measurement reports on
SDCCHs; USubcell: preferentially assigns the TCHs on
the underlay; OSubcell: preferentially assigns the TCHs
on the overlay; NoPrefer: use the normal channel
assignment algorithm to assign channels.

Preferentially assigns channels on the overlay when the


uplink receive level on the SDCCH is no smaller than
"Assign-optimum-level Threshold" and the TA is smaller
than "TA Threshold of Assignment Pref"; otherwise,
assigns channels on the underlay to ensure successful
channel assignment.

Preferentially assigns channels on the overlay when the


uplink receive level on the SDCCH is no smaller than
"Assign-optimum-level Threshold" and the TA is smaller
than "TA Threshold of Assignment Pref"; otherwise,
assigns channels on the underlay to ensure successful
channel assignment.

This parameter specifies the TRX priority in channel


assignment. The smaller this parameter is, the higher the
TRX priority is. For two TRXs with other conditions
identical, channels on the TRX with higher priority are
preferentially assigned.

The operation type can be "FORBID" or "RESTORE".


Ordinary frequency. Multiple frequencies are separated
by "&". For example, "22&33&44&55" are allocated to
TRXs in ascending order.
This parameter indicates the total number of hardware
modules, excluding those of GSM.

One of the parameters that decide the underlay and


overlay areas in an enhanced IUO cell. The underlay and
overlay areas are decided by "OtoU HO Received Level
Threshold", "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold",
"RX_QUAL Threshold", "TA Threshold", and "TA
Hysteresis" together.

Whether to assign channel requests initiated in the


underlay subcell to the overlay or underlay subcells
according to "UL Subcell General Overload Threshold". If
the load of the underlay is higher than "UL Subcell
General Overload Threshold", incoming calls in the
underlay subcell will be preferentially assigned to the
overlay subcell.

The timer is used to set the time when the BSC6900


waits for a handover success message after a handover
command is sent in an outgoing BSC handover. If the
timer expires, the outgoing BSC handover fails.

#N/A

The timer is used to set the time when the BSC6900


waits for an HO REQ ACK message after a Handover
Request message is reported in an outgoing BSC
handover. If the timer expires, the outgoing BSC
handover fails.
Whether to use external 2G neighboring cells as the
target cells of load handovers

When the load of the underlay subcell is higher than this


parameter, some of the calls in the underlay subcell will
be switched to the overlay subcell, and channels in the
overlay subcell will be preferentially assigned to calls
initiated in the underlay subcell as well.

Power overload threshold for triggering outgoing


handover from the TRX under the prerequisite that the
power amplifier of the TRX provides the maximum output
power. If the power overload exceeds this threshold, the
TRX triggers outgoing handover for lack of power.

Lower threshold of the overlay level during overlay-tounderlay handovers. When the receive level of an MS is
higher than this threshold, the MS can be switched to the
underlay subcell.
Whether to switch some of the calls in the underlay
subcell to the overlay when the load of the underlay is
higher than this parameter

If the underlay load is higher than "UL Subcell Serious


Overload Threshold", the underlay-to-overlay handover
period subtracts a value that equals this threshold from
"UL Subcell Load Hierarchical HO Periods" every second.

When the load of the underlay subcell exceeds "UL


Subcell General Overload Threshold", all the calls that
are using this cell as the serving cell generate handover
requests at the same time, which will suddenly increase
the load of the BSC and possibly cause congestion in the
overlay subcell, thus causing the handovers to fail. To
solve this problem, the BSC uses the hierarchical load
handover algorithm to gradually switch some of the calls
in the underlay subcell to the overlay subcell. This
parameter indicates the duration of each handover level.

Level step during underlay-to-overlay hierarchical load


handovers

#N/A

When the load of the underlay subcell is lower than this


parameter, some of the calls in the overlay subcell will be
switched to the underlay subcell, and channels in the
underlay subcell will be preferentially assigned to channel
requests initiated in the overlay subcell as well.

Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal


has high level, this parameter should be set to 0.
Otherwise, it should be set to 1.
Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal
has high level, this parameter should be set to 0.
Otherwise, it should be set to 1.
Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal
has high level, this parameter should be set to 0.
Otherwise, it should be set to 1.
Level of the accessed alarm signal. If the alarm signal
has high level, this parameter should be set to 0.
Otherwise, it should be set to 1.

Output power of the location group. For a location group


that consists of MRRU or GRRU boards, the default
output power is 15W. For a location group that consists of
DRRU boards, the default output power varies with
frequency bands. That is, when the frequency band is
850M/900M, the default output power is 18W; when the
frequency band is 1800M/1900M, the default output
power is 15W.

Output power of the location group


Output power unit of the location group

When the load of the underlay subcell is higher than this


parameter, the underlay-to-overlay load handover period
subtracts a period that equals "Step Length of UL Subcell
Load HO" from "UL Subcell Load Hierarchical HO
Periods" every second, thus increasing the load handover
speed.

This parameter specifies whether to allow the inter-RAT


load handover in connection mode (after the assignment
is complete).

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy


current of the ANT_A tributary antenna. When the actual
current is higher than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 0.

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy


current of the ANT_B tributary antenna. When the actual
current is higher than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 0.

Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered by too heavy


current of the RET tributary antenna. When the actual
current is higher than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 0.

Clearance threshold for the alarm triggered when the


ANT_A tributary antenna is over current. When the actual
current is below this threshold, the ALD Current Abnormal
Alarm is cleared.

Abnormally alarm clearance threshold triggered by too


heavy current of the ANT_B tributary antenna. When the
actual current is lower than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm clearance is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 0.

Clearance threshold for the alarm triggered when the


RET tributary antenna is over current. When the actual
current is below this threshold, the ALD Current
Abnormally Alarm is cleared.

Interval for the BTS transmitting overload messages to


the BSC6900. This parameter is used to control the
reporting frequency of overload messages by the channel
and TRX.
The overload can be the TRX processor overload,
downlink CCCH overload, or AGCH overload. For details,
see GSM Rec. 08.58.

Temperature threshold of the derating function of the


cabinet

This parameter specifies whether the multi-carrier


transceiver unit supports the Multi-Carrier Intelligent
Voltage Regulation feature.
When this parameter is set to YES, the multi-carrier
transceiver unit automatically regulates its working
voltage according to the power requirements of a service.
When this parameter is set to NO, the multi-carrier
transceiver unit works at a fixed working voltage.This
parameter applies only to BTS3036, BTS3036A,
DBS3036, BTS3900 GSM, BTS3900L GSM, BTS3900A
GSM, DBS3900 GSM, BTS3900E base stations. For
other base stations, this parameter is not displayed and
cannot be configured (the fixed value is Null).

Whether to support the function of moving the packet


assignment down to the BTS. To improve the access
speed of the MS, after the packet assignment is moved
down to the BTS, the BSC reserves the uplink resources
for the BTS. The BTS obtains the channel request of the
MB by analyzing the downlink acknowledgement
message sent by the MS. Then the BTS allocates the
reserved uplink resources to the MS to move the packet
assignment to the BTS.

Average number of paging messages allowed in a cell in


a period

Lifetime of a paging message in the queue of the BTS.


The setting of this parameter must be consistent with the
setting of timer T3113 in the core network; otherwise, the
efficiency of paging scheduling over the Um interface is
reduced. It is recommended that this parameter be set to
a value one to two seconds shorter than timer T3113. The
units of this parameter is 250ms.

Maximum number of paging messages allowed in a cell


in a period

For the BTS, this parameter is used to determine paging


retransmissions. This parameter and the number of
paging times configured in the MSC determine the
number of paging retransmissions. The total number of
paging times is approximately equal to the value of this
parameter multiplied by the number of paging times
configured in the MSC.

This parameter sets the PAN_DEC value used by the


counter N3102 of the MS. When the timer T3182 of the
MS expires, the N3102 reduces the value of PAN_DEC.
0: the value of PAN_DEC is 0; 7: the value of PAN_DEC
is 7; Value N indicates that PAN_DEC is N; Not use: this
parameter is not used.

This parameter sets the PAN_INC value used by the


counter N3102 of the MS. When receiving the packet
uplink acknowledged or unacknowledged message sent
by the network (V(S) or V(A) increases), the MS
increases the count (PAN_INC) of the counter N3102. 0:
the value of PAN_INC is 0; 7: the value of PAN_INC is 7;
Value N indicates that PAN_DEC is N; Not use: this
parameter is not used.

RAN_MAX value, the maximum value of the N3102. 4:


the value of PAN_MAX is 4; 32: the value of PAN_MAX is
32. Value N indicates that PAN_DEC is N; Not use: this
parameter is not used.

Priority level at which the BSC shuts down the power


amplifier of the TRX when the intelligent shutdown
function is enabled. If this parameter is set smaller, the
priority level is higher, the power amplifier of the TRX is
shut down later.

Patch number of the TMU board software


Transmission loss difference between radio frequencies
on different bands
Whether to perform path loss-based sorting in a better
cell handover algorithm

BTS power attenuation on the measured PBCCH

Whether to use the PBGT handover algorithm. PBGT


handovers are based on path loss. The PBGT handover
algorithm searches in real time for cells that have lower
path loss and meet certain system requirements, and
decides whether to perform the handovers. To avoid pingpong handovers, PBGT handovers can occur only on
TCHs and among cells on a same layer and a same
priority level.

The triggering of PBGT handovers must meet the P/N


criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is
met for a consecutive P seconds during N seconds, a
PBGT handover is triggered. This parameter corresponds
to the P in the P/N criteria.

PBGT handovers to a neighboring cell are allowed only


when the downlink level difference between the
neighboring cell and the serving cell is larger than this
parameter. When the value of this parameter is smaller
than 64, handovers to a neighboring cell with a lower
level than the current serving cell are allowed.

The triggering of PBGT handovers must meet the P/N


criteria, that is, when the condition for PBGT handovers is
met for a consecutive P seconds during N seconds, a
PBGT handover is triggered. This parameter corresponds
to the N in the P/N criteria.

Minimum interval between two consecutive power control


commands

Channel used for the measured receiving power. It is


used to set the measured receiving power level of the
channel and control the power of the uplink.

Whether the PCU supports the PREEMPT_ABIS_LINK


message. If the BTS supports the FLEXABIS function, the
CS service can preempt the timeslots on the Abis
interface used by the PS service. After the preemption
occurs, the BSC6900 sends a PREEMPT_ABIS_LINK
message to the PCU if the PCU can process the
message.

PDCH downlink multiplex threshold, Indicating the


maximum TBFs on the downlink PDCH (parameter
value/10).We recommand that the value of "Downlink
Multiplex Threshold of Dynamic Channel Conversion"
should be less than "PDCH Downlink Multiplex
Threshold" for triggering converting dynamic channel in
time and reducing PDCH multiplex.

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Power


Optimization Based on Channel Type feature. The
working voltage of the TRX varies with the modulation
mode of the channel. When this parameter is set to YES,
the TRX adopts the working voltage according to the
modulation mode of the dynamic PDCH.

This parameter must be used together with "Level of


Preempting Dynamic Channel" in the following conditions:
1. When "Level of Preempting Dynamic Channel" is set to
"No preempt of service TCHF" and "PDCH Reforming" is
set to "Yes", the channels for the CS service is released if
the CS service fails to be switched to another channel.
2: When "Level of Preempting Dynamic Channel" is set to
"Preempt all dynamic TCHFs" or "No preempt of CCHs"
and "PDCH Reforming" is set to "Yes", the CS service is
switched to the original channel if the CS service fails to
be switched to another channel.

PDCH uplink multiplex threshold, indicating the maximum


TBFs on the uplink PDCH (parameter value/10). We
recommand that the value of "Uplink Multiplex Threshold
of Dynamic Channel Conversion" should be less than
"PDCH Uplink Multiplex Threshold" for triggering
converting dynamic channel in time and reducing PDCH
multiplex.

ID of the peer BSC6900


IP address of the peer BSC6900 on the homing BSC6900
side
Subnet mask of the port IP address at the peer BSC6900.
Identifier of the peer BTS on the homing BSC6900 side
IP address of the peer end of BTS PPP Link.
IP address of the peer end of BTS MLPPP Group.

Whether to punish the target cell when a handover fails


or to punish the current serving cell when a handover is
of more TA or bad quality.
After a handover fails due to congestion of the target cell,
the system needs to punish the target cell to prevent the
MS from attempting to switch to the target cell again.
Ping-pong handovers can easily occur when handovers
are of more TA or bad quality. In these cases, the system
needs to punish the current serving cells.

Penalty duration for cell reselection. Cell penalty can be


performed only in this duration. When this parameter is
set to a greater value, the MS cannot reselect a cell for a
longer time in the case of reselection failure or
reselection due to load. The penalty timer is shorter when
this parameter is set to a smaller value.

When the cell reselection failure message is received or


the load cell reselection is initiated, the "Cell Penalty
Level" is subtracted from the receive level of the target
cell to avoid that cell reselection failure occurs repeatedly
or that multiple MSs are reselected to the same target
cell. This parameter is valid only within "Cell Penalty
Duration".

Timer of penalty on a neighboring cell when a handover


fails due to faults of data configuration.
Whether to compress the protocol field of the PPP link.
Cell Reselect Parameters Indication (PI), sent on the
broadcast channel, indicates whether "Cell Reselect
Offset", "Cell Reselect Temporary Offset" in the "SET
GCELLIDLEAD" command, and "Cell Reselect Penalty
Time" are used.

Maximum multiplexing frame length. The length of the


multiplexed packet must not exceed the maximum
multiplexing frame length. If the length of the multiplexed
packet exceeds the maximum multiplexing frame length,
the packet is transferred without being added with new
subframes. The frame length refers to the payload,
excluding the IP/UDP header.

Whether the cell supports the PACKET SI STATUS flow.


In the PACKET SI STATUS flow, the MS sends the Packet
PSI/SI Status message to indicate that the MS has stored
the system message. The network side sends the Packet
Serving Cell Data message to notify the MS of the system
message not stored.

Persistence level 1 of the radio access priority.


During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If
the priority of the MS is higher than the access priority of
the MS, the cell allows the access of the MS. Otherwise,
the cell rejects the access of the MS. The value "no use"
indicates this parameter is not used.

Power attenuation level of all the other timeslots of the


BCCH except for timeslot 7 in 16QAM. The attenuation
level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When
the EDGE TRX sends signals in 16QAM, the transmit
power must be lower than the mean power in GMSK.

Persistence level 2 of the radio access priority.


During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If
the priority of the MS is higher than the access priority of
the MS, the cell allows the access of the MS. Otherwise,
the cell rejects the access of the MS. The value "no use"
indicates this parameter is not used.

Persistence level 3 of the radio access priority.


During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If
the priority of the MS is higher than the access priority of
the MS, the cell allows the access of the MS. Otherwise,
the cell rejects the access of the MS. The value "no use"
indicates this parameter is not used.

Power attenuation level of all the other timeslots of the


BCCH except for timeslot 7 in 32QAM. The attenuation
level ranges from 0 to 50, with the step of 0.2 dB. When
the EDGE TRX sends signals in 32QAM, the transmit
power must be lower than the mean power in GMSK.

Persistence level 4 of the radio access priority.


During MS access, the access priority of the MS is set. If
the priority of the MS is higher than the access priority of
the MS, the cell allows the access of the MS. Otherwise,
the cell rejects the access of the MS. The value "no use"
indicates this parameter is not used.

Power attenuation level of the EDGE TRX. There are 50


power attenuation levels. At each level, the power is
attenuated by 0.2 dB. The spectrum requirements are
met only when the power of an EDGE transceiver for
transmitting 8PSK signals is lower than the average
power for GMSK modulation.

Interval for sending cell paging group packets when


Paging Messages Optimize at Abis Interface is enabled
Number of cell paging group packets when Paging
Messages Optimize at Abis Interface is enabled

Whether to enable Paging Messages Optimize at Abis


Interface. The BSC6900 combines multiple paging
messages to a cell paging package and then sends the
package to the BTS. The package reduces header
overhead and thus reducing the load on the Abis link.

Maximum transmission delay of the POC service (push to


talk over cellular). The transmission delay of the POC
service must be relatively small. The network side must
support the function of detecting the POC service type
and reduce the delay through related processing to meet
the POC service requirement. For the POC service
received by the network side, Transfer Delay in the ABQP
must be lower than the transmission threshold of the
POC service.

Maximum bandwidth of the POC service (push to talk


over cellular). The transmission delay of the POC service
must be relatively small. The network side must support
the function of detecting the POC service type and
reduce the delay through related processing to meet the
POC service requirement. For the POC service received
by the network side, GbrValue in the ABQP must be lower
than the maximum bandwidth of the POC service.

Minimum bandwidth of the POC service (push to talk over


cellular). The transmission delay of the POC service must
be relatively small. The network side must support the
function of detecting the POC service type and reduce
the delay through related processing to meet the POC
service requirement. For the POC service received by the
network side, GbrValue in the ABQP must be larger than
the minimum bandwidth of the POC service.

Whether to support the push to talk over cellular (POC)


service

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS


alarm. When the output power of a TRX of a transmitter is
lower than a fixed level, an error is generated. This
parameter and "Power output error threshold" indicate the
two thresholds of the error. If this parameter is set to a
large value, the error is small. The value range is 0 to 9,
indicating -10 dB to -1 dB.

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS


alarm. When the output power of a TRX of a transmitter is
lower than a fixed level, an error is generated. This
parameter and "Power output reduction threshold"
indicate the two thresholds of the error. If this parameter
is set to a large value, the error is small. The value range
is 0 to 9, indicating -10 dB to -1 dB.

Number of the port where to set up the link after the BTS
ring is swapped. If this parameter is set to 0, the BTS
works on a forward ring. If this parameter is set to 1, the
BTS works on a backward ring.
Number of the port where to set up the link after the main
and backup OMLs of the BTS are swapped

Type of the port. If this parameter is set to


"TOPEXTOUTPORT", the local E1/T1 ports are used to
extend the transmission of other boards. That is, the
timeslots on the source E1/T1 port are used by other
boards through the extended E1/T1 port. If this parameter
is set to "TOPEXTINPORT", the local E1/T1 ports are
used to extend the transmission of local boards. That is,
the local boards can obtain the timeslots from other
boards through the extended E1/T1 port.

Whether to transmit the 2Quater message on the BCCH


Norm channel or the BCCH Ext channel
Rated maximum output power of the diesel engine. Refer
to the rated output power described on the diesel engine
label.
Battery current shunt coefficient

Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in


16QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with
the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in
16QAM, the transmit power must be lower than the mean
power in GMSK.

Power attenuation level of timeslot 7 of the BCCH in


32QAM. The attenuation level ranges from 0 to 50, with
the step of 0.2 dB. When the EDGE TRX sends signals in
32QAM, the transmit power must be lower than the mean
power in GMSK.

This parameter specifies the maximum transmit power


supported by the power amplifier of the TRX. The macro
BTS and the mini BTS support different power levels.

If this parameter is set to ON, the BSC initiates a TCHF


preemption when receiving a link establishment indication
from an MS in an emergency call.
Priority of a route. A smaller value of this parameter
indicates a higher priority. The BTS preferentially selects
the route with a high priority to transfer information.

as agreed

Access priority of the MS that is allowed to access the


cell. The MS sends the packet channel request containing
the 2-bit radio priority message. The priority of the 2-bit
radio priority message ranges from 1 to 4 in descending
order. During the MS access, the BSC compares the
radio priority in the channel request with the parameter
setting of the cell. If the radio priority equals to the
parameter setting of the cell, the BSC sets up the TBF for
the channel request.

Whether the BTSs send the original measurement


reports to the BSC after pre-processing them. When this
parameter is set to YES, the BTSs sends the original and
pre-processed measurement reports to the BSC.

This parameter controls handover between cells at the


same layer. Generally, the cells at the same layer are set
with the same priority. If the cells at the same layer have
different priorities, a cell with a smaller priority value has
a higher priority.

This parameter controls the handovers among cells on a


same layer. A smaller priority value indicates a higher
priority. Cells with higher priorities are preferentially
selected as the handover target cells.

If the static Abis resource load is greater than the value of


"Fix Abis Prior Choose Abis Load Thred" and the dynamic
Abis resource load is greater than the value of this
parameter, the half-rate channel is preferred. Otherwise,
the full-rate channel is preferred.

Priority of the hierarchical cell structure (HCS).


0: indicates the lowest priority;
7: indicates the highest priority.

Preferential customized detection type when the


customized sequence is used for port detection.

Number of customized detection types involved when the


customized sequence is used for port detection.

Subsidiary customized detection type when the


customized sequence is used for port detection. This
parameter is valid only when Number of Customized
Detection Types is set to 2.

Port detection sequence used during BTS startup.

The transmission resource in the Abis timeslot is


considered as faulty only when the BTS detects that the
Abis timeslot is faulty in the delay. The transmission
resource in the Abis timeslot is considered as normal
when the BTS detects the Abis timeslot is normal.

This parameter specifies a period of time during which a


cell cannot be enabled or disabled to prevent frequent
cell enabling or disabling operations. That is, after a cell
is enabled, it cannot be disabled within the period of time
specified by this parameter; after a cell is disabled, it
cannot be enabled within the period of time specified by
this parameter.

Priority for PS services over the Abis interface in IP, IP


over E1, or HDLC mode when PS preferred. When "Level
of Preempting Dynamic Channel" is set to "No preempt of
service TCHF" through the "SET GCELLPSCHM"
command, PS services are assigned with a high priority. If
"PS High PRI Service PRI" is set to a great value, the
priority for PS services becomes low.

Period for sending the packet message PSI. If the period


is too long, the message PSI cannot be obtained in
realtime. If the period is too short, the message PSI is
broadcast frequently, which occupies too much system
resources.
Whether the BSC supports the state message PSI. The
state message PSI refers to PSI STATUS.

Priority for PS services over the Abis interface in IP, IP


over E1, or HDLC mode when CS preferred. When "Level
of Preempting Dynamic Channel" is set to "Preempt all
dynamic TCHFs" or "No preempt of CCHs" through the
"SET GCELLPSCHM" command, CS services are
assigned with a high priority. If "PS Low PRI Service PRI"
is set to a great value, the priority for PS services
becomes low.

Threshold of the receive level for triggering the handover


of the PS services from the overlaid subcell to the
underlaid subcell

This parameter specifies the level threshold for the


random access of the MS. If the receive level of the
RACH burst in the PS domain is smaller than the value of
PS RACH Min.Access Level, the BTS regards this access
as an invalid one and no decoding is performed. If the
receive level of the RACH burst is greater than the value
of PS RACH Min. Access Level, the BTS considers that
an access request exists on this timeslot, and determines
together with the value of "Random Access Error
Threshold" whether the RACH access is valid.

Minimum voltage level for accessing PS services of the


location group
Whether to enable the DPSU0 to supply power for the
BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU1 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU2 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU2 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU3 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU4 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU5 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU6 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the DPSU7 to supply power for the


BTS.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Threshold of the receive level for triggering the handover


of the PS services from the underlaid subcell to the
overlaid subcell

This parameter specifies whether the BTS is allowed to


enable the PSU Smart Control feature.
When this parameter is set to YES, the BTS automatically
enables or disables the PSU according to the traffic
volume to improve the efficiency of the PSU. When this
parameter is set to NO, the PSUs of the BTS are all
working.
The following types of BTS support the PSU Smart
Control feature:
BTS3012AE
BTS3900A, BTS3900, DBS3900, and BTS3900L: support
the PSU Smart Control feature through the matching
APM30.

Cell Reselect Penalty Time (PT) is used to ensure the


safety and validity of cell reselection because it helps to
avoid frequent cell reselection. For details, see GSM Rec.
05.08 and 04.08.
Alarm port type
Number of a BTS HDLC path. It is unique in one [BTS].

Power system type. When the PMU is installed on the


rack, you can select the custom power system type.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

This parameter specifies the patch version loaded to the


BTS.
This parameter can be set to only a hot patch version.
You can use either of the following methods to query the
version number of the BTS hot patch.
Method 1: If the BTS hot patch is downloaded to the OMU
through the MML command DLD BTSPATCH, you can
run the MML command LST BTSPATCH to obtain the
number of the hot patch package and the hot patch
version according to the returned result.
Method 2: If the BTS hot patch is not downloaded to the
OMU, you can decompress the BTS hot patch package.
Then, check the patchcfg.xml file in the level-1 directory
of the compressed package. The value after the label
"PatchVersion" is the software version.

Whether to allow active power control. If this parameter is


set to YES, the system performs power forecast in the
process of initial access assignment or service channel
activation during intra-BSC handovers, and sends the
forecast initial power information to the BTSs through
channel activation messages. In this way, the MSs and
BTSs can adjust the transmit power. If this parameter is
set to NO, the system does not perform power forecast,
and the MSs and BTSs choose the maximum transmit
power.

Whether to enable the optimized power control algorithm


III

#N/A

Whether to enable power control algorithm II or power


control algorithm III

#N/A

If a class 3 MS on the DCS1800 band does not receive


the original power command after random access, the
power that the MS uses is the MS maximum transmit
power level plus the power calculated from the power
deviation. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08.

The MS does not receive the original power command


after random access. This parameter indicates whether
the power deviation is added to the class 3 MS on the
DCS1800 band on the basis of the maximum MS transmit
power.

Whether to enable the power amplifier for all location


groups. 0x01 indicates that the TRX power amplifier is
enabled for all location groups. 0x00 indicates that the
TRX power amplifier is enabled for the current location
group.

Power mode.

Time interval between the time when the BTS detects that
the external power supply is shut down and the time
when the backup power decrease function is started. This
parameter is valid in the BTSs that supports the backup
power decrease function.

When this parameter is set to YES, The BSC6900


preferentially uses the TRX with good power-saving
performance according to the TRX power priority reported
by the BTS. Smaller priority value indicates better power
saving quality. If the priority is of a great value, the BTS
closes TRXs late.

Finetune of the TRX power. During the static finetune of


the TRX power, the BSC adjusts the TRX power at a step
of 0.2 dB. In some scenarios, the losses vary depending
on the tributaries where the power is combined, and the
power difference before and after the power output is not
an integral multiple of 2 dB. As a result, the cabinet-top
output power cannot be adjusted at a step of 2 dB, and
the TRX output power cannot be consistent with the
cabinet-top output power. Therefore, this parameter
provides a smaller step that can adjust the cabinet-top
output power.

When the ANT_A tributary antenna power switch is ON, it


is allowed to configure related parameters of the ANT_A
tributary.
When the ANT_B tributary antenna power switch is ON, it
is allowed to configure related parameters of the ANT_B
tributary.
When the RET tributary antenna power switch is ON, it is
allowed to configure related parameters of the RET
tributary.
This parameter specifies the threshold of the signal level
for cell reselection in connection mode before ""Qsearch
C"" is obtained.
Whether to enable the fast moving micro-cell handover
algorithm. The fast moving micro-cell handover algorithm
enables fast moving MSs to switch over to macro-cells,
thus reducing the handover times.

This parameter is used in the P/N criteria decision: If an


MS quickly passes through N out of P micro-cells lately,
the BSC enables the fast moving micro-cell handover
algorithm. This parameter corresponds to the N in the P/N
criteria.

A time threshold determined based on the radius of a cell


and the moving speed of an MS. If the MS crosses the
cell in a time period shorter than this threshold, the BSC
concludes that the MS quickly passes through the cell.
Otherwise, it concludes that the MS slowly passes the
cell.

This parameter is used in the P/N criteria decision: If an


MS quickly passes through N out of P micro-cells lately,
the BSC enables the fast moving micro-cell handover
algorithm. This parameter corresponds to the P in the P/N
criteria.

15], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if


this parameter is set to 5 and if the signal level of the
serving cell is lower than 5, the MS starts to search for 3G
cells; if this parameter is set to 10 and if the signal level
of the serving cell is above 10, then the MS starts to
search for 3G cells.
The values of this
parameter correspond to the following decibel values:
0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
2: -90 dBm
3: -86 dBm
4: -82 dBm
5: -78 dBm
6: -74 dBm
7:
(always), that is, the MS keeps searching for 3G cells
8: -78
dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66
dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio
environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
measurement reports used for the filtering of the signal
quality on service or data channels. This parameter is
used to determine whether interferences exist on
channels.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
measurement reports used for the filtering of the signal
quality on signaling channels. This parameter is used to
determine whether interferences exist on channels.

Whether to support QoC optimization. The GSN


equipment for the GPRS provides flexible QoS
mechanisms for different subscribers. The QoS level is
also set during subscription. The QoS control parameters
include: service priority, reliability level, delay level, and
data throughput level. During QoS negotiation, the MS
can apply for one value for each QoS attribute. When
receiving the request from the MS, the network must
allocate a QoS level to each attribute for each QoS
document. The network provides related resources for
the negotiated QoS document.

#N/A

In packet transfer mode, if the signal level of


the serving cell is below [0, 7] or above [8, 15], the MS
starts to search for 3G cells. For example, if this
parameter is set to 5 and if the signal level of the serving
cell is lower than 5, the MS starts to search for 3G cells; if
this parameter is set to 10 and if the signal level of the
serving cell is above 10, then the MS starts to search for
3G cells.
The values of this parameter correspond
to the following decibel values:
0: -98
dBm
1: -94
dBm
...
6: -74 dBm
7: (always)
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
...

In connection mode, if the signal level is below [0-7] or


above [8-15], the MS starts to search for 3G cells. For
example, if this parameter is set to 5 and if the signal
level of the serving cell is lower than 5, the MS starts to
search for 3G cells; if this parameter is set to 10 and if
the signal level of the serving cell is above 10, then the
MS starts to search for 3G cells.
0: -98 dBm
1: -94 dBm
...
6: -74 dBm
7: (always)
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
...
14: -54 dBm
15: Positive infinity (never)

This parameter is used to avoid allocating the calls whose


signal strengths differ greatly to the same timeslot.
The BSC measures the signal merge conditions on each
timeslot every 0.5 seconds. If the difference between the
highest signal strength and the lowest signal strength on
a timeslot is greater than the value of "UL Signal Strength
Difference Threshold", it regards it as a signal merge
event.
If N signal merge events are consecutively detected
among P times of measurements, the forcible intra-cell
handover is triggered to switch the call with the highest
signal strength to another timeslot in the cell.
Here, N indicates "UL Signal Strength Difference
Detections", P indicates "UL Signal Strength Difference
Maintains".

The P/N criteria is used to determine low downlink power


for multi-density carriers. If the downlink power of a multidensity carrier remains low during a consecutive P
seconds out of N seconds, the downlink power of the
multi-density carrier is considered low. This parameter
corresponds to the P in the P/N criteria.

The P/N criteria is used to determine low downlink power


for multi-density carriers. If the downlink power of a multidensity carrier remains low during a consecutive P
seconds out of N seconds, the downlink power of the
multi-density carrier is considered low. This parameter
corresponds to the N in the P/N criteria.

Whether to use the statistical multiplexing algorithm for


multi-density power

Maximum number of times that the BTS finds that the air
conditioner needs to be switched off. If the number of
times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to
be switched off in the "CHKOFFTIMES" checks reaches
this parameter, the BTS switches off the air conditioner.

Maximum number of times that the BTS finds that the air
conditioner needs to be switched on. If the number of
times that the BTS finds that the air conditioner needs to
be switched on in the "CHKONTIMES" checks reaches
this parameter, the BTS switches on the air conditioner.

Step of downward power adjustment according to the


quality of the received signals
Whether to query the classmark of the call in an incoming
BSC handover
Whether to allow the fast handover algorithm

Auxiliary devices of rack 0. This parameter contains eight


bits.
The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least
significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage
stabilizer, internal battery, transmission power supply,
temperature control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary
device 6, auxiliary device 7, and auxiliary device 8. When
a bit is set to 1, the relevant auxiliary device is installed.
When a bit is set to 0, the relevant auxiliary device is not
installed. For example, if this parameter is set to
10000000, rack 0 is configured with an auxiliary voltage
stabilizer.

Whether to configure a battery rack for rack 0

Capacity of the battery rack configured for rack 0

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery


pack configured for rack 0 to the capacity of the battery
pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a
capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the
maximum charging current of the battery pack is 30 A (=
0.15 x 200).

Type of the battery rack configured for rack 0

Auxiliary devices of rack 1. This parameter contains eight


bits.
The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least
significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage
stabilizer, internal battery, transmission power supply,
temperature control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary
device 6, auxiliary device 7, and auxiliary device 8. When
a bit is set to 1, the relevant auxiliary device is installed.
When a bit is set to 0, the relevant auxiliary device is not
installed. For example, if this parameter is set to
10000000, rack 1 is configured with an auxiliary voltage
stabilizer.

Whether to configure a battery rack for rack 1

Capacity of the battery rack configured for rack 1

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery


pack configured for rack 1 to the capacity of the battery
pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a
capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the
maximum charging current of the battery pack is 30 A (=
0.15 x 200).

Type of the battery rack configured for rack 1

Auxiliary devices of rack 2. This parameter contains eight


bits.
The eight bits, from the most significant bit to the least
significant bit, indicate whether to install a voltage
stabilizer, internal battery, transmission power supply,
temperature control unit, auxiliary device 5, auxiliary
device 6, auxiliary device 7, and auxiliary device 8. When
a bit is set to 1, the relevant auxiliary device is installed.
When a bit is set to 0, the relevant auxiliary device is not
installed. For example, if this parameter is set to
10000000, rack 2 is configured with an auxiliary voltage
stabilizer.

Whether to configure a battery rack for rack 2

Capacity of the battery rack configured for rack 2

Ratio of the maximum charging current of the battery


pack configured for rack 2 to the capacity of the battery
pack. For example, assume that the battery pack has a
capacity of 200 AH. If this parameter is set to 0.15C, the
maximum charging current of the battery pack is 30 A (=
0.15 x 200).

Type of the battery rack configured for rack 2

The NS performs location management based on routing


areas during GPRS packet services. Each routing area
has a routing area identifier, which is broadcast as a
system message.
The NS performs location management based on routing
areas during GPRS packet services. Each routing area
has a routing area identifier.
Identifies the routing area of the current cell
Route area of the current cell
Route area of the current cell
Route area of the current cell

This parameter specifies the level threshold for the


random access of the MS. If the receive level of the
RACH burst in the CS domain is smaller than the value of
CS RACH Min.Access Level, the BTS regards this access
as an invalid one and no decoding is performed. If the
receive level of the RACH burst is greater than the value
of CS RACH Min. Access Level, the BTS considers that
an access request exists on this timeslot, and determines
together with the value of "Random Access Error
Threshold" whether the RACH access is valid.

#N/A

Level threshold of the MS random access for the BTS to


determine the RACH busy state. When the receive level
of the random access burst timeslot is greater than this
threshold, the BTS considers that the timeslot is busy.

Number of RACH burst timeslots in a RACH load


measurement.
The value of this parameter indicates the interval during
which the BSC6900 determines whether an RACH
timeslot is busy. For details, see GSM Rec. 08.58.
Minimum voltage level for accessing CS services of the
location group
Routing area color code of the GPRS cell
Whether to allow the MS to access another cell

Correlation threshold of the training sequence for the


random access.
As defined in the GSM recommendation, the system can
determine whether the received signals are random
access signals of the MS and calculate the TA value by
checking the correlation of the 41-bit training sequence.
Random Access Error Threshold
Number of Correct
Bits in the 41-Bit Training Sequence
90-100
33
101-120
34
121-140
35
141-160
36
161-175
37
176-195
38
196-221
39
222-243
40
244-250
41
0-89 or 251-255
38.

Hysteresis of cell selection in different routing area. When


a standby or ready MS starts cell reselection, if the
original cell and the target cell are in the different routing
area, the signal level of the neighboring cell must be
greater that of the current cell. Their difference must be
larger than the specified hysteresis. Otherwise the MS
cannot start cell reselection. The larger the hysteresis of
GPRS cell selection, the harder to start cell reselection.

Port rate of the IP interface board

Switch for controlling the AMR rate. Value 0 indicates that


C/I is used to control the AMR rate. Value 1 indicates that
BER is used to control the AMR rate.

This parameter specifies whether the RATSCCH function


is enabled during the call establishment procedure.
RATSCCH is used to dynamically reconfigure the rate set
of AMR while on a call. This parameter maps the versions
of base stations.

RF receive mode of the TRX.


The BTS3012, BTS3012AE, BTS3012II, BTS3006C, and
BTS3002E do not support Main Diversity.
The DBS3900 GSM and BTS3900 GSM support Four
Diversity Receiver and Main Diversity.

Whether to allow the reassignment function

Whether to re-assign the radio channels on a different


band or on the same band. This can help minimize the
decrease in service quality due to interference, faulty
TRX paths, or faulty project constructions.

IUO cell receive quality threshold (AMRFR), which is


used for IUO handover decision
IUO cell receive quality threshold (AMRHR), which is
used for IUO handover decision

One of the parameters that decide the underlay and


overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are
determined by "RX_QUAL Threshold", "RX_LEV
Threshold", "RX_LEV Hysteresis", "TA Threshold", and
"TA Hysteresis" together.

One of the parameters that decide the underlay and


overlay areas. The underlay and overlay areas are
determined by "RX_QUAL Threshold", "RX_LEV
Threshold", "RX_LEV Hysteresis", "TA Threshold", and
"TA Hysteresis" together.

Whether to use the downlink receive level as a condition


in IUO handover decision

One of the parameters that decide the underlay and


overlay areas.
If "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, the
underlay and overlay areas are determined by
"RX_QUAL Threshold", "RX_LEV Threshold", "RX_LEV
Hysteresis", "TA Threshold", and "TA Hysteresis"
together; if "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to ON,
the underlay and overlay areas are determined by
"RX_QUAL Threshold", "UtoO HO Received Level
Threshold", "OtoU HO Received Level Threshold", "TA
Threshold", and "TA Hysteresis" together.

Whether to use the downlink receive quality as a


condition in IUO handover decision

Region information of the IP BTS configured with local


switching. Local switching can be performed between
only the BTSs that have the same region information.
Absolute time of re-homing
Delay time of re-homing

Policy type of re-homing

Whether to enable the configuration of the "Extend


Connection" attribute. The "Extend Connection" attribute
describes the cascading relationship of the DFCB, which
helps the DFCU perform the six-in-one function.

Function to be performed by two associated modules

Tributary Number of the DFCB that is cascaded to the


DFCU. The "Extend Connection" attribute describes the
cascading relationship of the DFCB, which helps the
DFCU perform the six-in-one function.

A key parameter that indicates how many times the


BSC6900 broadcasts cell messages. You can obtain the
cell broadcast times by running the "DSP GSMSCB"
command.
The value 0 indicates no repeat.

When the cell supports Repeated Downlink FACCH, the


BTS enables the repeated transmission of FACCH
frames if the measured downlink quality is higher than
"Repeated Downlink FACCH Threshold".

If the cell supports the Repeated Downlink FACCH


function and the measured downlink quality is lower than
the downlink quality threshold, the BTS enables the
repeated transmission of FACCH frames.

When the cell supports Repeated Downlink SACCH, the


BTS enables the repeated transmission of SACCH
frames if the measured downlink quality is higher than the
downlink quality threshold.

Indicating that during cell reselection, the level of the


target cell should meet the following condition: Level of
target cell > [MAX (level of serving cell, "Cell Reselection
Level Threshold") + "Cell Reselection Hysteresis"]. In this
way, ping-pong handovers do not occur.

NC2 cell reselection interval in the same cell

The number of received Packet Measurement Report


messages on the receive level of the serving cell is
measured continuously. When the statistical value is
greater than or equal to the value of this parameter, the
normal reselection decision is made.

If the number of times when the receive level of the


serving cell within "Normal Cell Reselection Watch
Period" is lower than "Cell Reselection Level Threshold"
is greater than the value of this parameter, the normal cell
reselection is triggered.

This parameter specifies the number of the reserved


PDCHs that are not used for channel converstion in the
dynamic transferable channel pool.

This parameter specifies the number of idle channels that


should be reserved on a cell after the TRX is shut down.
When the number of idle channels on a cell is smaller
than this threshold, the BSC6900 enables a TRX. This
parameter is used to prevent the impact enabling or
disabling delay on the efficiency of channel assignment
on the cell that is enabled with the TRX Intelligent
Shutdown feature.

The waiting time from BTS detect OML disconnect to BTS


reset.

While assigning channels, the BSC ensures that the sum


of the number of channels occupied by high-priority users
and the number of idle channels reserved for high-priority
users is no smaller than this parameter. Every time the
BSC assigns channels to a user whose priority is lower
than "Highest Priority", it checks whether the sum of the
number of channels occupied by users of "Highest
Priority" and the number of idle channels is larger than
the number of the reserved channels. If yes, the BSC
normally assigns channels for the user; if not, the BSC
does not assign a TCHF.

Maximum number of levels that the BTS RF power


decreases. This parameter is used to control the
decrease in the BTS RF power. If the value is too large,
the BTS power decreases too much. If the value is too
small, the BTS power decreases less and the power
decrease effect is not good.

Interval for sending the radio resource indication


messages. The TRX reports the interference level for
each of the channels that have been idle for the whole
measurement period.
This parameter is used by a BTS to inform the BSC6900
of the interference levels on idle channels of a TRX. For
details, see GSM Rec. 08.58 and 08.08.

1. This parameter specifies whether to configure the


DRFU, MRFU, GRFU, or XRFU by slot or link.
2. When setting the BTS to support the configuration of
the RFU by slot, set this parameter to "YES". When
setting the BTS not to support the configuration of the
RFU by slot, set this parameter to "NO".
3. If this parameter is set to "YES", you must enter the
numbers of the subrack and slot where the new board is
located.
If you need to specify the CPRI connection relations (SFP
port number and cascading level) based on a rule that is
different from the cabinet mapping rule specified by the
system, the parameters "RXU Chain Head Port No." and
"Insert RXU Position" must be specified.
4. If this parameter is set to "NO", you must set "TRX
Board No.", "RFU Link No." and "RXU Chain Head Port
No.".

Satellite card protocol that is enabled to communicate


with the satellite card connecting to the DGPS. If "RGPS"
is specified, it indicates that the RGPS satellite card
protocol is enabled to communicate with the satellite card
connecting to the DGPS. If "GPS" is specified, it indicates
that the GPS satellite card protocol is enabled to
communicate with the satellite card connecting to the
DGPS.

Time for disconnecting a call when the MS fails to decode


the SACCH. Once a dedicated channel is assigned to the
MS, the counter S is enabled and the initial value is set to
this parameter value.
Each time an SACCH message is not decoded, the
counter S decreases by 1. Each time an SACCH
message is correctly decoded, the counter S increases by
2. When the counter S is equal to 0, the downlink radio
link is considered as failed. Therefore, when the voice or
data quality is degraded to an unacceptable situation and
it cannot be improved through power control or channel
handover, the connection is to be re-established or
released.

RNC ID of a 3G external cell. The value of this parameter


must be consistent with the data configuration at the
RNC.
Whether to allow the BTS to report the downlink voice
quality index (VQI). The VQI is used to indicate voice
quality. It is calculated on the basis of BER, FER, and
frame stealing.

Cell reselection measurement report period in packet


idle mode

Cell reselection measurement report period in packet


transmission mode

Whether to allow the BTS to report the voice quality index


(VQI). If this parameter is set to Report, the BTS reports
the VQI. The BSC6900 collects the traffic statistics on a
per VQI basis. There are 11 levels of speech quality. If the
level is lower, the speech quality is better. The traffic
related to AMR and non-AMR is measured separately,
and thus the speech quality is monitored.

#N/A

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on signaling
channels used to filter the REP_QUANT value.

For the purpose of accurately reflecting the radio


environment of a network, filtering is performed on the
measured values in several consecutive measurement
reports. This parameter indicates the number of
enhanced measurement reports received on voice
channels used to filter the REP_QUANT value.

Timer for punishing the neighboring cells when handover


failures occur due to resource-related causes, such as
resources being insufficient
This parameter adjusts "Min RSCP threshold" to enable
the selection of 3G candidate cells based on cell priorities

This parameter determines the layers of 3G neighboring


cells. If the measured value of a 3G neighboring cell is
lower than this threshold, the 3G neighboring cell is
positioned at the bottom layer, that is, layer 4.

#N/A

Used for calculating C2. The MS with a large value can


be assigned with high access priority.

Size of the RSL LAPD window


Maximum number of TCH channels reserved for
emergency call users
Whether to measure the delay on the link between the
BTSs that serve the calling MS and the called MS
respectively

Maximum number of RTTI TBFs that can be multiplexed


on the PDCH. A PDCH can be assigned when the
number of RTTI TBFs on it is smaller than the value of
this parameter. This parameter is valid only when its
value is smaller than or equal to "MSRD PDCH DL
Multiplexing Threshold".

Type of the route. When the BTS does not support IP


over E1, the parameter Route Type needs to be set to
NEXTHOP(Next Hop). When the BTS supports IP over
E1, the parameter Route Type needs to be set to
OUTIF(Out Interface) because the packets at the data
link layer are encapsulated according to Point-to-Point
Protocol (PPP) and the peer IP address is unknown. The
benefit of setting Route Type to OUTIF(Out Interface) is
that the configuration of the route needs not to be
changed after the peer IP address is changed.

Minimum receiving power level for the MS in the cell to


access the system

For AMR FR voice services, a fixed amount of offset is


added to the corresponding grade of the received signal
quality for the interference handover of non-AMR FR
voice services.

Minimum received signal level of the MS. This level is


reported in the system information. This parameter
specifies the minimum receive level of an MS to access
the BSS. For details. see GSM Rec. 05.08. The value of
this parameter ranges from 0 to 63 (corresponding to
-110 dBm to -47 dBm).

Whether to use the emergency handover algorithm in


case the receive level of the MSs drops rapidly, thus
preventing call drops.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.
Threshold for the interference handover of Non-AMR FR
voice services. AMRFR refers to Adaptive Multi-Rate Full
Rate.

Index type of the RXU

Type of the RXU board index


Name of the RXU
Name of the RXU board. The RXU name is unique in one
BTS.

Name of an RXU
Position number of the RXU on the RXU chain
Position No. of the RXU board on the RXU chain
Position of the RXU board on an RXU chain

Type of the RXU board

Whether an MS supports the SAIC function. Single


Antenna Interference Cancellation (SAIC) is used to
reduce the impact of interference on the reception of
downlink signals through a signal processing technology.
An MS enabled with SAIC has improved ability of antiinterference. After SAIC is enabled, the thresholds for
BTS/MS Power Control are adjusted to improve the radio
performance of the BSS.

Adjustment step of the downlink signal quality threshold in


power control algorithm II for MSs that support SAIC. The
network side uses a lower downlink signal quality
threshold for SAIC-supported MSs in power control, thus
lowering the transmit power of the corresponding BTS
and reducing the interferences in the whole network.

Adjustment step of the downlink signal quality threshold in


power control algorithm III for MSs that support SAIC.
The network side uses a lower downlink signal quality
threshold for SAIC-supported MSs in power control, thus
lowering the transmit power of the corresponding BTS
and reducing the interferences in the whole network.

Index of a cell with the same coverage as the current cell


Index type used when the command is executed

The BSC6900 checks the load of the same coverage cell


of the target cell once a minute. When the number of
times in which the load of the same coverage cell is lower
than "Same Coverage Cell Load Threshold" is equal to
the value of this parameter, the target cell is disabled.

A cell that can be disabled is allowed to be disabled only


when the load of the same coverage cell is lower than
this threshold for a period.
Name of the same coverage cell

This parameter is used by the BTS to inform the


BSC6900 of radio link connection failure.
When the BTS receives the SACCH measurement report
from the MS, the counter for determining whether a radio
link is faulty is set to the value of this parameter. Each
time the BTS fails to decode the SACCH measurement
report sent by the MS, the counter decreases by 1. If the
BTS successfully decodes the SACCH measurement
report, the counter increases by 2.
When the value of this parameter is 0, the BTS regards
the radio link as faulty. The BTS sends a connection
failure indication message to the BSC6900. The number
of SACCH multi-frames and the radio link failure counter
in the system message specify the radio link failure time
on the uplink and that on the downlink respectively. The
judgment standard is whether the measurement report in
SACCH is correctly decoded.

Whether to enable the energy saving function of the TRX


for the BTS3002E.

This parameter indicates that when the MS reports the


EMR, it adds the value of this parameter to the received
signal level, and then converts the result into the RXLEV
value. For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08.
If the SCALE_Order reported by the MS is 10 dBm, level
values 0-63 map with -100 dBm to -37 dBm.
If the SCALE_Order reported by the MS is 0 dBm, level
values 0-63 map with -110 dBm to -47 dBm.
If the SCALE_Order reported by the MS is Automatic, the
MS chooses the least SCALE while ensuring that the MS
can report the most strong level.

When the network receives measurement reports, in


consideration of the accuracy of a single measurement
report, the measurement values in certain measurement
reports are filtered to represent the radio operating
environment. The parameter specifies the number of
measurement reports used for filtering measurement
information of the serving cell.

#N/A

A key parameter that indicates the coding scheme of a


simple cell broadcast message

Scrambling code of a 3G cell. The scrambling code is


used to differentiate terminals or cells. It is used after
spread spectrum. Therefore, it does not change the
bandwidth of signals, but only distinguishes the signals
from different sources. Through scrambling, multiple
transceivers can use the same codes for spread
spectrum. Scrambling is used to distinguish terminals on
the uplink and to distinguish cells on the downlink.

Number of SDCCH channels. Rules for SDCCH channel


allocation: 1. Allocate channels 1 and 3 of main frequency
B preferentially. 2. Allocate channels 1, 3, 5, and 7
according to the physical position order of the
frequencies. Thus, the maximum number of SDCCH
channels is (actual number of frequencies - 1) *4+2.

Whether a call must camp on the SDCCH for a specific


duration before being assigned with a traffic channel.
Duration for a call camping on the SDCCH before being
assigned with a traffic channel.

Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops


on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the
BSC6900 determines whether the downlink receive level
is lower than this threshold. If the downlink receive level
is lower than this threshold and the TA is smaller than the
TA threshold of the serving cell, the number of call drops
on SDCCH (receive level) is incremented by one.

Quality threshold for measuring the number of call drops


on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the
BSC6900 determines whether the downlink quality level
multiplied by 10 is higher than this threshold. If all the
following four conditions are met, the number of call
drops on SDCCH (receive quality) is incremented by one.
First, the downlink quality level multiplied by 10 is higher
than this threshold. Second, the TA is smaller than the TA
threshold of the serving cell. Third, the uplink level is
higher than "UL Level Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop".
Finally, the downlink level is lower than "DL Level
Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop".

Level threshold for measuring the number of call drops


on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the
BSC6900 determines whether the uplink receive level is
lower than this threshold. If the uplink receive level is
lower than this threshold and the TA is smaller than the
TA threshold of the serving cell, the number of call drops
on SDCCH (receive level) is incremented by one.

Quality threshold for measuring the number of call drops


on SDCCH. When call drop occurs on the SDCCH, the
BSC6900 determines whether the uplink quality level
multiplied by 10 is higher than this threshold. If all the
following four conditions are met, the number of call
drops on SDCCH (receive quality) is incremented by one.
First, the uplink quality level multiplied by 10 is higher
than this threshold. Second, the TA is smaller than the TA
threshold of the serving cell. Third, the uplink level is
higher than "UL Level Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop".
Finally, the downlink level is lower than "DL Level
Threshold for SDCCH Call Drop".

Whether to allow SDCCH dynamic allocation, that is,


whether to allow dynamic conversion between TCHs and
SDCCHs.

Whether to enable the SDCCH quick handover test


function. If this parameter is set to Yes, the BSC6900
initiates intra-cell SDCCH handover as soon as the MSC
issues an encrypted command to the MS. Thus, the
forwarding encrypted signaling can be transmitted and
received on a new signaling channel. In this way, the
network security is improved.

This parameter specifies whether the BSC6900


automatically shuts down the power amplifier of the TRX
to save power when the BTS is powered by batteries after
a power failure.

After a new SDCCH is assigned to an MS, the MS can be


handed over to another channel only if the time during
which the MS occupies the SDCCH is longer than the
period specified by this parameter.

Maximum number of discarded MRs allowed on the


SDCCH in a power control period

Period in which level penalty is performed on the


neighboring cells of the cell where a fast-moving MS is
located. The neighboring cells must be located at the
Macro, Micro, or Pico layer other than the Umbrella layer.

Level value of the penalty that is performed on the


neighboring cells of the cell where a fast-moving MS is
located. The neighboring cells must be located at the
Macro, Micro, or Pico layer other than the Umbrella layer.

High temperature threshold for triggering power shutdown


of the battery. If the power shutdown upon battery high
temperature is enabled and the battery temperature is
higher than the value of this parameter, the battery is
automatically powered off.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Low voltage threshold for triggering power shutdown of


the battery. If the power shutdown upon low voltage is
enabled and the load voltage is lower than the value of
this parameter, the battery is automatically powered off.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to allow the MS to search for a 3G cell when the


BSIC must be decoded
Whether to report the classmark queried by the BSC6900
to the MSC

Priority of the notification message transmission on the


FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2,
3, 4 and No Priority. No Priority is the lowest. When the
priority of the group call is higher than or equal to the
value specified by this parameter, the notification
message is sent on the FACCH.

Priority of the paging message transmission on the


FACCH. From high to low, the priorities are A, B, 0, 1, 2,
3, 4 and No Priority. No Priority is the lowest. When the
priority of the group call is higher than the value specified
by this parameter, the paging message is sent on the
FACCH.
Split position on the RXU chain

Whether to enable the BTS to support the separation


between the physical and logical. Whether the BTS
supports the separate mode. When a BTS is in separate
mode, the physical boards are separate from the logical
TRXs, that is, a physical board may exist without being
configured with any logical TRX. When a BTS is in nonseparate mode, a one-to-one mapping exists between the
physical board and the logical TRX.

Service bearer mode of the BTS


Service bearer mode of the BTS

Service type of the BTS. The QoS processing depends


on the DSCP, VLAN ID, and VLAN priority that vary
according to the service type.

Whether to enable the diesel engine parameters to be


configured

Whether to enable the environment temperature alarm


parameters of the APMU to be configured. The APMU of
the APM30 type does not support this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the environment temperature


parameters to be configured.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the environment humidity alarm


parameters of the board to be configured.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Number of the SFP port. If the switching relation is added


on the SFP port, it indicates that the SFP port is used to
connect the BBU and no RXU chain or ring can be
configured on the port.

Protocol version supported by the SGSN


Whether to allow sharing
This parameter specifies the delay time before shutting
down the TRXs when the BTS experiences a power
failure.
Whether to enable a handover between signaling
channels
Number of measurement reports used for averaging the
signal quality of signaling channels. This parameter helps
avoid sharp drop of signal levels caused by Raileigh
fading and to ensure correct handover decisions.

Number of measurement reports used for averaging the


signal strength of signaling channels. This parameter
helps avoid sharp drop of signal levels caused by
Raileigh fading and to ensure correct handover decisions.

The IP address must be a valid class A, B, or C address,


and it cannot be a broadcast address or network address.

RF send mode of the TRX.


The BTS3006C and BTS3002E do not support Wide
Band Combining, Power Booster Technology, DPBT, or
Transmitter Independent or Combining.
The DBS3900 GSM GRRU does not support Wide Band
Combining, Transmitter Independent or Combining,
Power Booster Technology, or DPBT.
The BTS3900 GSM and BTS3900A GSM do not support
Transmitter Independent or Wide Band Combining.

The connection mode between the DRRU and the


antenna.

The connection mode between the DRFU and the


antenna.

The connection mode between the MRRU/GRRU and the


antenna.

The connection mode between the MRFU/GRFU and the


antenna.

The connection mode between the BTS3900E and the


antenna.

This parameter is used for load control. It determines


whether the users of special access class are allowed to
access the network. Value 1 indicates that access is not
allowed. Value 0 indicates that access is allowed.

Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS
call number in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode

Speech version mode that the BTS uses for the VGCS
call number in the timeslot in the TRX in fallback mode

Level value of the penalty that is performed on the


neighboring cells of the cell where a fast-moving MS is
located. The neighboring cells must be located at the
Macro, Micro, or Pico layer other than the Umbrella layer.

Whether to support SPLIT_PG_CYCLE on CCCH. The


parameter SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is used to define the DRX
period. You can specify whether the paging group based
on SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH for the
BTS and the MS. Yes: the paging group based on
SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is supported on CCCH. No: the
paging group based on SPLIT_PG_CYCLE is not
supported on CCCH.

Whether to support In Inter-RAT Inter-cell PS Handover.


The MS in the UMTS cell can be handed over to the BSC
local cell through PS handover algorithm.
Whether support Out Inter-RAT Inter-Cell PS Handover.
The MS in the BSC local cell can be handed over to the
UMTS cell through PS handover algorithm.

Cell supports reduced latency capability. This parameter


is used to reduce the latency during the transmission,
thus improving the user experience for conversational
services.

whether the main operator enables the RanSharing


function. If the RanSharing function is enabled, one to
three co-operators can be configured to share the BSS.

Whether a base station supports normalized data


configuration. Normalized data configuration means that
the cabinets, subracks, slots, transmission ports, and
user-defined alarm ports of a base station under a multimode BSC use the same numbering schemes, and that
the boards of the base station are uniformly named.

Whether the data configuration of the SingleRAN BTS


supports normalized SingleRAN mode. Normalized
SingleRAN mode means that the rules of defining cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number of the
SingleRAN BTS are normalized.

Whether the data configuration of the SingleRAN BTS


supports normalized SingleRAN mode. Normalized
SingleRAN mode means that the rules of defining cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot number of the
SingleRAN BTS are normalized.

A cell Index must be unique in one BSC6900


. It is used to uniquely identify a cell.
Name of a cell
A source cell index must be unique in one BSC. It is used
to uniquely identify a source cell.
The value of this parameter ranges from 0 to 2047.
Name of a source cell
Source cell ID
Whether the currently used handover algorithm in the
source cell is HO Algorithm I or HO Algorithm II
Local area code (LAC) of the source cell
Mobile country code (MCC) of the source cell
Mobile network code (MNC) of the source cell
The parameter specifies which type of service TRXs
should be preferentially processed when the PSU is
faulty.

Service type of the IP interface board. The service type


can be CS speech, CS data, PS high priority, or PS low
priority.

After a handover due to bad quality is successful, the


penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the
"Penalty Time after BQ HO": the receive level of the
original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after
BQ HO", to prevent ping-pong handovers.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of successive measurement reports
that are used to determine the signal strength on
traffic/data channels.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. The parameter
specifies the number of successive measurement reports
that are used to determine the signal strength on
signaling channel.

After the time advancing handover is successful, the


penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the
"Penalty Time after TA HO": the receive level of the
original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after
TA HO", to prevent ping-pong handovers.

A key parameter that indicates the date and time when


the BSC6900 broadcasts cell messages

When the environment temperature reaches the specified


value of this parameter, the heater is started.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Time for which the BTS waits to start the fallback function
after the OML is interrupted. With this parameter, the BTS
does not start the fallback function when the OML is
interrupted transiently.

Whether to enable the smart temperature control


mechanism of the FMUA. Smart temperature control
refers to the mechanism adopted by the FMUA to adjust
the fan speed, and thus to regulate the temperature
according to the environment temperature.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to enable the smart temperature control


mechanism of the NFCB. Smart temperature control
refers to the mechanism adopted by the NFCB to adjust
the fan speed, and thus to regulate the temperature
according to the environment temperature.

Whether to enable the EICC algorithm. Enhanced


Interference Rejection Combining combines the signals
received by multiple antennas to obtain better signals.
EICC is mainly used in high traffic network where tight
frequency reuse is in place.

This parameter specifies whether the sending of system


information 5, 5bis, and 5ter can be stopped on the
SACCH on the SDCCH after the BTS issues a ciphering
command.

Time for which the BTS waits to stop the fallback function
after the OML is set up. With this parameter, the BTS
does not stop the fallback function when the OML is set
up transiently.
Start time of frequency scanning

Type of the BTS.

Maximum sub-frame length. The data stream to be


multiplexed on the same multiplexing channel must be of
the same type, and the length of the packet before
multiplexing cannot exceed the maximum subframe
length. If the length of a packet exceeds the maximum
subframe length, the packet is transmitted without being
multiplexed.

This parameter specifies whether the CS services


preempt the sublink resources of PS services.
Whether to allow the CS services to preempt the sublink
resources of PS services when the Abis resources are
congested
Whether to support the broadcast of the cell name

Whether to support dual transfer mode (DTM). The DTM


allows an MS to use the circuit switching service and the
packet switching service at the same time. This function
must be supported by the network side.

Whether to support the enhanced DTM function.


Comparing to the DTM, the enhanced DTM improves the
CS setup and release. During the CS service setup, the
PS service is not interrupted.

Minimum timeslots between two successive channel


requests. After sending the access request, if the MS
does not receive the response message after waiting for
the minimum timeslots between two successive channel
requests, the MS resends the access request.

Whether to enable the alarm port


Power switch state.
Whether to enable the 3ah function on the BTS port.
Number of the switching port. If "Link Attribute" is set to
"BBU", the switching port must be configured. The value
ranges from 3 to 5.
Synchronization status. This parameter is used to identify
different 3G cells. This parameter should be same with
the configuration of 3G cells.

Site synchronization method. AISS stands for the airinterface soft synchronization method, and GPS stands
for the GPS synchronization method.

Synchronization mode of the IP clock

Interim synchronization period (in days). The BTS can reinitiate the synchronization only after the period.
Interim synchronization period (in hours). The BTS can
re-initiate the synchronization only after the period.
Interim synchronization period (in minutes). The BTS can
re-initiate the synchronization only after the period.

System flux thresholds correspond to the system flux


obtained based on message packets, CPU load, and FID
queuing load. The system flux level is the current flux
control level of the system.
0-11: There are 12 flow control levels. Where, 0 indicates
the lowest level and 11 indicates the highest level.
A load handover is allowed only when the system flux is
lower than the value of this parameter. The handover
performed over the maximum threshold may have
tremendous impacts on the system. Thus, this parameter
should not be set to a higher value. 1) The flow control
level algorithm for the assigned system messages:
[(Average Message Usage - Inner Flow Control Discard
Begin Threshold)/(Inner Flow Control Discard All
Threshold - Inner Flow Control Discard Begin Threshold)
x 100]/10+1 (round-down for division operation). If the
value is smaller than Inner Flow Control Discard Begin
Threshold, Level 0 is used. If the value is equal to or
greater than Inner Flow Control Discard Begin Threshold,
the level is calculated. The value range is from 0 to 11.
2) Flow control threshold for the CPU to start to discard
the channel access messages and paging messages:
80%
. Flow control threshold for the CPU to discard all channel
access messages and paging messages: 100%
. CPU usage smaller than 80% corresponds to level 0.
CPU usage equal to or greater than CPU flow control
threshold 80% corresponds to level 2. An increase of 5%
means an increase of 2 levels. Level 10 is the highest.
The level value can be 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10.

Timer in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer


indicates the time when the LAPD link waits for the
response or acknowledgement frame after sending the
command frame.

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


used for the FACCH/TCHF over the Um interface. For the
function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


used for the FACCH/TCHH over the Um interface. For the
function of timer T200 and the effect of the parameter,
see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


used for the SACCH over the Um interface when the TCH
supports SAPI3 services. For the function of timer T200
and the effect of the parameter, see the description of
"T200 SDCCH".

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


used for the SACCH on the SDCCH.
For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the
parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH".

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


used for the SACCH over the Um interface when the TCH
supports SAPI0 services. For the function of timer T200
and the effect of the parameter, see the description of
"T200 SDCCH".

This parameter specifies the timeout value of timer T200


used for the SDCCH over the Um interface.
T200 prevents the data link layer from deadlock during
data transmission. The data link layer transforms the
physical link that is vulnerable to errors into a sequential
non-error data link. The entities at the two ends of this
data link use the acknowledgement retransmission
mechanism.
Each message must be confirmed by the peer end. In
unknown cases, both ends are waiting if a message is
lost. At this time, the deadlock of the system occurs.
Therefore, the transmit end must establish a timer. When
the timer expires, the transmit end regards that the
receive end does not receive the message and then the
transmit end retransmits the message. The number of
retransmissions is determined by N200. T200 and the
N200 ensure that the data link layer sequentially
transmits data and that the transmission is free from
errors.

This parameter specifies the expiry value of timer T200


when the SDCCH supports SAPI3 services.
For the function of timer T200 and the effect of the
parameter, see the description of "T200 SDCCH".
Timer in the LAPD protocol. The value of the timer
indicates the maximum duration for no frame exchange in
the LAPD link.

When the BTS sends physical information to the MS, the


BTS starts the timer T3105.If the timer T3105 expires
before the BTS receives the SAMB frame from MS, the
BTS resends physical information to the MS and restarts
the timer T3105. The maximum times for resending
physical information is "Max Resend Times of Phy.Info.".
For details, see GSM Rec. 04.08 and 08.58.

Timer for retransmitting the VGCS UPLINK GRANT


message

#N/A

T3168 is used to set the maximum duration for the MS to


wait for the uplink assignment message. After the MS
originates the uplink TBF setup request by sending the
packet resource request or the channel request in the
packet uplink acknowledge message, the timer T3168 is
started to wait for the packet uplink assignment message
on the network side. If the MS receives the packet uplink
assignment message before T3168 expires, T3168 is
reset. Otherwise, the MS originates the packet access
request for four times. Then the MS regards this as the
TBF setup failure.

Duration of releasing the TBF after the MS receives the


last data block. When the MS receives the RLC data
block containing the flag identifying the last data block
and confirms that all the RLC data blocks in the TBF are
received, the MS sends the packet downlink
acknowledge message containing the last flag
acknowledgement and the timer T3192 is started. If the
timer T3192 expires, the MS releases the TBF related
resources and starts monitoring the paging channel.
During TBF releasing, if the MS is the half duplex mode
and receives the packet uplink assignment, the MS
responds this command. During TBF releasing, if the MS
is the half duplex mode and receives no packet uplink
assignment message, the MS enters the packet idle
mode. If the MS is in the dual transmission mode, the MS
enters the special mode.

This parameter specifies the length of the timer for


periodic location update.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for filtering the TA.

Whether the TA is used as a decisive condition for the


concentric cell handover

Whether to enable the time advance (TA) handover. The


TA handover determines whether the timing advance (TA)
is higher than the predefined TA threshold. When the TA
is higher than the predefined TA threshold, a TA handover
is triggered. The TA is calculated based on the distance
between the MS and the BTS. The longer the distance is,
the greater the TA value is.

One of the parameters that determine the coverage of the


OL subcell and UL subcell.
When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, "TA
Hysteresis", "RX_LEV Threshold", "RX_LEV Hysteresis",
"RX_QUAL Threshold", and "TA Threshold" determine the
coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell.
When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to ON, "TA
Hysteresis", "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold", "OtoU
HO Received Level Threshold", "RX_QUAL Threshold",
and "TA Threshold" determine the coverage of the OL
subcell and UL subcell.

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TA


handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only
if P measurement reports among N measurement reports
meet the triggering conditions. This parameter
corresponds to P in the P/N criterion.

An emergency handover is triggered when TA is greater


than or equal to the value of this parameter.

This parameter specifies the interval of broadcasting the


speech data of the talker on the downlink group call
channel that is controlled by the BTS. When the
parameter is set to 0, the BTS (instead of the BSC6900)
performs the broadcasting with the default interval 5s.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for filtering the TA on the signaling channel.

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TA


handover. That is, the TA handover can be triggered only
if P measurement reports among N measurement reports
meet the triggering conditions. This parameter
corresponds to N in the P/N criterion.

One of the parameters that determine the coverage of the


OL subcell and UL subcell.
When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to OFF, "TA
Hysteresis", "RX_LEV Threshold", "RX_LEV Hysteresis",
"RX_QUAL Threshold", and "TA Threshold" determine the
coverage of the OL subcell and UL subcell.
When "Enhanced Concentric Allowed" is set to ON, "TA
Hysteresis", "UtoO HO Received Level Threshold", "OtoU
HO Received Level Threshold", "RX_QUAL Threshold",
and "TA Threshold" determine the coverage of the OL
subcell and UL subcell.

Filter period of the signal strength in the packet


transmission mode of the MS. The MS in the packet
transmission mode measures the downlink signal
strength. This parameter is used to calculate the Cn value
of the MS output power. This parameter specifies the
relation between Cn and Cn-1.

Filter period of the signal strength in the packet idle mode


of the MS. The MS in the packet idle mode measures the
downlink signal strength. This parameter is used to
calculate the Cn value of the MS output power. This
parameter specifies the relation between Cn and Cn-1.

Maximum time in which the BTS attempts to set up the


OML after swapping the main and backup OMLs. If the
BTS fails to set up the OML within this time, the BTS
swaps the main and backup OMLs again.

The BTS repeatedly attempts to connect to port 0 or port


1 after the switchover. If the connection on one port fails
within the time specified by this parameter, the BTS tries
to connect to another port.

Temperature compensation coefficient. This parameter


defines the charging voltage increase or decrease unit of
each battery when the ambient temperature of the battery
varies with the reference temperature regulated by the
vendor by 1 degree Celsius. See the vendor specification
for the setting of this parameter.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Whether to allow the cell to dynamically change a


channel from full rate to half rate or from half rate to full
rate. If this parameter is set to YES, the conversion is
allowed; if the parameter is set to NO, the conversion is
not allowed and the changed channel is restored to the
previous rate mode. In addition, this parameter helps to
determine the channel assignment priority. The channels
in a TRX that does not allow dynamic adjustment take
priority.

If the current channel seizure ratio reaches or exceeds


this value, the half-rate TCH is assigned preferentially;
otherwise, the full-rate TCH is assigned preferentially.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the DL FER
carried in the last MR is greater than the value of this
parameter.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the downlink
level carried in the last MR is lower than the value of this
parameter.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the downlink
quality carried in the last MR is greater than the value of
this parameter.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the UL FER
carried in the last MR is greater than the value of this
parameter.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the uplink level
carried in the last MR is lower than the value of this
parameter.

When a call drops on the TCH, the corresponding TCH


call drop counter is incremented by one if the uplink
quality carried in the last MR is greater than the value of
this parameter.

After a new TCH is assigned to an MS, the MS can be


handed over to another channel only if the time during
which the MS occupies the TCH is longer than the period
specified by this parameter.
Maximum number of discarded MRs allowed on the TCH
in a power control period
This parameter specifies the interval at which the speech
service on a TCH is handed over.
This parameter specifies whether to perform periodic
intra-cell handover for speech services on TCH.

Threshold for determining that the underlaid subcell is


busy. The BSC assigns channels in the underlaid subcell
to the MS in a concentric cell. When "Allow Rate
Selection Based on Overlaid/Underlaid Subcell Load" is
set to YES, half-rate channels are assigned if the channel
seizure ratio in the underlaid subcell exceeds the value of
this parameter, and full-rate channels are assigned if the
channel seizure ratio in the underlaid subcell does not
exceed the value of this parameter.

#N/A

The BSC assigns channels in the overlaid subcell to the


MS in a concentric cell. If the channel seizure ratio of
overlaid subcell is greater than the value of this
parameter, half-rate channels are assigned. Otherwise,
full-rate channels are assigned.
Channel seizure ratio = (Num. of busy TCHF + Num. of
busy TCHH/2)/(Num. of available TCHF + Num. of
available TCHH /2) x 100%. This parameter is valid for
the concentric cell. When the "Allow Rate Selection
Based on Overlaid/Underlaid Subcell Load" is set to Yes,
the "TCH Traffic Busy Threshold (%)" is invalid for the
concentric cell.

Whether to enable the class-1 mute detection.

If you enable the TC pool function when configuring the


basic information of the BSC6900, you need to enter the
TC Pool ID. The ID must be unique in the entire network.

Input mode of the BA table. In auto mode, the system fills


in the BA1 and BA2 tables based on the adjacent relation
of cells. In manual mode, the user maintains the BA table.
If the adjacent relation of cells is modified, for example, a
neighboring cell is added or a cell is deleted, the user
needs to maintain the BA1 and BA2 tables.

Whether the FDD BA2 table is generated automatically


according to the neighboring relation or typed manually.

When the priority of a TDD cell is ranked, the value of this


parameter is added to the receive level of the TDD cell in
the measurement report.
The values of this parameter correspond to the following
decibel values:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
7: 42 dB

A TDD cell can become a candidate cell only when the


average receive level of the TDD cell is greater than the
TDD Cell Reselect Diversity of the serving cell.
The value of this parameter corresponds to the following
decibel value:
0: negative infinity
1: -28 dB
2: -24 dB
...
15: 28 dB

Threshold for determining whether the MR about a TDD


cell is valid.
The measurement report is valid if the receive level of the
TDD cell in the measurement report is greater than the
value of this parameter. After the valid measurement
report is filtered, the TDD cell joins in the cell
prioritization.
The value of this parameter corresponds to the following
decibel value:
0: 0 dB
1: 6 dB
...
6: 36 dB
7: positive infinity

This parameter specifies whether to activate the diversity


mode on the common channel of a 3G cell.

Downlink frequency of frequency 1 in table 3GBA2. This


parameter indicates the detected downlink frequency in
the 3G adjacent cell list in speech. The parameter is
delivered in the system information 2QUTER/MI.

This parameter specifies whether the TDD MI system


information optimized function is enabled. When this
parameter is set to NO and "TDD System Information
Optimized Allowed" is set to YES, the MI system
information issued in the TDD scenario does not carry
neighboring cell scrambling codes. In other scenarios, the
MI system information carries neighboring cell scrambling
codes.

This parameter specifies whether to send the system


information MI which contains the 3G neighboring cell
information in the TDD neighboring cell. The value
YES(YES) indicates that the MI is sent, and the value
NO(NO) indicates that the MI is not sent.
Minimum RSCP quality threshold that the TDD 3G
candidate cell must reach

TDD cell parameter ID. The ID is used to distinguish


terminals or cells. This parameter is used after spread
spectrum. Therefore, it does not change the bandwidth of
signals, but only distinguishes the signals from different
sources. Through scrambling, multiple transceivers can
use the same codes for spread spectrum.

Cell parameter ID of a TDD cell. The cell parameter ID


distinguishes between MSs or cells. It is used after
spread spectrum. Therefore, it distinguishes between the
signals from different sources, but not the changes in the
bandwidth of signals. Through scrambling, multiple
transceivers can use the same codes for spread
spectrum.

This parameter specifies whether to optimize the system


information 2Quater and MI of the TDD neighboring cell.
That is, to add an FDD neighboring cell information
before the TDD neighboring cell information to solve the
compatibility problem of some dual-mode MSs.

SyncCase in the TDDBA1 table. This parameter


determines the synchronization status. Value 0 indicates
Sync case 1 and value 1 indicates Sync case 2. This
parameter is used to identify different 3G cells.

Change value of the floating charge voltage of the


storage battery when the temperature of the storage
battery changes by 1 degree Celsius.
Description of a cell template.
When the temperature of the BTS cabinet is greater than
the value of this parameter, the TRX is powered off.

TRX power-off temperature threshold. If the temperature


of the BTS cabinet is less than the value of this
parameter while "Low Temperature Startup Allowed" is
set to "Yes", the TRX is powered off.

TRX power-off temperature threshold. If the temperature


of the BTS cabinet is less than the value of this
parameter while "Low Temperature Startup Allowed" is
set to "Yes", the TRX is powered off.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Content of the cell broadcast message

This parameter indicates start frame number of the BTS.


It is used to keep synchronization between the BTS and
MS after the BTS is re-initialized.
Voltage threshold for switching off the air conditioner. If
the power supply voltage is less than this threshold, the
air conditioner needs to be switched off to decrease the
impact on the BTS.

Voltage threshold for switching on the air conditioner. This


parameter assumes that the air conditioner is switched
off. If the power supply voltage is greater than this
threshold, the air conditioner needs to be switched on to
ensure that the BTS runs properly.

Combination of the THP1 and ARP1 priority in the


Interactive service. THP1-ARP1 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP1 and ARP2 priority in the


Interactive service. THP1-ARP2 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP1 and ARP3 priority in the


Interactive service. THP1-ARP3 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP2 and ARP1 priority in the


Interactive service. THP2-ARP1 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP2 and ARP2 priority in the


Interactive service. THP2-ARP2 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP2 and ARP3 priority in the


Interactive service. THP2-ARP3 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP3 and ARP1 priority in the


Interactive service. THP3-ARP1 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP3 and ARP2 priority in the


Interactive service. THP3-ARP2 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

Combination of the THP3 and ARP3 priority in the


Interactive service. THP3-ARP3 priority weight
determines the number of the budget blocks and the
block scheduling priority.

During channel assignment, the assignment of channels


on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level,
quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferentially
assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions
are met:
1. The uplink receive level after filtering is higher than
"Level Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier Channel
Under TIGHT BCCH".
2. The uplink receive quality level after filtering is lower
than "Quality Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier
Channel Under TIGHT BCCH".
3. The non-BCCH load is higher than "Intracell Non Main
BCCH Load Threshold of TIGHT BCCH".

During channel assignment, the assignment of channels


on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level,
quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferentially
assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions
are met:
1. The uplink receive level after filtering is higher than
"Level Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier Channel
Under TIGHT BCCH".
2. The uplink receive quality level after filtering is lower
than "Quality Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier
Channel Under TIGHT BCCH".
3. The non-BCCH load is higher than "Intracell Non Main
BCCH Load Threshold of TIGHT BCCH".

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a TIGHT


BCCH handover. That is, the TIGHT BCCH handover can
be triggered only if P seconds among N seconds meet
the triggering conditions. This parameter corresponds to
P in the P/N criterion.

During channel assignment, the assignment of channels


on the BCCH TRXs depends on the uplink receive level,
quality, and non-BCCH load. The TCHs are preferentially
assigned on the BCCH TRXs if the following conditions
are met:
1. The uplink receive level after filtering is higher than
"Level Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier Channel
Under TIGHT BCCH".
2. The uplink receive quality level after filtering is lower
than "Quality Thresh. for Assigning Main BCCH Carrier
Channel Under TIGHT BCCH".
3. The non-BCCH load is higher than "Intracell Non Main
BCCH Load Threshold of TIGHT BCCH".

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a


TIGHTBCCH handover. That is, the TIGHTBCCH
handover can be triggered only if P seconds among N
seconds meet the triggering conditions. This parameter
corresponds to N in the P/N criterion.

When an intra-cell TIGHT BCCH handover needs to be


performed (handover from the non-BCCH to BCCH), the
downlink receive quality must be smaller than the value of
this parameter.
Whether to enable the BCCH aggressive frequency reuse
algorithm

If the SDCCH load on the TRXs of the compatible BCCH


in loose frequency reuse pattern is greater than the "IBCA
Loose Trx SDCCH Load Threshold", and when the uplink
receive level from the MS to the BTS is greater than the
threshold, the SDCCHs on the TRXs of the compatible
non-BCCH are preferentially assigned. Otherwise, the
SDCCHs on the TRXs of the compatible BCCH are
preferentially assigned.

Duration of frequency scanning


Within the preset time, no AMR FR-to-HR handover is
allowed if the previous FR-to-HR handover fails due to
channel unavailability or channel mismatch.

After a handover due to bad quality is successful, the


penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the
"Penalty Time after BQ HO": the receive level of the
original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after
BQ HO", to prevent ping-pong handovers.

After an OL subcell to UL subcell handover of an MS fails,


the MS does not perform OL subell-UL subcell handovers
within the value of the parameter.

Longest waiting time for multiplexing


When the multiplexed packet is no longer added with new
data and the timer expires, the multiplexed packet is
transmitted directly.
This parameter is determined by the number of
multiplexed packets. When the number of multiplexed
packets increases, the value of this parameter increases.

After the fast handover is successful, the penalty on the


original serving cell is performed within the "Quick
handover punish time": the receive level of the original
serving cell is decreased by "Quick handover punish
value", to prevent ping-pong handovers.

This parameter determines whether the dynamic voltage


adjustment function is enabled on the basis of the
number of timeslots. If this parameter is set to YES, the
power consumption of base stations is reduced. This
parameter maps the versions of base stations. If the
parameter is set to NULL, base stations do not support
this function.

After the time advancing handover is successful, the


penalty on the original serving cell is performed within the
"Penalty Time after TA HO": the receive level of the
original serving cell is decreased by "Penalty Level after
TA HO", to prevent ping-pong handovers.

After an UL subcell to OL subcell handover of an MS fails,


the MS does not perform UL subcell to OL subcell
handovers within the value of the parameter.

This parameter indicates the queue timer for assignment.


When the BSC6900 receives an assignment request and
no channel is available for assignment, the BSC6900
starts the queuing procedure and the timer. If the channel
request is successful before the timer expires, the timer
stops. If the timer expires, the channel assignment fails.

Lowest expected value of the air outlet temperature.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Duration time for determining that a call is hung up


because of poor quality. If the uplink quality or downlink
quality in the measurement reports during the period of
Timer for "Bad Quality DISC Statistic" is higher than the
value of "Bad Quality Disconnection Threshold" before
the call is disconnected, you can infer that the call
disconnection is due to poor quality. This parameter can
be used to calculate the number of call disconnections
due to poor quality.

Cell Reselect Temporary Offset (TO) indicates the


temporary correction of C2. This parameter is valid only
within the value specified by "Cell Reselect Penalty
Time". For details, see GSM Rec. 05.08 and 04.08. This
parameter applies to only GSM Phase II MSs.

Length of the timer that is started to wait for a channel


requested by an incoming BSC handover request
message.
When the MSC allows the queuing of incoming BSC
handover requests, the BSC6900 starts the queuing
procedure and the timer if no channel is available for
assignment. If the channel request is successful before
the timer expires, the timer stops. If the timer expires, the
incoming BSC handover fails.

This parameter specifies the data transmission mode


between the BTS and the BSC6900. The license control
modes are different in different transmission modes.
Terrestrial Transmission: The data between the BTS and
the BSC6900 is transmitted through the E1 or fiber. This
transmission mode has a short delay and is not controlled
by the license.
Satellite Transmission: The data between the BTS and
the BSC6900 is transmitted through the satellite. This
transmission mode has a long delay and is controlled by
the license.
Terrestrial and Satellite: In normal cases, the terrestrial
transmission mode is used. When the terrestrial
transmission is faulty, the satellite transmission mode is
used. This transmission mode is controlled by the license.

Transmission Type
Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for
E1 port 0 of the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the optical
transmission mode is configured, the BSC6900 can
connect to the BTS through optical fibers.

Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for


E1 port 1 of the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the optical
transmission mode is configured, the BSC6900 can
connect to the BTS through optical fibers.

Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for


E1 port 2 of the BTS3006C/BTS3002E . If the optical
transmission mode is configured, the BSC6900 can
connect to the BTS through optical fibers.

Whether to configure the optical transmission mode for


E1 port 3 of the BTS3006C/BTS3002E. If the optical
transmission mode is configured, the BSC6900 can
connect to the BTS through optical fibers.

Forbidden time of cell reselection

The load handover is triggered when the traffic load in a


cell is greater than the value of this parameter.
Transmission resources mapping switch

Whether to enable the TRX aiding function. Four aiding


modes are available. BCCH aiding: The main BCCH is
aided to another normal TRX in this cell. BCCH aiding
switchback: BCCH aiding switchback functions after the
originally configured BCCH TRX is recovered. Baseband
FH aiding: When the TRX involved in baseband FH in the
cell is faulty or BCCH aiding is performed in the cell,
baseband FH aiding occurs and the cell is initialized as a
non-hopping cell. Baseband FH aiding switchback: When
all the TRXs involved in baseband hopping in the cell are
recovered and the originally configured BCCH TRX is
normal, baseband FH aiding switchback can be
performed and the cell is restored to the baseband FH
mode.

Index of a TRX, uniquely identifying a TRX in a BSC6900.


The ID of TRX added in the main location group, the TRX
ID must be globally unique. The same TRX cannot be
bound by the TRX boards in a same location group for
multiple times.
Allowed number of carriers bound to a board.

This parameter specifies whether the TRX priority is


considered during channel assignment. When the
parameter is set to YES, the smaller the parameter "TRX
Priority" in the command "SET GTRXDEV" is, the higher
priority the TRX is. Under other conditions, channels are
preferentially allocated from high-priority TRXs.

Type of the TRX board bound to the TRX

The TSC is short for the Training Sequence Code.


The TSC must be the same as the BCC. The delay
equalization is performed by using the specified TSC
when the MS or BTS receives the signal. The
demodulation cannot be received because the delay
equalization cannot be performed for the signals with
same frequency using different TSCs. This can effectively
prevent incorrectly invalid reception, and prevent the cochannel interference.

Number of idle timeslots. You can configure up to 128 idle


timeslots for the BTS at a time. A BTS can be configured
with up to 512 idle timeslots.

Whether to allow TSC planning. If this parameter is set to


No, the TSC values in all MA groups of the cell cannot be
modified. In this case, the TSC values are automatically
refreshed to the BCC values of the cell.
Index of the monitoring timeslot. The index is unique in a
BTS.

The 64 kbit/s timeslots on the port are numbered from 1


to 31.

Maximum degree by which the output power of the multidensity TRX board can exceed the maximum output
power within a short time
Rate of the monitoring timeslot

RXU topology type, that is, RXU ring topology or RXU


chain topology. In the case of the ring topology, the optical
ports of the head and tail boards must be specified. In the
case of the chain topology, only the optical port of the
head board must be specified.

If the number of channels (including PDCH and TCH)


occupied on a cell that can be disabled is lower than this
threshold, the procedure for disabling the cell can be
triggered.
This parameter specifies the end time of a period during
which the cell is disabled.
This parameter specifies the start time of a period during
which the cell is disabled.

This parameter specifies whether to enable the Dynamic


Cell Power Off feature. When this parameter is set to
ENABLE, the BSC can disable the cell within the period
of time specified by "TURNOFFCELLSTRTIME" and
"TURNOFFCELLSTPTIME";
When this parameter is set to DISABLE, the BSC will
never disable the cell; When this parameter is set to
SLEEP, the BSC will disable the cell unconditionally within
"TURNOFFCELLSTRTIME" and
"TURNOFFCELLSTPTIME",and enable the cell
unconditionally within the other time.Currently, this
parameter can be set to SLEEPING only for the
BTS3900E. For other base stations, this parameter
cannot be set to SLEEPING.

When the load of the same coverage cell is higher than


this threshold for a period, the disabled cell is enabled.
parameters: Tx-integer (T for short), maximum number of
retransmissions (RET), and S related to channel
combination.
This parameter works with the configuration of the CCCH
to determine the parameter S. The relations between this
parameter and the configuration of the CCCH are as
follows:
When this parameter is set to 3, 8, 14, or 50, S is 55 if the
CCCH and SDCCH do not share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 3, 8, 14, or 50, S is 41 if the
CCCH and SDCCH share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 4, 9, or 6, S is 76 if the
CCCH and SDCCH do not share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 4, 9, or 6, S is 52 if the
CCCH and SDCCH share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 5, 10, or 20, S is 109 if the
CCCH and SDCCH do not share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 5, 10, or 20, S is 58 if the
CCCH and SDCCH share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 6, 11, or 25, S is 163 if the
CCCH and SDCCH do not share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 6, 11, or 25, S is 86 if the
CCCH and SDCCH share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 7, 12, or 32, S is 217 if the
CCCH and SDCCH do not share a physical channel.
When this parameter is set to 7, 12, or 32, S is 115 if the
CCCH and SDCCH share a physical channel.
The timeslot for sending messages is a random value
from the collection of {0, 1..., MAX(T, 8)-1}.
The number of timeslots (excluding the timeslot used to
send messages) between two adjacent channel request
messages is a random value from the collection of {S,
S+1, ..., S+T-1}.
When T increases, the interval between two adjacent
channel requests increases, and RACH conflicts
decrease.
When S increases, the interval between two adjacent
channel request messages increases, and RACH
conflicts decrease, thus improving the usage of AGCH
and SDCCH.
Extension transmission timeslots of random access. This
parameter determines the interval of sending another
channel request after the MS fails to request a channel.

This parameter specifies the frequency band of new cells.


Each new cell can be allocated frequencies of only one
frequency band. Once the frequency band is selected, it
cannot be changed.
GSM900: The cell supports GSM900 frequency band.
DCS1800: The cell supports DCS1800 frequency band.
GSM900_DCS1800: The cell supports GSM900 and
DCS1800 frequency bands.
GSM850: The cell supports GSM850 frequency band.
GSM850_DCS1800: The cell supports GSM850 and
DCS1800 frequency bands.
PCS1900: The cell supports PCS1900 frequency band.
GSM850_PCS1900: The cell supports GSM850 and
PCS1900 frequency bands.

Frequency band to which the newly added cell belongs.


Only one frequency band can be selected as the
frequency band of each new cell and it cannot be
changed after the selection. To modify the frequency
band of the new cell, you must delete the cell and then
add it again.

Cell type. Currently, the fast BTS construction is available


for only GSM900 and DCS1800 cells.
Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 0
Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 0
Power attenuation factor of uplink tributary 1
Whether there is a TMA on uplink tributary 1

Upper humidity threshold for the environment alarm box


to report an alarm indicating that the ambient humidity is
too high. If the ambient humidity of the BTS is higher than
this threshold, the environment alarm box reports the
alarm.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Used to identify the uplink access message from the MS.


The value 64 is invalid.
Upper limit of the alarm. This parameter is valid for the
analog port.
Minimum interval between two consecutive uplink power
control commands

Current call is an AMR full-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is an AMR full-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is an AMR half-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is an AMR half-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ


handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered
only if P measurement reports among N measurement
reports meet the triggering conditions. This parameter
corresponds to P in the P/N criterion.

The P/N criterion must be met for triggering a UL BQ


handover. That is, the UL BQ handover can be triggered
only if P measurement reports among N measurement
reports meet the triggering conditions. This parameter
corresponds to N in the P/N criterion.

Duration for uplink data transmission on the original


channel if the TC resources are changed before and after
the handover
If the UL receive level remains lower than the "Edge HO
UL RX_LEV Threshold" for a period, the edge handover
is triggered.

Filter adjustment factor for uplink power control. If this


parameter is set to a large value, the filtered values
become smooth, thus reducing the impact of poor
measurement reports on the filtered values. If this
parameter is set to a small value, the filter values are
close to the actual ones and thus the power control speed
is increased.

Current call is a full-rate call, and when the uplink receive


quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III power
control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is a full-rate call, and when the uplink receive


quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III power
control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is a half-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is greater than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

Current call is a half-rate call, and when the uplink


receive quality is lower than the threshold, Huawei III
power control is performed.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

When the network receives measurement reports, in


consideration of the accuracy of a single measurement
report, the measurement values in certain measurement
reports are filtered to represent the radio operating
environment. This parameter specifies the number of
measurement reports sampled for filtering the uplink
signal strength.

Maximum permissible adjustment step when the BSC


decreases the uplink transmit power

#N/A

Maximum permissible adjustment step when the BSC


increases the uplink transmit power

#N/A

After the BSC delivers the power control command, it


should wait for a certain period before affirming the effect
of the power control. Therefore, the MR that power
control decision is based on cannot accurately reflect the
radio environment during the power adjustment, but
misses the latest changes of the receive level and
receive quality of the MS. Thus, the power adjustment is
delayed.
To compensate the delay of power adjustment, the power
control algorithm implements the prediction and filtering
function. In other words, the BSC samples several uplink
measurement reports, performs weighted filtering, and
predicts N measurement reports from the current time
onwards in a short period.
This parameter determines the number of uplink
measurement reports predicted by the BSC. In other
words, the value of this parameter equals to the previous
number N.

The MS transmit power is decreased only when the


quality level of the MS transmit signal is smaller than the
value of the parameter. If (the uplink receive level - MAX
Up Adj. PC Value by Qual) is smaller than "UL RX_LEV
Lower Threshold", the MS transmit power is not adjusted.

The MS transmit power is increased only when the quality


level of the MS transmit signal is greater than the value of
the parameter. If (the uplink receive level + MAX Up Adj.
PC Value by Qual) is greater than "UL RX_LEV Upper
Threshold", the MS transmit power is not adjusted.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for filtering the uplink signal quality.

In the case of power control, when the uplink receive


quality is not smaller than "UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold",
the actual "UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by
"UL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff".

In the case of power control, when the uplink receive


quality is not smaller than "UL Qual. Bad Trig Threshold",
the actual "UL RX_LEV Upper Threshold" is increased by
"UL Qual. Bad UpLEVDiff".
An emergency handover due to bad quality is triggered
when the uplink receive quality is not smaller than "UL
Qual. Threshold".

#N/A

The value of this parameter corresponds to multiplying


quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be
triggered only when the uplink receive quality of the MS is
greater than the value of this parameter.

The value of this parameter corresponds to multiplying


quality level 0 to 7 by 10. An emergency handover can be
triggered only when the uplink receive quality of the MS is
greater than the value of this parameter.

This parameter specifies the uplink signal strength factor


multiplied by 10 during the calculation of the uplink power
control step. The uplink signal strength factor is a
coefficient indicating how much the signal strength is
considered during the calculation of the uplink power
control step.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for exponent filtering of the uplink signal strength.

When the uplink receive level reaches the threshold,


Huawei III power control is performed.

#N/A

When the uplink receive level is lower than the threshold,


Huawei III power control is performed.

#N/A

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for slide-window filtering of the uplink signal strength.

This parameter specifies the uplink quality level factor


multiplied by 10 during the calculation of the uplink power
control step. The uplink quality level factor is a coefficient
indicating how much the quality level is considered during
the calculation of the uplink power control step.

#N/A

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for exponent filtering of the uplink signal quality.

When the network receives measurement reports, the


measurement values in several straight measurement
reports are filtered to reflect the radio operating
environment for the sake of accuracy. This parameter
specifies the number of measurement reports sampled
for slide-window filtering of the uplink signal quality.

Signal strength factor for the protective limitation on


calculating the uplink power control adjustment step. The
calculated step value cannot exceed the step value that
is obtained on the basis of the signal strength protection
factor and the signal quality protection factor.

#N/A

Signal strength factor for the protective limitation on


calculating the uplink power control adjustment step. The
calculated step value cannot exceed the step value that
is obtained on the basis of the signal strength protection
factor and the signal quality protection factor.

When the uplink receive level reaches the threshold,


Huawei II power control is performed.

#N/A

When the uplink receive level is below the threshold,


Huawei II power control is performed.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

#N/A

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Based on the RQI in the call measurement report, the


BTS and MS automatically adjust the current speech
coding rate according to the related algorithm. The coding
rate adjustment threshold is the threshold of RQI. The
RQI indicates the carrier-to-interference ratio (CIR) of the
call. If RQI equals 1, the CIR is 0.5 dB; if RQI equals 2,
the CIR is 1 dB; and so forth. Since there are multiple
coding rates in the ACS, there is an adjustment threshold
and an adjustment hysteresis between the neighboring
coding rates.

Whether a UL subcell to OL subcell handover is allowed

Whether the crosstalk optimization function over the Um


interface is allowed. If this parameter is set to YES when
call drops occur on the Um interface, this function can
avoid crosstalk due to very early assignment of the
channel that is not released.
If this parameter is set to YES and the ongoing service is
speech service, the BSC also sends the Channel
Release message to the MS and starts the timer T3109
when a call drop occurs upon the reception of the Conn
Fail or Err Ind message reported by the MS.

Timer of penalty on a neighboring cell when a handover


fails due to faults of air interface connection.

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_A


tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual
current is lower than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the ANT_B


tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual
current is lower than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Abnormally alarm triggering threshold when the RET


tributary antenna current is too light. When the actual
current is lower than the configured value, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is triggered with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the


ANT_A tributary antenna current is too light. When the
actual current is higher than the configured value, the
ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the


ANT_B tributary antenna current is too light. When the
actual current is higher than the configured value, the
ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Abnormally alarm clearance triggering threshold when the


RET tributary antenna current is too light. When the
actual current is higher than the configured value, the
ALD Current Abnormally Alarm disappears with the
corresponding alarm tributary No. of 1.

Index of upper-level BTS connected to the BTS


Number of the upper-level BTS. The number is unique in
a BSC6900.
Index type of upper-level BTS connected to the BTS
Index type of the upper-level BTS

Name of the upper-level BTS connected to the BTS. The


BTS name is unique within a same BSC6900. This
parameter cannot contain , ; = " ' more than two (include
two) %, more than two (include two) space, more than
three (include three) +.

Name of the upper-level BTS. The name is unique in a


BSC6900. The invalid characters (\, /, :, *, ?, ", <, >, |, and
#) cannot appear in the name.

Update code for a simple cell broadcast message.


This parameter together with "Code" uniquely identifies a
cell broadcast message.

Default coding scheme of the uplink GPRS link. If the


uplink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme,
this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme for
transmission during initial access. If the uplink uses the
fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding
scheme.

Default coding scheme of the uplink EDGE link. If the


uplink adopts the dynamic adjustment coding scheme,
this parameter can be used to set the coding scheme for
transmission during initial access. If the uplink uses the
fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding
scheme.

Uplink multiplex threshold of dynamic channel


conversion. When the subscriber number on the channel
reaches the value (threshold/10), the dynamic channel
conversion application is triggered. We recommand that
the value of "Uplink Multiplex Threshold of Dynamic
Channel Conversion" should be less than "PDCH Uplink
Multiplex Threshold" for triggering converting dynamic
channel in time and reducing PDCH multiplex.

Default coding scheme used on the uplink EGPRS2-A


link. If the uplink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this
parameter specifies the coding scheme that is used for
the transmission in initial access. If the uplink uses the
fixed coding scheme, the TBF uses the fixed coding
scheme.

Fixed coding scheme that is used on the uplink EGPRS2A link. If the uplink uses the fixed coding scheme, this
parameter can be set to any one in MCS1-6 and UAS711. If the uplink uses the dynamic coding scheme, this
parameter can be set to UNFIXED.

Inactive period of extended uplink TBF. After the network


side receives the last uplink RLC data block
(CountValue=0) of the MS supporting the extended uplink
TBF, the uplink TBF is not released immediately. Instead,
the uplink TBF is set to the inactive state. In the inactive
period, if the MS needs to transmit the uplink RLC data
block, the MS can use the inactive uplink TBF without
rebuilding a new uplink TBF. This inactive uplink TBF is
switched to the active state automatically. At the end of
the inactive period, if the MS does not transmit the uplink
RLC data block, the network side sends the message
Packet Uplink Ack/Nack to notify the MS of releasing the
uplink TBF. When the uplink TBF is inactive, the downlink
TBF can be established according to this uplink TBF. 0:
disable the function of the extended uplink TBF (this
function can be disabled on the BSC side).

Adjustment mode of the uplink GPRS link coding scheme.


If the fixed coding scheme is used, this parameter is a
value ranging from CS1 to CS4. If the dynamic coding
scheme is used, this parameter is set to UNFIXED.

Coding scheme of the uplink EDGE link. If the uplink uses


the fixed coding scheme, this parameter is set to a value
ranging from MCS1 to MCS9. If the uplink uses the
dynamic adjustment coding scheme, this parameter is set
to UNFIXED.

One of the thresholds to determine whether the uplink


interference exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than
"Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of the
channel is not less than "Interf.of UL Qual. Threshold",
the uplink interference exists.

#N/A

One of the thresholds to determine whether the uplink


interference exists. If the uplink level is not smaller than
"Interf.of UL Level Threshold" and the uplink quality of the
channel is not less than "Interf.of UL Qual. Threshold",
the uplink interference exists.

#N/A

Maximum time in which a user uses the uplink of its


VGCS call continuously when the BTS works in fallback
mode
Size of the OML/ESL/EML Uplink LAPD Window
Whether to allow MS power control

If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls


within the same timeslot is greater than "Offset of the
difference between uplink received levels" for P seconds
among N seconds, the call with weak uplink receive level
within the timeslot will be handed over to another
timeslot. This parameter corresponds to P in the P/N
criterion.

After the existing uplink receive level, uplink receive level


after the previous optimization, and the value of this
parameter are weight-averaged, the uplink receive level
after the optimization at this time is obtained and used for
determing the difference between the uplink receive
levels.

If the difference between uplink receive levels of calls


within the same timeslot is greater than "Offset of the
difference between uplink received levels" for P seconds
among N seconds, the call with weak uplink receive level
within the timeslot will be handed over to another
timeslot. This parameter corresponds to N in the P/N
criterion.

This parameter specifies whether the transmission of


point-to-point short messages is disabled. If necessary,
the transmission of the uplink short messages in a
specific cell can be disabled so that sufficient radio
channels can be seized by normal calls.

Delay of releasing the non-extended uplink TBF. After


receiving the last uplink RLC data block (CountValue=0),
the network side sends the message Packet Uplink
Ack/Nack with FAI=1 to notify the MS of releasing the
uplink TBF. After this parameter is set, the network side
notifies the MS of releasing this TBF after specified delay.
In this way, the downlink TBF can be established on the
unreleased uplink TBF. This uplink TBF is automatically
released when the downlink TBF is established or when
the delay duration exceeds the time set by the uplink nonextended TBF. If this parameter is set to 0, the release
delay of non-extended TBF is disabled.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS2 to CS1. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is greater than or
equal to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF
is changed from CS2 to CS1.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS3 to CS2. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is greater than or
equal to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF
is changed from CS3 to CS2.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS4 to CS3. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is greater than or
equal to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF
is changed from CS4 to CS3.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS1 to CS2. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is less than or equal
to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF is
changed from CS1 to CS2.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS2 to CS3. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is less than or equal
to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF is
changed from CS2 to CS3.

Retransmission threshold when the coding mode of the


uplink TBF is changed from CS3 to CS4. When the
retransmission rate of the uplink TBF is less than or equal
to this threshold, the coding mode of the uplink TBF is
changed from CS3 to CS4.

Whether to allow cell urgent reselection. If this parameter


is set to PERMIT and [NC2 Load Reselection Switch is
set to Support, the load of the target cell is involved in the
algorithm for NC2 cell reselection.
Start time when the TRX energy saving function is
enabled for the BTS3002E.
End time when the TRX energy saving function is
enabled for the BTS3002E.

Upper temperature threshold for the environment alarm


box to report an alarm indicating that the ambient
temperature is too high. If the ambient temperature of the
BTS is higher than this threshold, the environment alarm
box reports the alarm.
In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in this
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

When a UL subcell-OL subcel handover decision is


performed to a call, the BSC determines whether the
number of handover failures reaches the "MaxRetry Time
after UtoO Fail". If the number reaches the threshold, the
UL subcell to OL subcell handover is prohibited.
Otherwise, the UL subcell to OL subcell handover is
allowed.

After an MS performs a OL subcell to UL subcell


handover successfully, the MS cannot be handed over to
the OL subcell again within the value of the parameter.

One of the parameters that determine the coverage of the


OL subcell and of the UL subcell. "UtoO HO Received
Level Threshold", "OtoU HO Received Level Threshold",
"ReceiveQualThrshAMRFR", "TA Threshold", and "TA
Hysteresis" determine the coverage of the OL subcell and
UL subcell.

When this parameter is set to YES, the existing call is


performed in the OL subcell, and "OL to UL HO Allowed"
is set to YES, an OL subcell to UL subcell handover is
triggered if the traffic volume in the UL subcell is smaller
than "En Iuo Out Cell Low Load Thred".
If the existing call is performed in the UL subcell, a UL
subcell to OL subcell handover is triggered, and "UL to
OL HO Allowed" is set to YES, the timer is started and the
calls in the UL subcell are hierarchically handed over to
the OL subcell if the traffic volume in the UL subcell
reaches "En Iuo Out Cell General OverLoad Thred".
Otherwise, if the traffic volume in the UL subcell is smaller
than "En Iuo Out Cell General OverLoad Thred", the timer
stops, and hierarchical handovers are not performed.
If this parameter is set to NO, the traffic volume in the UL
subcell is not taken into account for triggering the UL
subcell to OL subcell handover or the OL subcell to UL
subcell handover in an enhanced concentric cell.

Hierarchical handover period of the load handover from


the UL subcell to the OL subcell. If the channel seizure
ratio of the UL subcell is greater than the UL subcell
general overload threshold, all the calls in the cell send
handover requests at the same time and the load on the
BSC increases in a short time. Thus, congestion may
occur in the target cell and call drops may be caused.
Through the hierarchical load handover algorithm, the
calls in the cell are handed over to the OL subcell by
level. This parameter indicates the duration for which
each each level of handover lasts.

Hierarchical level step of the load handover from the UL


subcell to the OL subcell
This parameter specifies the type of a 3G cell. A cell type
can be Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) or Time
Division Duplex (TDD).
Vendor code of the RET antenna

This parameter is used to limit the maximum number of


channels that can be used by the VGCS in a cell. This
prevents too many channels in the cell from being
occupied by the VGCS and thus prevents public network
services from being affected. When this parameter is set
to 255, the maximum number is not limited.

This parameter specifies whether the preemption of


channels between public network services and the VGCS
is allowed when preemption conditions are met.

This parameter is used to reserve a certain number of


channels in a cell for the Voice Group Call Service
(VGCS) to use directly. The specified channels are
unavailable to public network services.
Is VIP Cell.The parameter is used for BSC6900 flow
control.
VLAN ID of the service type
VLAN priority level of the service type. This parameter
helps to determine the packet service priority level at the
data link layer on the Ethernet. If this parameter is set to
0, the service type has the highest VLAN priority level. If
this parameter is set to 7, the service type has the lowest
VLAN priority level.
VLAN switch for the service type

Speech version supported by a cell

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS


alarm. This parameter together with "VSWR TRX error
threshold" is used to detect whether the antenna system
connected to the TRX is faulty.

This parameter specifies a condition for generating a BTS


alarm. This parameter together with "VSWR TRX
unadjusted threshold" are used to check whether the
antenna system connecting to the TRX is faulty. If the
value of this parameter is smaller, the error is smaller.

This timer is used to set the time of waiting for a


ReleaseIndication message after a ChannelRelease
message is sent. If the timer expires, the channel is
deactivated.

#N/A

When the BSC6900 sends a ChannelRelease message


and the current call uses the AMRFR encoding mode, the
timer T3109 (AMRFR) is started. If the BSC6900 receives
the ReleaseIndication message before the T3109
(AMRFR) timer expires, the timer T3109 (AMRFR) is
stopped. If the timer T3109 (AMRFR) expires, the
BSC6900 deactivates the channel.

When the BSC sends a ChannelRelease message and


the current call uses the AMRHR encoding mode, the
timer T3109 (AMRHR) is started. If the BSC receives the
ReleaseIndication message before the T3109 (AMRHR)
timer expires, the timer T3109 (AMRHR) is stopped. If the
timer T3109 (AMRHR) expires, the BSC deactivates the
channel.

The TCHs reserved for the emergency call are assigned


to the user during the service assignment. If the TCHs are
not assigned to the emergency call within a period, the
TCHs are released from the reservation queue.

When the dynamic PDCH needs to use MAIO of the


SDCCH, the SDCCH is not allowed to be assigned to
new calls within the value of the parameter. After the
timer expires, check whether the SDCCH is idle. If the
SDCCH is idle, MAIO of the SDCCH is allowed to be
preempted. If the channel is not idle, the MAIO is not
allowed to be preempted.

Whether to start the heating equipment of the BTS.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

This parameter is used to select the location of a cell,


east or west longitude.

Whether to start the humidification equipment of the BTS.


In multi-mode scenario, the value of this parameter in one
mode must be the same as the value of the
corresponding parameter in another mode.

Time when the BTS stops checking for a radio link alarm.
If this time is up, the BTS stops checking for or reporting
a radio link alarm until the next alarm detection start time
is up.

Period for clearing a radio link warning. If a radio link


warning is cleared within this period, the BTS reports the
recovery alarm for the warning. If a radio link warning is
not cleared within this period, the BTS determines
whether to report a major radio link alarm according to
"WLAFLAG".

Time when the BTS starts to check for a radio link alarm.
If this time is up, the BTS starts to check for and report a
radio link alarm.

Working mode of the RXU board

BTS port working mode. This parameter must be


consistent with that of the peer. Work mode of a BTS. A
BTS can work in the following modes:
E1: The E1 system is recommended by the ITU-T. E1
carries signals at 2.048 Mbit/s. G.703 defines the
electrical specification and G.704 defines the frame
format for E1 telecommunication lines. The E1 system is
used in Europe and China.
T1: The T1 system is recommended by the ANSI and
widely used in the North America. T1 carries signals at
1.544 Mbit/s.
If "DESTNODE" of the BTS is set to BSC, BTS, or DXX,
the setting of "WORKMODE" of the BTS port must be the
same as that of the BSC interface board. The operator
needn't set "WORKMODE" of the BTS port, it is
automatically set to the same value as that of the BSC
interface board.
If "DESTNODE" of the BTS is set to OTHER, for
example, TGW(Transmission Gateway), "WORKMODE"
of the BTS port must be set to E1(E1) or T1(T1),
according to the physical connection.
The setting of the E1/T1 DIP switch of the BTS must
match the setting of "WORKMODE" of the BTS port.

Time for which the BTS waits to swap the OML after the
OML is interrupted. With this parameter, the BTS does
not swap the OML when the OML is interrupted
transiently.
Waiting time before establishing a link in the reverse
direction after the transmission of a BTS is disrupted

Equivalent E/// Para

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A
BCCHNO
#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A

#N/A